Mat 'Inferiorego' Elfring's Comic Reviews

Reviewer For: Comic Vine Reviews: 933
8.2Avg. Review Rating

8
A Town Called Dragon #1

Sep 24, 2014

This is a great start for A TOWN CALLED DRAGON. Aside from the fact that you're getting more than 50 pages of story for the price $3.99, the art is wonderful and the story is fantastic. Do you like dragons? Then you should read this. Even if you're not a fan, Winick does an awesome job at setting this all up. Overall, I really enjoyed this issue and so will you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
A+X #3

Dec 17, 2012

A+X #3 was pretty good, surprisingly good, in fact. I like the concept of this book and both stories were a nice read. Overall, I give this issue a recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #22

Jul 3, 2013

ACTION COMICS #22 is a pretty good issue. Nothing really blew me away here. Lobdell's work is much stronger on SUPERMAN, but I have a feeling this issue was put together a bit quicker than usual since the creative team changed. Kirkham's art is really the stand-out here, and I found myself really enjoying the brief moments we had of Clark Kent being an average, everyday person. I wasn't into the Pax Galactica, although I really enjoyed the Battlestar Galactica reference thrown in at the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Action Comics (2011) #25

Nov 6, 2013

I'm not a Superman fan, but ACTION COMICS #25 was incredibly pleasing. Pak's vision of a young hero really grabbed me, and it didn't hurt that the art of Kuder and colors of Prianto were nothing short of amazing. Superman just didn't become Superman overnight. He had to learn how to be that role model for the world. There's going to be this transitional phase where the character is emotional, immature, and sometimes makes rash decisions. That's what we see here, and I loved it. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #27

Jan 8, 2014

It's an interesting start to this new story line, but it's down the middle of the road story. The opening pages are brilliant, and I really enjoyed Baka, but the rest of the book was a tad troublesome. The changes in art between Hawnthorne and Kuder simply did not work, but Silva's art in the opening was great. It's a bit of a mish mash of an issue, so overall, I'll give it a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #28

Feb 5, 2014

Kal-El's books have seen quite a few creative changes since the reboot, but this is the first time where one of his series feels to have a strong foothold on a good story with a writer who has a firm grasp on what makes the character tic. ACTION COMICS not only has Pak doing a splendid job with the characterization, but he also has the strong art team of Kuder and Quintana backing him up. Superman is a tough character from me to get excited about, but issue #28 really changed my mind about him. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #32

Jun 4, 2014

DOOMED continues to be one of the better Superman story lines since the start of the New 52. Greg Pak does a fine job of really making the reader feel for Superman and understanding the struggle he's going through. The standout character here is actually Steel though as he rises to the occasion to help out a fellow here. The art is crisp and brilliant and the issue leaves the reader at quite the shocking end point. The world is really changing around Superman, especially when it comes to how other governments handle him, so ACTION COMICS #32 does its job of moving the story forward while entertaining the reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #33

Jul 2, 2014

ACTION COMICS #33 is not a bad issue by any means, but it feels a tad out of place and doesn't move the story forward as the rest of the issues in this event. Pak does do a wonderful job with SuperDoom's narration throughout the issue to a point where it feels poetic. The art team, as always, does a great job as well, but all-in-all, it's just an ok issue. If this is on your pull list, keep it on because Doomed is still the best Superman story of the New 52, regardless of one or two decent issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #34

Aug 6, 2014

Superman: Doomed has been a back and forth story for me. At times, it's a complete home run and really moves the story forward and at other times, it feels like a bit of filler. All three Doomed issues this week were great, but ACTION COMICS was really the stand-out for me. This issue worked on numerous levels and was incredibly captivating. Both the art team and the writing are wonderful and that cliffhanger has me hooked. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #41

Jun 3, 2015

Superman is in a very different place right now, and while Superman fans may have trouble transitioning into this story, Greg Pak and Aaron Kuder know what they're doing. We're seeing Superman challenged by things that normally wouldn't be a challenge to him and that is what makes the debut issue of "Truth" exciting. I can totally get down on a story or two about Superman being a street-level hero. The only problems with this book were minor and had to do with a scene or two of art towards the end of the book, but aside from that, this is a great start to the new storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #44

Sep 9, 2015

Overall, ACTION COMICS' story was about par. It does a lot of set-up work for potential future stories, but this issue, along with the rest of the story, was just ok. However, there are great moments scattered throughout the issue, but the highlight of the issue is truly the art. It wasn't a bad issue, but really didn't feel like this creative team's strongest.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #52

May 11, 2016

While it's great to see a story, before Rebirth, that isn't just trying to quickly wrap everything up and actually gives the readers something worthwhile, while sowing the seeds of the future of the Superman titles. There is a bit of redundancy here, for those who haven't been reading the other parts of this story, but overall, this is a satisfying and fun read and does what every comic should do: it makes you want to read more. Regardless if you've read the other parts of this story, I would recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #1

May 29, 2013

What I love about this book is that we get short stories about the world Superman lives in. It harkens back to the Silver Age of comics where a single issue would contain up to four stories featuring that character. The creative teams on these issues are incredible, and they all gave us a Superman story in their own, unique voices. This is a book you'll want to read, even if you don't like Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Age of Ultron vs. Marvel Zombies #1

Jun 24, 2015

The last page really had me pumped for the continuation of this book. While the book title leads you to believe it's just about Ultrons and Zombies going at it, the book is much more than that. James Robinson is building a pretty cool story up here and having Steve Pugh and Jim Charalampidis do art on this book gives it a pretty eerie tone, when necessary. I wasn't expecting much, but I got something I really enjoyed. I highly recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New All-Different Avengers #1

Nov 11, 2015

ALL-NEW, ALL-DIFFERENT AVENGERS is a solid team book that feels like it has great potential. It's hard to say that this issue really gives the book an identity, but it does stand out from the two other Avengers-team books we've seen so far (I'm considering ULTIMATES an Avengers book). Both artists really fit a nice role for the stories they tell and once again, Waid delivers something pretty fun, even though these two stories don't really build together or play off each other. I highly recommend you check this one out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New All-Different Avengers #6

Feb 24, 2016

This Avengers series works because it's so different than the other Avengers books on the shelves. It's unique and has its own voice. When the story centers around the younger members of the team, it's a wonderful reading experience. The problems come from the story being wrapped up so quickly. It's ok to say that overall, this story isn't finished for good, as Kang(s) is still out there. Regardless, this is still a really fun read and I recommend checking it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Ghost Rider #2

Apr 9, 2014

Yes, everyone in Robbie's life is the worst person imaginable. They're thugs, murderers, potential rapists, and folks you don't want to deal with. However, that's the only part of the issue that was problematic. We're still learning about Robbie and why he is now the Ghost Rider. This issue, while a bit depressing, is still a ton of fun. Moore's and Staples' art really shines here and this is quickly becoming one of my top Marvel series, which is saying a lot since they're putting out quite a few great books. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Ghost Rider #3

May 14, 2014

ALL NEW GHOST RIDER is still pretty new, but it really doesn't disappoint. While there is a question to where this book is headed, the writing and art are fantastic. There's a great sense of justice for Robbie Reyes here as the Rider gets his revenge on those than wronged Reyes. Tradd Moore's art truly continues to be the star of this show, and if you have room on your pull list, this is a book you need to add to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Ghost Rider #4

Jun 25, 2014

ALL-NEW GHOST RIDER continues to be an incredibly fun book that has some brilliant art in it. Robbie Reyes is a very compelling character and the only real downside of the issue is that I wish they spent a little more time on Reyes and Morrow rather than going through the Grumpy and scientist story. Overall, though, this is still a top book and continues to impress me. I highly recommend it because it's a wild ride... pun intended.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Ghost Rider #5

Jul 30, 2014

The first arc wraps up in an action-packed finale that is an incredibly fun read. While there is some frustration with knowing where this series is headed and what's going on with Eli, the overall issue provides some beautifully crafted art and a non-stop action thrill ride. I'm really glad that the new Ghost Rider book took this direction. It feels fresh and so different from previous incarnations. This is a series you should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
All-New Ultimates #1

Apr 9, 2014

I had high expectations for this issue, but overall, it was a let down. The concept for the new book is fantastic, but the execution was a let down. The issue is not new reader friendly and not incredibly interesting to boot. The art is a bit clunky and characters are unrecognizable. This is a series I really want to be successful, but this first issue was a bit of a mess. Overall, I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
All-New Ultimates #2

May 14, 2014

The second issue of ALL NEW ULTIMATES is a bit of a disappointment. There's still a lot of potential here but the execution doesn't hit the mark. There's problems within the art and the one-liners dialogue and the fact the story just isn't that interesting; however, there is a glimmer of hope that this could be a good series, as this team is still new and learning to work together and that shows in this issue. But for now, I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
All-New Ultimates #3

Jun 11, 2014

ALL-NEW ULTIMATES is the biggest disappointment of the post-Cataclysm era. Both the story and the art are a flop, and while a street-level super-hero team, in the Ultimate Universe, is a fantastic idea, it falls so flat here and miss its mark by a long shot. While the cover is really cool looking and the new vigilante character looks cool, everything else about this issue is a pass.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #3

Dec 4, 2012

ALL NEW X-MEN 3 is fantastic comic. It's a bit different than the first two issues of the series, and the focus is on other people, but overall, on its own, it's incredibly good. Bendis does a great job here, especially with dialogue, when Magneto and Cyclops have a little talk with each other. while Stuart Immonen's art is amazing, I found myself really drawn to Marte Gracia's colors. This book is extremely pretty looking.While I haven't read all of the Marvel Now books yet, this is my favorite of the new lot. It's a great book for new X-readers, and it's just a ton of fun. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New X-Men #5

Jan 2, 2013

Man, this series has been nothing but awesome since issue one. I love the fact that there are two clear sides to the mutant world, and it's almost like the Brotherhood of Mutants has returned, but with Cyclops as their leader. Now that this first arc is over, I cannot wait to see how this story progresses. Brian Michael Bendis and Stuart Immonen make a perfect team for this series.On the downside, the panels were a bit hard to follow in the opening of the issue, but other than that, there are no real problems with this issue.Overall, this is my pick of the week and a must buy!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New X-Men #7

Feb 6, 2013

ALL NEW X-MEN is one of my favorite on-going series here, and I'm not even a big X-Men fan. This issue was especially fantastic as young Scott has a talk with Mystique about his future. I loved the dialogue between the two. The art is always top notch when it comes to Marquez and Marte as well. This is a series you're going to want to read and not just because of the gimmicky story. It's just that darn good.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New X-Men #10

Apr 3, 2013

I liked the issue, but this one didn't really get me excited. It was cool to see both of these teams, in the same place, not fighting and talking things out (kinda). I really enjoyed the scenes with Beast and the Cyclopes, and I really enjoyed the reaction from younger Cyke when he finds out how the Phoenix Force ended up in the Phoenix Five. The art is great here, but the colors by Gracia Marte really stand out. One of the biggest problems I had was the ending. It was a bit of a buzzkill because nothing happened. Aside from that, Wolverine's face looked a bit messed up throughout the entire issue. It may not be my favorite issue in this series, but nevertheless, I still enjoyed it.Overall, I give this a mild recommendation

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #15

Aug 7, 2013

I'm very excited for Battle of the Atom, which starts in September. While this doesn't really seem to be setting up that per se, it is a great issue that sets up some smaller future stories fairly well. My only real problem with the issue is that while I liked Lafuente's art style, I didn't think it was the best fit for the book. However, it's still a great issue, overall. If you get a chance, make sure you pick this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New X-Men #24

Mar 12, 2014

The Trial of Jean Grey is a really bizarre story that somehow really works. We're coming to a close here, but the story continues to be a ton of fun. This issue in particular has some really amazing moments thanks to Bendis and Immonen just giving the reader a great story. Above everything else, Gladiator is the star of the show, but only because he comes off extremely irrational. This was a story line I thought I would hate but ended up loving. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #39

Mar 18, 2015

Easily, this was one of the more interesting issues within the Black Vortex event, even with the X-Men being more on-lookers than actually right in the heat of battle. The art and colors are the real shining star of this issue and it's worth the price of admission alone. All-in-all, it feels like Black Vortex is doing something a little different here, compared to the standard cross-over format and that's the compelling thing about this issue. Black Vortex continues to be pretty good and I'd say check this issue out for sure if you've been enjoying it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #20

May 22, 2013

ALL STAR WESTERN is a fantastic series that proves, month after month, that non-super hero books can work from a major publisher. The Booster Gold/Jonah Hex team up works extremely well, and stays in tone with the seriousness of the book. Booster Gold still feels like the Booster Gold we know, and the villains these guys are up against are fantastic. Gray and Palmiotti are killing it on this book. The art from Moritat is awesome and I feel like I can't read a Jonah Hex book without him anymore. The only downside with this book was that I didn't like the Stormwatch back-up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Western #21

Jun 26, 2013

ALL STAR WESTERN may have taken a jump into the world of science fiction here, but it works so well. This has quickly become one of my favorite DC on-going books. I love how this book is throwing some other DC notables in the mix, but it never feels forced. The art in this issue is great. I only want to see Moritat draw Hex now. That style truly fits this western hero. While the Batwing/Hex fight was pretty cool, where this issue leaves off got me super excited. Go out and treat yourself to some Jonah Hex... You deserve it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Western #22

Jul 24, 2013

I really want to give this my "Pick of the Week" stamp, but it falls a VERY close second to JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK. What is great about this issue and series is that it stands on its own, yet is connected to the rest of the DCU. Weirdly enough, this issue, even in the future, still feels like a western. Palmiotti and Gray hit a home run here. I love seeing Jonah in the future and I can't wait to see how Jonah and Batman interact in the future. Moritat's art is brilliant in every issue, and I cannot recommend this issue enough. Treat yourself to some wild west action in modern day Gotham.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #23

Aug 28, 2013

ALL STAR WESTERN is a book that should be on your pull list. It's an awesome story and it's incredibly engaging. Better yet, each issue's reveal page, especially this one, really gets the reader pumped for the next issue. The reveals make sense and fit in with the story. They're not just there for shock value. Palmiotti, Gray, and Moritat deliver a fantastic issue and overall series. Sure, there's a few problems with Moritat's art in this particular issue, but overall, this book is one hell of a ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Western #25

Nov 27, 2013

ALL STAR WESTERN is quite possibly the most underrated book at DC comics. Palmiotti and Gray have been doing great things with this character for almost 100 issues (including their pre-52 run), and while the addition of mysticism and Hex being in the present may be out of reader's comfort zone, it works better than you can imagine. I love the direction the book is taking, and you will took. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #28

Feb 26, 2014

ALL STAR WESTERN is still fantastic and still a series you should be reading. Palmiotti and Gray have a lot of love for this character and it shows in every issue. Hex finally makes his way back to the past, but the trip there is a lot of fun. Johnson and Fiorentino do a great job with the art and Atiyeh's colors are fantastic. This book is nothing but fun, and thanks to Gray and Palmiotti for 100 issues of Jonah Hex. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-Star Western #29

Mar 26, 2014

ALL STAR WESTERN #29 isn't bad, but it's one of the weaker issues in what has been one hell of a series. Cliff Richards art isn't what fans are used to with this series, but the change is nice and he does a great job at sculpting faces throughout the issue. The problem lies in the fact that it's a story within a story and feels a tad like filler. However, this is a series that ultimately always delivers, so we're interested to see where it goes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #30

Apr 23, 2014

ALL STAR WESTERN #30 is the return to the classic western comic that made this book awesome. Sure, the past few issues were a ton of fun, but #30 gets back to what many fans were missing. What was really surprising was how fun the back-up story was. Both pieces were incredibly strong and leave the reader wanting more. The only real downside is that it has been a while since we've seen back-ups, so it was a bit of a shock to have the Jonah story end so abruptly. Overall, this was a ton of fun and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #31

May 28, 2014

ALL STAR WESTERN is sadly wrapping up, but it's going out in style. This is and has been a fantastic series with its own style and tone that separates it from the rest of the DCU. The current story line is incredibly interesting and fans won't be able to wait to see how it plays out. Madame.44, from the back-up story, is a really cool character, but the overall story is just ok. However, this is, overall, an exceptional book and series and I highly recommend it, especially if you love westerns.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #668

Aug 31, 2011

Overall, I did really enjoy the issue. Humberto Ramos' combine with Dan Slott's writing really makes this a fun read. What makes this issue great is the fact that it's more than just Spidey/Peter. We get to see how Anti-Vemon and Venom will play into the larger story arc. The only real problem I have with the issue is that I feel the over-all idea of everyone getting Spider-powers is a bit silly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #676

Dec 21, 2011

Slott and Ramos do it again. Another incredibly fun issue. You'll be glued to the page from the get-go, and one element I loved was the Zero Cannon, which just shoots you into space. As always, I loved Ramos' art on this issue, but I was a tad disappointed that there was no Spider-Man in this issue and a few C-List characters met their doom. Overall, this was an excellent read and I highly recommend it, even if it's your first time reading AMAZING SPIDER-MAN in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #677

Jan 11, 2012

This is a pretty big departure from the Dan Slott/Humberto Ramos runs we've become accustomed to. Overall, it's a good read and I like it, but I have a feeling I'll like it a whole lot more as a complete story. The Daredevil/Spider-Man team up is really cool, and I love how Emma Rios sets up individual panels within the issue; however, I didn't feel like her art works in the realm of super-heroes. She seems like an artist that would work best in the crime genre. Overall, I'll give this issue a recommendation, and I'm excited to sit down with issue 678.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #682

Mar 21, 2012

This is the point you want to jump in on if you've been waiting to read Amazing Spider-Man! The last two issues were a bit lackluster, but this one was great! I love the story line thus far, and Stefano Caselli's art is very good. Even some of the redsesigns of the classic Spider-Man villains were pretty cool. My only problem with this issue is that I still don't like the current Doc Ock character design. For me, it's just was too far from the original. Overall, you need to pick this book up! It was an insane amount of fun!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #683

Apr 4, 2012

Part two of this story was fantastic! Everything about it was awesome. It's a great transition from the last issue and will have you on the edge of your seat from page one as the good guys and bad guys one-up each other over and over.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #685

May 2, 2012

Usually, I won't give something a 5 out of 5 if I have a huge problem with an aspect of the book, but I simple loved this issue. The whole story is incredibly solid, but it's those last few pages that make this an amazing issue. This is one of my favorite Spidey stories in the past decade all because Dan Slott is fantastic with this character. Spidey gets a bit more serious here, and it was great seeing Doc Ock as the hero, in the public's eyes.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #687

Jun 13, 2012

The epic story line has seemingly come to an end. This has been my favorite Spider-Man story in the past decade. I loved seeing Mysterio working with the good guys in this issue, and he actually came in handy, so his turn wasn't trivial at all.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #688

Jun 27, 2012

As much as I loved Ends of the Earth, I'm already fully on board for this new story line! I loved the start here, and I'm loving the pacing of this issue. It's a big new world after Ends of the Earth and Peter's outlook on being a hero may have changed a bit. This issue is full of twists and turns, and Dan Slott's writing is fantastic. The art team is stellar here as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #689

Jul 5, 2012

I wish I could give half stars here. Well, I will anyway. This is a 3.5 for me. I love the writing and the art on this book, and I'm glad this book is a lot of fun to read. On the downside, I felt like I wanted more because the story didn't move forward enough in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #690

Jul 25, 2012

I'm still loving this story, and you will too. There are some fantastic fight/action sequences in this issue, and I loved the inclusion of Madame Web, which seems to be leading to something bigger and even more awesome. I loved how this issue focuses more on Curt Connors more than anything, since this really is his story, not Spider-Man's. On the downside, I wish Spider-Man would listen to Madame Web a little bit more, and I got a tad annoyed with more people getting someone else's powers, which has been used at least three times in the past year.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #691

Aug 15, 2012

Another great story arc by Dan Slott. With the conclusion of this story line comes the start of something bigger and awesomer. The end of this book is fantastic as it concludes the Lizard story perfectly and sets up the next story insanely well. Slott keeps this issue light hearted and fun and he's the perfect writer for this book. I love the creative team here, but what I loved was Frank D'Armata's color work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #10

Nov 19, 2014

ASM #10 wasn't as big as a hit as issue #9, it still delivers a ton of fun. Dan Slott loves this character and it shows. Yes, at times, it's a fan service book, but that's not such a bad thing in this case because it's involved in a very interesting story, conceptually. Luckily, it's also executed well too, and the art team is top notch. While this issue left me feeling like something was missing, overall, it's an awesome issue and I'm loving this arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing X-Men (2013) #3

Jan 15, 2014

AMAZING X-MEN #3 is a bit of fun, but it doesn't really do much else. There's some cool things happening here, but overall, it's a bit of a let down because it feels so silly. Aaron and McGuinness don't mesh to well as a team, with this story. Maybe it's because I am a big Nightcrawler fan and expect something a bit more serious and down to Earth for his return. While this book looks great, it's just ok. Nothing more, nothing less.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #15

Jan 14, 2015

AMAZING X-MEN offers what could really be a fantastic story. Part of me is dying to see Cain Marko and maybe even a new Juggernaut, but what Yost delivers is much more about the mythos of Cyttorak, which fits really well here. The art is a bit of a miss and feels very rushed at certain moments, but overall, this is a great jumping on point for new readers and a great start to this run. I recommend you check this one out, especially if you're a Juggernaut fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #17

Feb 25, 2015

AMAZING X-MEN flips the script on readers and leaves them with a fantastic ending. "The Once and Future Juggernaut" has been, thus far, a really great story line that on the surface is the fun race to grab a gem, but aside from that, it's a lot about Cain Marko trying to redeem himself and fight for his family, in a sense. Yost does a great job with Marko in every aspect, except for the fast he got rid of Cain's beard. This has been one of the best stories in this volume and I highly recommend checking it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #18

Mar 25, 2015

The finally of this Juggernaut-filled story really delivers and the conclusion really pays off and sets up the next story line extremely well. In fact, this is easily the best issue of the run and Juggernaut fans may not love the final costume they see at the end of the issue, but they'll certainly love how this story plays out. I cannot wait to see what comes next in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #19

Apr 22, 2015

The final issue of AMAZING X-MEN, before the SECRET WARS break, was a little bit of a let down. This issue swung between a 3 and 4 for a while. It feels like filler. However, we are treated to one spectacular fight and Fornes really coming into his own as an artist. This issue will read incredibly well in trade as a cap to the Gem of the Cyttorak arc and overall, this story was a blast. If you've been loving this storyline, (how could you not?) you need to pick this issue up!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
America's Got Powers #1

Apr 11, 2012

What a great start to a mini-series! I loved the idea of reality television and super heroes as a comic book, and I think 6 issues is the perfect amount for it. I loved the dialogue from the hosts of the show, and because of this, it really feels like something you'd see on primetime.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
America's Got Powers #2

May 30, 2012

It may not have been as good as the first issue, but it's still darn awesome. America's Got Powers delivers a fantastic story in a cool new world. This book is bigger than the reality show and this issue takes a step away from that. What stands out most is Bryan Hitch's fantastic art. I love all the detail he puts into each panel, including all the random objects in the background. That's dedication.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #0

Sep 5, 2012

ANIMAL MAN is one of the New 52's best books, hands down, and this origin issue is exactly what I wanted and every ANIMAL MAN fan deserves. I loved how this story came together and the revamp of his origin. Jeff Lemire has done a wonderful on this book so far. Steve Pugh's art is a great mixture of more classic and contemporary art styles and both the writing and art compliment each other perfectly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #5

Jan 4, 2012

I really enjoy this book. Travel Foreman and Jeff Lemire come together to make a haunting and very unique book. I love seeing the world of the Rot, and overall, think it's one of my favorite villains of the new 52. As much as I enjoyed the story, I think it's the art that stands out the most though. The only real problem I have is while this is an amazing book, personally, I'm not in love with it like so many other people are, but I do understand the appeal. I highly recommend this book and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #7

Mar 7, 2012

I'm still loving the heck out of this book. This is a great place for new readers to jump in on and I cannot wait for the Swamp Thing and Animal Man crossover that is bound to happen. I'm a huge fan of the rot and I loved the adventure into the future Buddy takes where we see a rot-infested world. There is a change up in artists for a few pages in this issue, and it's a tad distracting, but overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #10

Jun 6, 2012

Next time you bump into Jeff Lemire, high five him for this amazing comic. While this issue was a lot of set up told through two different stories that dragged just a tiny bit, it was overall a great read. Steve Pugh does a great job on this issue and you'll notice he's great with facial expressions. There were a couple stand out scene I loved here, including Buddy smashing some rottlings.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #11

Jul 5, 2012

This should be a pull on everyone's pull list because it breaks the mold from the contemporary comic mold. It's different and it stands about because it's done so well. It has that great Vertigo feeling using a great, re-invented DC character. There's a big transformation for Buddy in this issue that completely changes everything about him. I'm very excited to see this continue. Ponticelli's art is fantastic and his creature designs are very disturbing. It's a great story, but a hard one to jump on to. Overall, I highly recommend this series and this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #12

Aug 1, 2012

A cross-over that seems to work? Yes! This issue of Animal Man is a huge success. However, you NEED to buy Swamp Thin as well to really appreciate where this story is going. This is a great story here. Lemire and Snyder work incredibly well together in the writing department, and as always, Steve Pugh does a great job. I couldn't have been happier with this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #15

Dec 5, 2012

Once again ANIMAL MAN delivers a fantastic and incredibly bizarre issue. I love the cast of characters here, especially Steel, and I really enjoyed the jump between the future and the past. For once, I really enjoyed the switch-up between artists, and I love what Jeff Lemire is doing with this book story wise. My only complaint was that I didn't like how artist Steve Pugh drew Frankenstein. He looks a bit different, facially, than how we see him currently in JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK.Overall, I love this issue and series, and I'd highly recommend you pick it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #16

Jan 9, 2013

ANIMAL MAN is a consistently amazing title, and Rotworld is one of the most interesting stories currently going on. Although this book has two different artists on it, the difference in styles works extremely well with the story telling. This issue shows no light at the end of the tunnel, and I love it. I'm so excited to see where it goes next, and the final page is pretty awesome.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #18

Mar 6, 2013

A part of me wants to give this issue my "pick of the week" stamp, but sadly, this was only the second book I've read so far. This is one of my favorite issues of this series though. There's a big change in this series which will greatly affect the future of the characters in this book. Lemire and Pugh killed it this week and continue to do so.If you haven't been reading ANIMAL MAN, you better start because you're missing out on an amazing book. Start at the beginning of the series. Sure, you could start at the beginning of Rot World, but you should read the whole series.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #19

Apr 3, 2013

What a fantastic issue! ANIMAL MAN #19 does a great job at wrapping up the aftermath of the Rotworld story arc. Lemire does a fantastic job telling this tale and bringing some emotional reality to the book. As far as art goes, this is my favorite issue with Pugh on the book. He really hit it out of the park here. My only problems with the issue is that it's not really new reader friendly and one line of dialogue rubbed me the wrong way.Aside from all that, I'm very interested in where this book is going, after the later events of this issue. This book is going to have a bit of a change. It seems it will be moving more towards a super-hero book than anything else, which will bring in some new readers. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #21

Jun 19, 2013

ANIMAL MAN #21 is an awesome start to a new story line. For song long, this book has been tied into a very long, but very good, storyline, Rotworld. Now, after the events of Rotworld, everything and everyone has changed, but something new has started. This is a great place for new readers to jump on, and they won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #23

Aug 21, 2013

Since issue #1, ANIMAL MAN has been a stand-out book that's a bit different than the rest of DC Comics' super-hero books. This issue, in particular, was fantastic. It's the thrilling end to one storyline that goes right into the next one. Brother Blood is a stand-out character here, and while the overall tone is pretty dark, the Maxine and Socks side-story really lightens everything up. Overall, this was a wonderful issue and you really should go and pick this one up, especially since a new story starts next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Animal Man (2011) #24

Oct 16, 2013

It may have had a month off, but this issue of ANIMAL MAN was exciting and disturbing, in a good way. Everything has changed for the worse when it comes to Buddy as Animal Man. Brother Blood has taken control, and at some point, a powerless Buddy will have to stop him. the art, colors, and lettering are all top notch. This issue fires, creatively, on all cylinders. If there's one book you really should be picking up this week, make sure it's this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #25

Nov 20, 2013

ANIMAL MAN #25 was a pretty satisfying issue. Buddy starts trying to put the pieces back together with his home, after it's been scattered away. He has quite the foe in Brother Blood to face. While the overall story really doesn't grab me as much as previous arcs, it's still an enjoyable read. Rafael's art shines in this issue, and it's some of the best of the week. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Animal Man (2011) #26

Dec 18, 2013

While ANIMAL MAN is known for being a pretty "out-there" book, this was too out there for me. It's a series with a horror element attached to it, but this book felt a bit more comical, and a part of that may be because Hamner's art didn't mesh well with Lemire's writing on this issue. However, Hamner does a phenomenal job here, so don't let that last point take anything away from him. More than anything, I'm excited for the next issue, which has Buddy back to where he belongs. Overall, I mildly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #29

Mar 19, 2014

ANIMAL MAN #29 isn't the perfect was to close up a series, but it was still a delightful read. It was great seeing Foreman back on this book, even if he isn't spending the whole time horrifying the reader with some creepy art, and Lemire's section of the book works perfectly for the issue. While his section is pretty much just recapping the entire series, it was a solid read. It really sucks to see this book go, since it was one of the best solo books at DC comics, but it goes out in an enjoyable and moving way. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) Annual #1

May 30, 2012

This was a great Annual issue. It's a nice one-shot story about the connection of the Red and the Green and how the Rot once tried to take on the world, over 100 years ago. Fantastic writing, as always, by Jeff Lemire, and I really enjoyed the art by Timothy Green II. Animal continues to be one of DC's best books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) Annual #2

Jul 31, 2013

I've read a few of the Annual issues that were launched this week, and this was my favorite one. Just like with most annual issues, this really caters to people who have been reading the book the entire year, and while I feel like a new reader could pick this issue up and really enjoy it, those who have gone through Cliff's death, with Buddy will appreciate this on a whole other level. It was great to see Travel Foreman back on the book as well. I love how creepy and unsettling his art can be. Overall, I really loved this issue and so will you.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ant-Man (2015) #3

Mar 11, 2015

While I'm not a Taskmaster fan, his appearance doesn't hinder the book at all. ANT-MAN three is just an incredibly crafted book that is more than a few cheap laughs here and there. ANT-MAN is this fun, quirky redemption story that is a blast to read. It's weird to see anyone in the Ant-Man costume doing something memorable again, since I can't think of a time we had a good Ant-Man story since Eric O'Grady was in the costume. Regardless, jump on ANT-MAN and check it out. You will not be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ant-Man (2015) #5

May 6, 2015

The first arc of ANT-MAN is a hit. We're seeing Scott Lang step up as a hero and a father, and while he isn't completely redeemed in his own eyes, he's working his way back up the ladder to be a hero. ANT-MAN is a fun, comedic book with a big heart, and that's the biggest appeal to it. I highly recommend checking this book and this series out, especially if there's still a hole in your heart where SUPERIOR FOES used to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ant-Man (2015) Annual #1

Jul 15, 2015

ANT-MAN ANNUAL #1 was like a breath of fresh air. It was a nice little break from everything going on in SECRET WARS and was a highly entertaining read. This series really has a "little less wacky SUPERIOR FOES" feel to it and it was really cool to see two generations of people who wore the Ant-Man mantle working together. The issue will put a smile on the faces of Ant-Man fans or just comic fans in general. I haven't had this much fun with an Annual issue in a long time. I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ant-Man (2015): Last Days #1

Aug 26, 2015

If you loved ANT-MAN by Spencer, Rosanas, and Boyd, then picking this up is a no-brainer. It's a nice end to the series, before the same creative team takes on ASTONISHING ANT-MAN in October. It has a ton of heart and it's nice to see a Last Days issue just be a one-shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #0

Sep 26, 2012

While this issue doesn't give Aquaman fans everything they want to read in a 0 issue, it's a fantastic start. There's just too much to tell and not enough time to tell it. My biggest complaint was that I wanted more because this issue's ending is premature. I want this to go another 20 pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #1

Sep 28, 2011

I've read all 52 of the "New 52" and Aquaman is my favorite. Is it because I've always been an Aquaman fan and I've been waiting for a series to do the character justice? Yes. Aside from my incredibly biased opinion of the character, is this a good book? Hell yes. It's about time someone revamped this character, and there's no one else better at DC than Geoff Johns and Ivan Reis. The character's personality has been redesigned, and his powers explained, so this is a great jumping on point. I love the new villains and the art, but the whole Aquaman disproving why he sucks bit got a tad redundant. I highly recommend this book. I

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #2

Oct 26, 2011

This book reminds me a lot of when Green Lantern started out under Johns' control. There were some changes here and there, and while some people got mad about them, it was better for the character and the book. At the same time, I never thought Green Lantern would be a top-tier book at DC, and now it is. I'm hoping, as ridiculous as this is about to sound, that Johns can do the same thing for Aquaman. I'm not lying when I say this is my favorite of the new 52. This is quickly also becoming my favorite book from any company. I rarely will say a book is perfect, but for me, it comes darn near close. Not only does it have everything I'd like to see in an Aquaman book, it has everything I'd like to see in a super-hero book. If you're not reading this book, you're missing out on the best new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #4

Dec 28, 2011

It's hard to put my excitement for this book and this series into words. It's my personal favorite of the new 52 though. It re-establishes this amazing hero and hopefully, it will sweep that Super-Friends Cartoon version of him into some horrible vortex of death. I am loving Reis' art on this book and I think he's a perfect fit. The last page reveal was great, and I am very excited for 2012 Aquaman issues. The only real problems I had were that this issue wrapped up too quickly. I just expected a tad more from the Trench, but I guess they truly are just beasts from the deep... or are they? I highly, HIGHLY recommend this book... it's one of the best of the new 52!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #5

Jan 25, 2012

Super-awesome, amazing, fantastic, and other positive adjectives book! This book keeps getting better and better, and it's become one of my favorite on-going comic books from any company. I loved the story in this issue and how we get to see more of where Atlantis came from. Plus, Aquaman becomes more relate-able after a conversation with his father. Lastly, I thought the four opening pages to this book were pure perfection. The only real problems I had with the issue was it did kind of drag at one point and I despised the cover. Other than that, it was pure perfection reading. I highly IGHLY recommend this book!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #6

Feb 22, 2012

Super awesome! Aside from my problems with the art, Aquaman continues to be one of my favorite books of the new 52. This issue was all about Mera and storywise, it is just as good, if not better than the rest of the series. It's so good and Mera is such a stand-out character that I'd love to read a Mera mini-series, as long as Johns or someone just as awesome is writing it. We get a feel for the new Mera and get to see just how powerful she truly is. I highly recommend this issue and series!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #7

Mar 28, 2012

Once again, Aquaman delivers! This is such a great book, and if you're not reading it then shame on you because you're missing out on a great character with a great story featuring the writing of Geoff Johns and the pencils of Ivan Reis. It's a book the lives up to the hype.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #8

Apr 25, 2012

Aquaman does exactly what it's been doing for 8 issues, blowing minds away with how cool Aquaman can truly be given the right creative team. I love how this issue delves more into Aquaman's past and I loved the Others working together as a team. There are some great characters on this team, including Seer and Prisoner, and hoepfully we'll see a lot more of them... In the past, since Seer is pretty dead right now. Geoff Johns has been great on this book, and I'd love to see The Others as an on-going series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #9

May 23, 2012

This is my second favorite DNcU book, closely following Batman. This issue reveals a ton about Aquaman's history and it really just makes this character a lot more dynamic. I loved the scenes with the Prisoner fighting Manta, and I love the numerous reveals in this issue. Ivan Reis art is fantastic, clear, and crisp, and as always, Johns kills it on this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #10

Jun 27, 2012

What is there to say about this book that I haven't been saying since the start. It's the perfect revamp to a character no one took seriously, and each issue gives you a bit more of the mythos of this character. I love the new characters being introduced in this series, and the fight between Aquaman and Black Manta is fantastic. Geoff Johns is doing an amazing job with this character, and I love the art team.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #11

Jul 25, 2012

Well, this is the worst of the Aquaman series so far, but that being said, the worst issue of this Aquaman run is still better than 95% of the books on the shelf. While I loved the art and the Dead King part of this story, the middle of this book dragged and was a bit uninteresting for me. However, this is info you need to continue reading this book because it's heading in an exciting direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #12

Aug 29, 2012

Another solid issue by Geoff Johns and Ivan Reis. Did you expect anything less? I loved the variant cover to this issue. There was a ton of great action here, and I love seeing all the relics from The Others be a part of the mythos now. I'm very interested to see how powerful the Seventh Relic actually is.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #14

Nov 28, 2012

Not only has Geoff Johns completely turned around Aquaman, but he's also made his villains real, developed characters, and not just some cardboard cutout baddies like they used to be. While the focus is mainly on Orm and Arthur discussing all things surface world vs Atlantis, it's the most interesting read in this series yet. It's frightfully brilliant in every way.The build-up to the Throne of Atlantis begins here, and the ending to this issue is so awesome. I don't want to spoil anything, but fans of this series will love how it turns out. This has the potential to be an incredibly unique and epic story line, and I have a good feeling it will hit its mark.Overall, I highly recommend this issue of Aquaman. You won't regret it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #15

Dec 26, 2012

Aquaman has a lot of tough decisions to make, and it's going to come down to him having to choose a side, and we get to see how he deals with all of that mainly in this issue. Mera and Vulko both show that Atlantians are not to be messed with, and I love the overall direction that Johns has taken this book. On the down side of things, you have to be reading JLA to truly appreciate this book as a whole, and I had a few small problems with panciler Pellitier overusing medium shots in panels. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and JUSTICE LEAGUE 15.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #16

Jan 30, 2013

AQUAMAN 16 is a bit of a shocker, but it's a very solid issue. The conclusion for this story is going to be nutty. I found myself a huge fan of Cyborg and what he put on the line in this issue. The Trench comes back full force here, which is awesome, and it seems like the JL have their hands full. On the down side, it's hard to just read this Aquaman book on its own. You have to read JL to get a full scope of this story. Also, I like Pelletier's art on the issue, but some of the long shots in smaller panels had way too much going on.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #17

Feb 27, 2013

The Aquaman fanboy in me is super-happy with this issue. I feel like we're really getting back to Aquaman's roots... the ocean. I loved this issue front to back, and frankly, this is the direction I was hoping for after Throne of Atlantis. The writing and art are always top notch here.This is a quick read though. You'll get through it pretty quickly. However, you will ignore that once you see that Aquaman forgot to shave... I did.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #18

Mar 27, 2013

AQUAMAN #18 is another hit. There's a lot thrown at the reader in this issue, but it's all fantastic. It's a straight-forward book the reader will enjoy. While this may not be the best place for a new Aquaman reader to jump on, they won't be too lost. The book does a pretty good job at keeping the reader updated on the events.My only real problem here, aside from Aquaman's 5 o'clock shadow being gone, was that too many times, faces and bodies were buried in shadows. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #19

May 1, 2013

I liked AQUAMAN #19, but it's not my favorite of the series. It's a bit chaotic. There's a lot going on. Johns is setting up a few stories here and catching up on a couple things from previous issues. The events in this issue are bigger than the 20 pages the creative team is allotted. I think once you can sit down and read this issue and maybe #21 onward, it will play out a bit better.There's a lot to love about this issue, but the pacing and jumpiness really dragged it down. Overall, I give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Aquaman (2011) #20

May 22, 2013

Hopefully, someday, The Others will have their own stand-alone book. This is a team that could pull it off. Aquaman is a consistently great book. Sure, there's been a couple bumps in the road, so far, but overall, this has been a stellar series, but this issue was a big let down. Concept-wise, this is a fantastic book that gives DC a reason to use the characters from the Others without just shoehorning them into a book because there was already a connection made between these characters and Atlantian artifacts, but the execution of the actual issue is a bit of a mess. It feels rushed, and it's inconsistent. It has a solid writer and artist, but they needed more pages to work with to make this the issue it needs to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #21

Jun 26, 2013

As a stand-alone issue though, it's a tad aggravating to read because it's so chaotic and there is so much going on with every single character in the Aquaman world. He's doing the same thing here that he did with the Green Lantern world. He's taking a book that is a mish-mash of broken stories and continuity and making something special out of it. He's sewing the seeds for something that will truly blossom down the road, and I can't wait to be there when it happens.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #22

Jul 24, 2013

It's a very satisfying issue. This will be a story that I think will read a lot better in trade. I find myself become impatient for future issues. I want to know more about why Atlantis sank, and I feel like it's taking us forever to get there. We keep getting teased, with no new answers, but that's my only real complaint. Well, that and the Scavenger story overshadows everything else. Each of the stories, mainly the Scavenger and the Aquaman story, since the Orm story is very brief, are incredibly fascinating, and it proves that Aquaman and the world he lives in can be interesting. He's not a second rate character and Johns has proven that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #23

Aug 28, 2013

This continues to be a stand-out series at DC, and the creative team is really re-establishing Aquaman as a top tier character. The stories in this series are worth reading and add a lot of depth to his mythos. This is a series you should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #23.1

Sep 11, 2013

If we lived in a world with 1/2 stars, this would be a 3.5 star book, easily. However, we don't, and this book just didn't win me over enough to bump it up. There's a lot of redundancy here for FOREVER EVIL readers as well as AQUAMAN readers. Sure, we get some nice moments where we get to know Black Manta as a character a bit more, but overall, this issue was a bit of a let down. Black Manta is a very interesting character and many fans want to know how he'll fit in to future issues, but the reader isn't led on to what's coming down the road. All they know is that Manta is out of Belle Reve and misses his father. Overall, I give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #23.2

Sep 25, 2013

AQUAMAN #23.2 OCEAN MASTER is an incredibly fun issue that takes a look at who Orm is and what makes him tick. While some of this stuff may be repetitive to long-time AQUAMAN readers, it is a great read for fans and newbies alike, which is a breath of fresh air, especially to people chomping at the bit to jump onto this series. The best part of the issue is that is really feels like a part of the main series, as far as the art and writing go, even though it had a new creative team, minus Rod Reis, on the issue. Overall, this was a great read, and it gets a high recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #24

Oct 23, 2013

AQUAMAN #24 is one fantastic return after a month of villains books. This issue fires on all cylinders and has numerous moments that will floor the reader. The creative team nails it and makes this one of the best overall issues in the series. It may not answer all your questions about what happened in the last arc, but it does answer every question about what's been going on since issue one with this book. The only real problem is that it's hard to figure out where this book fits into the current timeline in the DCU, since forever evil is currently happening. Overall, I loved this issue and highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #25

Nov 27, 2013

It's the end of writer Geoff Johns' run on AQUAMAN, and as an Aquaman fan, I can say he really made a difference with his reboot of the character. He may still be the butt of the jokes to some people, but Johns proved that Arthur Curry can be pretty awesome. This particular issue wraps up everything very nicely and leaves the reader with an upcoming event that will take place in JUSTICE LEAGUE. This is a really satisfying ending to the story, and I, for one, can't wait to see the direction Jeff Parker takes the series next. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #26

Dec 31, 2013

I truly believe that the farther we get from Johns' phenomenal run, the better this book will get. It's going to take a bit of time to adjust. All-in-all, this is a great start for Parker. He establishes his tone and his run all in one swoop. Sure, it's not going to be the smoothest transition between writers because they both have different writing styles, but I truly believe, from this issue alone, that Parker has some amazing adventures in store for the reader. Parker is a very capable and fantastic writer and he gives fans a very worthwhile read. I can't wait to see what's next. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #27

Jan 29, 2014

AQUAMAN continues to be a hit. Parker delivers an incredibly fun issue that delves deeper (no pun intended) into the world of Aquaman, while keeping some secondary characters in the spotlight. If youve ever wanted to see Aquaman go at it with a giant sea monster, this is an issue just for you, but there is more to it than that. Parker is building up to something greater, using some of these secondary characters. I was a bit bummed with the art change, but Rod Reis colors really nailed it home for me. This is still a fantastic book and worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #28

Feb 26, 2014

This issue was a ton of fun. We take a break from Aquaman punching sea creatures and bad dudes in the face to remember that at one point, Aquaman was actually Arthur Curry, an average guy with huge potential. Jeff Parker did the impossible here. He made a high school reunion interesting and fun. Joking aside (not really a joke), Parker and Pelletier have a hit with this issue and really get deeper into what makes Arthur Curry. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #30

Apr 23, 2014

It's a bit of a middle-of-the-road issue. While the fight scenes are a ton of fun here, the issue doesn't really progress any form of actual story. What fans will want to read is all pushed onto the first page of the issue and the end of #30 is a team-up set-up for the upcoming annual, which from the looks of it, won't be anything too exciting. This is not a bad issue, but it's just not winning me over. I give this issue a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #31

May 28, 2014

AQUAMAN continues to be a pretty fun book. However, the real highlight of this issue is Mera's story as she tries to find out who is killing her. While the Swamp Thing and Aquaman battle is pretty pleasing to read, it feels like the reason for it happening is pretty weak and not well explained. AQUAMAN is still worth your time and money as Parker continues his run though. Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aquaman (2011) #32

Jun 25, 2014

Parker's run on AQUAMAN has been pretty good, with a few ups and downs, but issue #32 of AQUAMAN was brilliant. This book feels completely back on track and all the seeds Parker has been sewing for months are finally starting to pay off. Aquaman finally has a foe that can go toe-to-toe with him, that isn't Black Manta or Ocean Master, and Mera is having her own adventures, which rival the awesomeness of her husband's. This is easily the best issue of the run, and fans of the series who have been reading month-to-month will love this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #36

Nov 26, 2014

Part two to Maelstrom offers a fantastic amount of mystery and adventure which will keep readers hooked. Parker has done a lot of cool things with Aquaman since jumping on, but this story has a lot of potential to be amazing and so far, it's living up to the potential. The only downside is what feels like a really forced fight between character, which also takes up a giant chunk of the issue. However, Maelstrom is a really cool idea that keeps growing, so if you've stepped away from the book, now is the time to come back on. Pick up issue #35 and #36 and you'll be set.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #37

Dec 24, 2014

Parker's AQUAMAN combines a lot of new mythos with a lot of fun. He's really grasping at the idea that you can do a lot with a character but still provide a fun book, which is something a lot of comics have lost. Parker reshapes Gorilla City and gives it a direct connection to the early Atlantis, before it sank. It's a cool addition to the book, and while readers may be a tad bummed with how the story is moving, what's provided within this issue is a really good read and something that's a must read for Gorilla Grodd fans. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #38

Jan 28, 2015

AQUAMAN #38 is the issue that really solidifies what Jeff Parker is doing with this book, or at least with this story line. Aside from one line that got me a tiny bit fanboy-mad, the writing and dialogue on this book is great and leaves the reader wanting more, and as always, Paul Pelletier and Rain Beredo on colors provide some spectacular art, including that final splash page, which is awesome. I highly recommend checking out AQUAMAN and more importantly, Maelstrom.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #39

Feb 25, 2015

Parker is taking AQUAMAN out with a bang. Maelstrom has been an exciting and adventurous story that really builds on the legend of the titular character while delivering something that is a ton of fun. We finally get to see Atlanna in all her glory and she's a bit off her rocker and doesn't trust anyone, which is a cool turn for the book. This issue was a lot of set-up for the finale next month, but it's all really enjoyable. Once again, this is Parker's best story during his run and I highly recommend folks give this story a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #40

Mar 25, 2015

It's a little bit of a bummer to see Pelletier, Beredo, and Parker leave this book, especially when this last arc was such a fun ride and the best arc from Parker's tenure on the series. While there are some issues with the pacing of the overall story, that's more on the fact that CONVERGENCE is making everything come to a grinding halt. Maelstrom really could have used another issue. However, for what it was, this was a great story and added a lot to the mythos of the character. I highly recommend checking this issue and storyline out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #49

Feb 24, 2016

Overall, this was a really fun issue that brought Aquaman a bit more back to his roots. Abnett is working on who Aquaman is and what he means to the DCU on a very personal level. There's also this additional story being setup that's pretty fantastic, mysterious, and terrifying. Creatures from the deep are pretty scary, so why can't this book have a little bit of that in it? Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 3, 2014

What this issue does well with jumping forward into the future and giving the reader a "where are they now" update is the same thing that hurts the main series. Aquaman's new outfit is really the highlight here and while the book was just ok, this is one of two parts and I'm intrigued to see how this plays out in the Aquaman & the Others issue. If you're an Aquaman fan and reading the main series, you'll want to pick this up. However, if you're not, pass this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2016) #1

Jun 22, 2016

This first issue may not be the best jumping-on point for new readers because the focus is more geared towards Atlantis rather than exploring just who Aquaman is, but it's still a great read. Aquaman fans will find themselves enjoying this book, as it plays better to people who have a prior background knowledge of the character and his world. It's a solid issue, and I recommend picking it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman And The Others #1

Apr 2, 2014

AQUAMAN & THE OTHERS #1 is quite a bit of fun, and it really starts to flesh out some characters created in the New 52 that haven't been around. The reason these characters are teamed up does not feel forced and the story Jurgens presents the reader is something that will keep this book going for a while. Overall, this is an impressing start to a new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman: Rebirth #1

Jun 8, 2016

Aquaman Rebirth feels geared more towards newer readers than to those who have been following the series for the past few years. That's fine, as the issue does give insight into where the series is headed. However, Aquaman fans may find a lot of the recapping to be a bit dull. Regardless, the series integrates that classic Atlantian lore and mythos into the book, making it feel more like a fantasy than a superhero comic, which will really set it apart from the other DC titles. It's not a perfect start, but there's a lot of potential here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #0

May 8, 2013

ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG #0 is my favorite issue of the series so far. It may not be the normal laugh-out-loud book we're used to, but this issue delivers a fantastic story with fantastic art that makes you feel... well... fantastic. It's hard to believe that month after month this book keeps getting better and better, but it does. It's like some sort of comic book magic. While my problems with the issue were small, the rest of the book is amazing. This is a book you should be reading, unless you hate fun. If so, I can find a selection of SEO pamphlets that would be a bit more of your speed.Overall, go buy this book. You deserve it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #2

Sep 5, 2012

Archer and Armstrong should be on your pull list. I keep jumping back and forth on whether this or X-O Manowar is Valiant's best book, but right now, A&A is taking the cake. This was a great issue as the story gets revealed and the reader starts to understand how this book will play out. I love how this book feels like a great adventure film, and it reminds me of some of the great adventure films from my youth. Everything about this issue is a ton of fun and brilliant, including the creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #3

Oct 10, 2012

ARCHER and ARMSTRONG continues to be one of my favorite on-going series currently on the shelves. The creative team on this book is fantastic, and they deliver an amazing series and issue here. As the story progresses here, we learn a bit more about the world Archer originally came from, and we get some fantastic fight sequences. The art is strong, the writing is strong, and this book is a ton of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #4

Nov 14, 2012

ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG continues to be fantastic with issue 4. The book is a pretty big game changer for these two characters, and we get a ton of background info on both of them. This may not be the best place for new readers to jump on though. If you've been interested in picking up a Valiant book, all of which are incredibly good, this series would be my top pick for new readers. We're only four issues in, so you don't have to do too much backtracking. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #5

Dec 12, 2012

If you're still reading this review, then you're doing something wrong. You should already be in your car on the way to your LCS. Is it closed? Well, wait outside until morning. You owe it to yourself to read this book. ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG 5 is the start to a new story that anyone can pick up and enjoy. The creative team on this series, and this issue in particular, is fantastic, and it should be one of your top 10 books each month.Overall, I thing you need this book. Now, time for a wacky rating.ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG 5 gets 5 screaming Gilad's out of 5.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #6

Jan 16, 2013

It looks as though Archer, Armstrong, and Gilad have found their Geomancer, but will the Geomancer join them? Can they protect them? Great final page here as this story continues. I really enjoy everything about this book. This issue gives us the look into someone else's life, in this world, which I thought was pretty cool. We also get a look into the sinister world of Zorn Capital. The writing and art, as always, are top notch, and this is one of my top of the pile nominees for January.Overall, you need to start reading this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #7

Feb 13, 2013

It's not my favorite issue of the series so far, but overall, it's still an amazing ride. ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG 7 delivers a knockout punch of awesomeness across your weak jaw, putting you into a coma. I know some may find it annoying how much Gregg and I hype these Valiant books up, but truth be told, these are fantastic series. Archer & Armstrong is a solid, fun detective story you'll want to continue reading. It's becoming this very cool team book, currently, which I'm really liking at the moment. I can't wait to see where it goes next.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #8

Mar 13, 2013

ARCHER & ARMSTRONG is the only A.A. I need and you'll be able to say the same after reading this issue! (If you do have a serious problem with alcohol, or Archer & Armstrong, please seek advice from a doctor and not a comic book reviewer) We're building up to something big here, and it's pretty darn exciting. As with every issue, I demand you start reading this book because it's one of my favorite on-going series, and the book is awesome.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #9

Apr 10, 2013

It's no surprise that this book continues to be completely and utterly awesome. ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG #9 is a super-satisfying end to a fantastic story. The opening page is incredibly funny, and the overall story is a ton of fun. The art is great and consistent throughout the issue, and there's no reason you shouldn't be reading this book.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #10

Jun 5, 2013

Overall, duh. This should be a no brainer. (That means you should read it)

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #11

Jul 16, 2013

ARCHER & ARMSTRONG #11 is the perfect mixture of adventure and humor. There's a reason so many reviewers around the net are giving this book (as well as many of Valiant's other titles) so much praise: It's that damn good. The art and the writing are top notch, and it's one of the handful of books I cannot wait to read. I get excited and impatient for the next issue. I'm not just blowing smoke. This book is fun and worth your time and money. Or you can continue buying comics that make you feel dead inside just because your favorite character is on the cover. Your choice.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #12

Aug 14, 2013

There's only so many ways you can say "ARCHER & ARMSTRONG is a book more people should be reading." The truth is that while there are a ton of books on the shelves worth your time, ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG deserves it the most. It may not be what most people are used to with their comic book reading, but there is a great sense of familiarity with a dominant creative team putting this book together every month. This issue in particular was very exciting because it was non-stop action that remained witty and reintroduced someone awesome. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #13

Sep 11, 2013

The conclusion of "The Faraway" may not have been the most satisfying overall story, but the issue was a ton of fun, as it always is. Writer Fred Van Lente keeps the book incredibly entertaining and artist Pere Perez does a dynamite job with the art here. This is currently one of my favorite creative teams working right now. Obviously, ARCHER & ARMSTRONG is a book you should be reading because it's consistently fantastic. So p

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #24

Sep 9, 2014

ARCHER & ARMSTRONG #23 provides a solid story, even in the absence of its two titular characters. While this issue is, in a sense, filler until issue #25, it's a memorable story that adds a lot to the Valiant Universe. In the past, I've said (with ARMOR HUNTERS) that "this is how events are done." I now say "this is how filler issues are done." Don't take "filler" as a negative thing though because this raises the bar to unheard of heights when it comes to books getting from story 1 to story 2. Hopefully, we'll see more of Bollers in the future because he easily filled Van Lente's shoes. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archie #627

Nov 30, 2011

This is the first time I've reviewed an all-ages book or a book geared more towards children. As an adult, I can tell you I truly enjoyed everything about this issue. Yes, I'm a huge KISS fan, but all of that aside, the issue was a ton of fun and kept me smiling from the first to last page. It has a great sense of humor that kids and adults will enjoy. The band KISS seems to fit well in to the world of Riverdale both story wise and stylistically. The story was simple, but a lot of fun at the same time. The only real downside is that if you are looking for something a bit more complex, then this book is not for you. It's the most fun I've had with a comic in quite some time, and even if you're not a KISS fan, you'll still love this issue of ARCHIE. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archie #628

Dec 28, 2011

Part two may not have been as good as part one, but it's pretty darn close. This book continues to entertain audiences, both young and old. Dan Parent has a great final splash page in this issue, and Alex Segura's writing is top notch. I loved the Teen Wolf references and found myself actually enjoying the monsters more than the members of KISS, and lastly, I actually like Sabrina and Salem a lot. Their story is just as interesting as KISS fighting a bunch of monsters. The only real problem I had was that there were pieces of the story missing and I felt it was a tad jumpy. Other than that, this is a dynamite book and I highly recommend it, especially the variant cover by Francisco Francavilla.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archie #629

Jan 25, 2012

I'm still loving this story line, and for the first time in my life, loving an Archie comic. Sure, a gimmick is what got me to pick the book up, but the it's a really enjoyable gimmick, and I would keep reading if I didn't care for it. I love the story and how it evolves through this issue, and I thought the comedy aspect of the book was spot-on. I also learned some great life lessons that I will take with me to the grave. The only thing I didn't like was the pure excitement everyone showed for Kevin Keller. I have no clue who this guy is, but I know everyone else in this book. Am I missing something?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archie #630

Feb 22, 2012

I never thought I'd be this excited to read an Archie comic book. I loved this story line, and yes, it's mainly because KISS was in it. Aside from that, it truly is a great, fun, colorful read that appeals to all ages. The story has been a delight and the cover art for the variant covers is downright awesome. My only downsides to this issue is that it's not a good place to jump on for obvious reasons, and that no one "played" Hard Luck Woman; however, Lick It Up was mentioned, which I think is a tad racy (and hilarious) for an Archie comic. I loved this series, and I give it a recommendation to you all, even if you're not a KISS fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Arkham Manor #1

Oct 22, 2014

ARKHAM MANOR is surprisingly enjoyable. By way of the solicits, the idea did seem a tad silly, but the way Duggan sets everything up here makes this book feel like it's going to be a very fun ride. Obviously, the idea of Batman and "fun" in the same sentence may be a turn-off to most people, but this isn't DEADPOOL or NOVA. This isn't a funny or zany book. There is a lot of emotion here as we see how important Wayne Manor is to Bruce and the lengths he'll go to in order to keep it from becoming a complete mess. If you're a Batman fan, check this one out for sure. If the character is normally a bit too much for you, then this is really a Bat-series for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Arkham Manor: Endgame #1

Apr 1, 2015

ARKHAM MANOR: ENDGAME isn't a must read for anyone reading BATMAN, but it is a really solid tie-in issue that gives readers a glimpse into the rest of Gotham while Endgame is happening. There are some minor problems in the art department during a few scenes, but it doesn't hinder the overall story. I was really surprised with the fact that a tie-in to an event could stand on its own so well and just be this much fun. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Armor Hunters #1

Jun 11, 2014

The more a book is hyped up, the more likely it is to disappoint the reader. ARMOR HUNTERS has been advertised and promoted for months now, and surprisingly, it hits the mark. Venditti, Braithwaite, and Martin are putting together one exciting book. The book starts off slow and doesn't give everything to the reader at once, which is what many readers with gravitate towards. There's still a bit of mystery behind the Armor Hunters and this story, aside from what the reader knows. Sadly, this isn't the best place to jump on for new readers though, since you need to read X-O MANOWAR to get a full scope of this book. Regardless, this was a fantastic star and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Armor Hunters #2

Jul 9, 2014

ARMOR HUNTERS is a blast to read. It's an event that lives up to the hype. While there are some problems with having to know what's going on in X-O MANOWAR to get a full picture, and the fact I'm just not a fan of who showed up into this issue, everything else about this series is a ton of fun and moves along naturally. Venditti is really making this event feel smooth and not all hurky-jerky. This is a series readers should check out. Valiant is doing events the right way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Armor Hunters #3

Aug 13, 2014

Although there's a few minor issues with this book, overall, it's fantastic. This is how events should be done. Venditti, Braithwaite, and Martin provide a story full of twists and turns that feels natural and not forced. As great as the issue is, fans won't be able to stop thinking about where this is headed and what the aftermath is going to be like. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this event, especially the tie ins.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Armor Hunters #4

Sep 24, 2014

ARMOR HUNTERS ends in a bang. Venditti, Braithwaite, and Martin provide a fantastic event that is overall very solid. While there were a couple times things felt a bit chaotic and things did play out as naturally as they should, reading this, then X-O MANOWAR #29 right afterwards made this event feel very full. I've said time and time again that this is how events should be done, and although I had minor complaints about this issue, overall, I still really believe that this is one of the better events in the past 5 years. You should probably pick this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Armor Wars #1

Jun 3, 2015

ARMOR WARS was a solid opening but not without its bumps in the road. It feels more like a What If story over anything else, which is really cool, but it does drag a bit because of some heavy dialogue that is mainly all about setting up this world's Tony Stark. At the same time, there's some hiccups in the art and the color work is decent, but the armor coloring and the facial coloring are too contrasting here. The last page will make you want to keep reading, so this gets a mild recommendation. It's pretty fun and there is a lot of potential here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Astonishing Ant-Man #1

Oct 21, 2015

Overall, this was a great start to the new series. Keep in mind, there's a decent amount of recap early on, which readers of the last volume will feel is a bit tedious and at times, the book drags, but the rest of the issue and set up for this storyline is fantastic. Spencer, Rosanas, and Boyd continue to deliver a highly underrated title that I highly recommend.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Astonishing Ant-Man #3

Dec 23, 2015

There's a lot to love in the All-New, All-Different Marvel, and this is one of the top books in the new line. It's a comic written for people who love super-heroes but want to get more inside the day-to-day lives of these characters. It also delivers a good amount of humor, without making the book all about the jokes. I highly recommend picking up this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Astonishing Ant-Man #4

Jan 20, 2016

ASTONISHING ANT-MAN continues to be a fun and insightful series, giving readers a closer look at what makes Scott Lang tick on his journey towards redemption. The writing and art are top notch and I'm interested to see how this story builds and where its going. I highly recommend picking this series up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2010) #20

Dec 21, 2011

While I liked this issue, I was a bit disappointed in it. Both of the main creators on this book (Bendis and Acuna) are people in the industry whose work I love and respect, but they just didn't work together on this issue. I loved watching the strategy and planning that went into trying to take down the Avengers and I thought the pacing was great in this issue. Sadly, one of my favorite artists, Daniel Acuna, just didn't work well on this issue and it seemed like a clash of styles. Overall, it's a good read and I mildly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2010) #24

Mar 14, 2012

This was one awesome issue. I loved this story and it reminded me a lot of some of my favorite Silver Age Avengers stories. I loved that I could jump right in to this issue and completely understand what was going on. Norman Osborn getting super-powers working incredibly well, and I loved the ending of this issue and story arc. The only real problem I had was that I felt Acuna's work, while extremely awesome, wasn't a great fit for the Avengers. I highly recommend this issue though. It was tons of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Undercover #2

Apr 9, 2014

AVENGERS UNDERCOVER is a great book, especially if you're looking for something that's a bit depressing and isn't just good guys battling bad guys. This issue and series deals with a lot more than stopping the Wrecking Crew from robbing a bank. It deals with character who were forced to do some terrible things and how it has affected their lives afterwards. If you didn't like the first issue, chances are you'll not be too enthused with this one as well; however, there's a lot of meat to this book and one you should try out. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Vs. X-Men #3

May 2, 2012

Kind of a bummer of an issue. I REALLY wanted to like this book. I enjoyed the first issue a lot, but not so much the second issue, so I was hoping this would be a dynamite issue. Issue 3 of AvX just glides by. It's not bad, and it's not great.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers World #1

Jan 7, 2014

Obviously, we don't want to give away too much with this first issue, but what we can say is that it was a great start to a new series. AVENGERS WORLD focuses on just what you think it would, the Avengers helping out the rest of the world. Writers Hickman and Spencer mesh incredibly well together as a writing team. I love the team we see here, and the art is wonderful. On the downside, this isn't a new reader friendly book. Sure, you could just pick it up and give it a go, but it's better to read a bit of the last volume of AVENGERS. AVENGERS WORLD is exciting and shows a lot of promise. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers World #2

Jan 22, 2014

AVENGERS WORLD #2 is pretty dang fun. It feels like an Avengers book while giving the reader something new, and while this issue really focuses around Smasher, she's a pretty awesome character. We get a nice glimpse into her past and her connection to her grandfather, although I really didn't like her costume design at the end of the issue. This series has me roped in and while it's isn't amazing, it certainly is a very fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers World #3

Feb 19, 2014

There's not too much you can say about the overall issue for AVENGERS WORLD #3, since it is one long fight scene. However, the issue really plays out nicely and it is a lot of fun to read. Hickman and Spencer, along with the great visual storytelling of Caselli, have put together a book that really compliments Hickman's AVENGERS run, while expanding into a new world that is pretty accessible to new readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers World #5

Apr 30, 2014

AVENGERS WORLD is a book that is hit or miss issue to issue. It hasn't had a bad issue yet, per se, but this along with a previous issue was a middle of the road book. This is a series that truly feels like a great read as a trade, but struggles a bit from issue to issue because there is simply way too much going on within this book to contain within a single issue. Manifold is the center of this issue and he is a very cool character that brings a lot to the Avengers table. A.I.M. moves their plot further here and Hickman and Spencer have done a great job at redefining this once goofy team. However, overall, it's just an ok issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bad Ass #1

Jan 22, 2014

BAD ASS was a pretty fun read. It really nails the reader over the head with the "Check this out! It's a parody of Deadpool and American comics!" to the point of the reader wanting to pass out, but it's still a very satisfying read. It was a bit more fun than funny, and it was an issue I strangely couldn't put down, even though I had a few problems with it. The color and art are fantastic and while there's something about this book that really bugs me, overall, I really enjoyed it. I recommend trying this issue out for yourself.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batgirl (2011) #3

Nov 9, 2011

I enjoyed reading this book, but I want more out of it. I liked the first two "acts" of this issue, and I love the two-page art spread towards the beginning. I also like seeing another character, who has his own book, make a cameo in the issue, but that last story really rubbed me the wrong way because Babs freaks out and seems so emotionally unstable. Overall, I mildly recommend the issue. Three issues into Batgirl, I feel the series is right down the middle for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2011) #23.2

Sep 11, 2013

BATMAN #23.2: RIDDLER was a big surprise for a few reasons. Obviously, because Scott Snyder had a hand in this issue, it was going to feel more connected to the main series than some of the other Villains Month books, but Fawkes, Haun, and Rausch really turned this into a fantastic one-shot book that really helped define who The Riddler is and what he means to the BATMAN series. This is one of Villains Month books you should pick up, and if you still need a little more persuasion, then check out how spiffy the 3D version of the cover looks.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2016) #1

Jun 15, 2016

This issue may not be what people are expecting for a new series. The plot trickles in, but the issue is great for new readers and overall, provides a great kick-off to the new comic. We're getting this very intense moment in time and the book does a fine job at not only establishing Batman but also establishing Alfred and Duke as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #2

Jul 6, 2016

Batman fans should be pretty excited about this issue. Sure, it does lay down a lot of story, which sometimes can be a tad over-barring, but overall, this second issue does a stellar job at defining who Batman is going to be during King and Finch's run. What really raises the bar is that this has an appeal to both new and old Batman fans. There's never a point where either will feel lost or alienated.This book, thus far, is turning out to be one of the better Rebirth titles. I highly recommend checking this one out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #4

Aug 3, 2016

Batman is throwing a lot at the reader, but all of it is really interesting. It's a book that seems to be always building towards the future. However, the main story, in this issue, is a tad lacking. Regardless, this fantastic creative team is really delivering some great moments and a story that mixes the old and the new. We highly recommend checking this series out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #2

Oct 12, 2011

Seriously awesome issue. It's one of the few new 52 issues to be just as good as the first issue. I love Damien, and this book is right up my alley. The art is great, and does so much more than just tell the story. Bruce and Damien are finally working together pretty well, and there's an interesting set-up for future issues. The only thing that kind of bugged me was that I wanted a bit more, especially in the fight scene department. This is still a great jump-on point for new readers as well. i highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman and Robin (2011) #3

Nov 9, 2011

Move over DETECTIVE COMICS, BATMAN, and DARK KNIGHT, this is the Batman book to read. It's a great team/duo book that focuses just as much on team dynamic as it does on story. It's a well balanced story, and the book has really helped further develop Damian as a character. Nobody, the new villain trained by Ducard, who trained Batman, is a great addition to the Rogue Gallery because of his fighting ability and his intelligence.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman and Robin (2011) #29

Mar 19, 2014

While the overall story of what Batman is trying to achieve in this story is the best part of the issue, the rest of it falls flat. The Aquaman team-up feels a bit pointless and way too coincidental. He also doesn't really look like Aquaman, but more like a beefed-up version of the New 52 version of Arthur Curry. While there are a lot of problems with this overall issue, the larger story is incredibly intriguing and worth the reader; however, I cannot recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman And Robin Eternal #1

Oct 7, 2015

BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL is another great start to a weekly series. There is a ton of stuff going on here and it just makes you want to read more. Tynion, Daniel, and Snyder set this first issue up in a way where there are clues trickling over every page, as the book sets its hooks in. This is the most impressive opening issue for a Bat-title in years. I highly recommend picking this issue up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman And Robin Eternal #3

Oct 21, 2015

All three issues of this series have been truly awesome. BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL has all the makings of a truly memorable weekly series. The story is slowly coming together and what makes this book so great is that it takes all of the fans favorite sidekicks and puts them in the role of Batman, the world's greatest detective. This issue was a bit slower than the previous couple, but it still was a fantastic read and I highly recommend checking it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman And Robin Eternal #4

Oct 28, 2015

Regardless, BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL continues to be an intriguing and worthwhile book. It's a month in and I'm just as engaged with the story as I was with issue one. The team really comes together to help each other out here and finally, all of the "children" of Batman are working together. They've got a great read and I cannot wait for next week's issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman And Robin Eternal #5

Nov 4, 2015

BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL has hit a small bump in the road. This issue wasn't bad but wasn't on par with previous issues. It offers a great fight scene but there's not too much build towards anything else. With a mystery this big, you come to expect things during each issue and while this was a fun book to read, it didn't deliver much in the way of hooking the reader in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman And Robin Eternal #11

Dec 16, 2015

There's a couple huge reveal moments in this issue that really hook the reader in, making for an overall really solid issue of this weekly series. BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL continues to be a great week-to-week read for those who are fans of all the Batchildren of Gotham. There's enough mystery and intrigue here to keep readers invested. If you've missed out, this is a series you should check out as this book continues to be worth the investment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman And Robin Eternal #14

Jan 6, 2016

Not every issue of this book is a revelation and it shouldn't be, but issue #14 of BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL does give the reader insight into Scarecrow's work and what makes him the character he is. Tynion does a nice job giving the reader a human look at the character and while there isn't anything huge revealed at the end of the issue, which is a nice change, the overall issue was a great read, minus a couple art missteps, and this weekly series continues to be a great read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman And Robin Eternal #15

Jan 13, 2016

BATMAN & ROBIN ETERNAL is still solid and storywise, this is one of the bigger standouts of the series, giving readers more of a glimpse into Jean-Paul Valley. We get a cool fight sequence and there is a bit more about Mother and Scarecrow's past here. This series continues to be impressive and the best weekly series ever put out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman: Eternal #4

Apr 30, 2014

BATMAN ETERNAL is four issues in and it feels like a solid direction to the new weekly series. This book is much more about Gotham than Batman and it really shows here as the issue splits time between the Gordons, Batman, and Stephanie Brown. The art style keeps this issue a bit more light-hearted, which is the perfect match since it's a pretty depressing issue, with what is happening with James Gordon. Normally, I'd say to be very cautious of weekly series, but so far, this one has been top notch. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Eternal #5

May 7, 2014

We're five issues into BATMAN ETERNAL and this book continues to do a fine job at building on the world of Gotham while continuing to tell and interesting story. Tim Drake truly is the star of this issue, and in some ways, bests Batman through Tim's detective work. The art is fantastic, but it's the colors that really make the art. Overall, this is a very satisfying weekly series, so far. The only real downside to the issue is that the Vicki Vale story feels completely overdone as far as stories go. This is especially apparent if you watch House of Cards. However, this is still a highly recommended series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: Eternal #6

May 14, 2014

BATMAN ETERNAL isn't bad, but there are problems with the direction of this book. It feels like they're just topping more and more and more story on top of one another without resolving or building on anything else. For the past three issues, there have been numerous new plots introduced within each issue. This issue, on its own, is a pretty good read, introducing the reader to new characters and elements within the world of Gotham. The art is solid and the color work is fantastic. While this particular issue didn't hit it out of the park, it was still a solid read and this series is still worth picking up every week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Eternal #8

May 28, 2014

This issue is a step back in the right direction. We're starting to see the growth of some earlier stories set up in previous issues and finally, there's a fuller-scope to this story as Falconi's grip slowly turns Gotham into what it once was, before Batman came around. March's art is really cool on here and gives this issue a pretty intense feeling. The only real downside was that the color palate was a bit to brown for the book. However, it's still a great on-going series and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Eternal #9

Jun 4, 2014

BATMAN ETERNAL continues to prove it's a worthwhile, weekly book. It has a strong writing team and strong artistic team behind it. While there were some bumps in the road in previous issues, issues #8 and #9 make this book feel like it's right on track. The big reveal with this issue is very interesting and promises some interesting changes in the book coming down the road. The big question is whether or not to put this book on your pull list, since it's technically 4 books a month. It's pretty easy to say that this book is worth your time and money, since it's a pretty strong Bat-title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: Eternal #11

Jun 18, 2014

BATMAN ETERNAL #11 contains three stories, two of which are good, and one of which is a bit bland. On top of that, the art can be pretty rough in places and doesn't mesh well with the overall issue or its characters, even though, without a doubt, this artist has a great amount of talent. Once again, it's a decent issue from this series, but it doesn't really "wow" the audience. The biggest drag on this particular issue is the art though. If you're enjoying the series, keep reading it as it does well as a weekly series. However, chances of it being one of your favorites is very slim.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman: Li'l Gotham #1

Oct 31, 2012

If you're a fan of Dustin Nguyen's art, buy this book. Seriously, it's only 99 cents. You'll have a dumb smile on your face the entire time you read it. This book is a fantastic showcase of Dustin Nguyen's love for the world of Batman. It's great for kids as well as adults. The only down side I saw to this issue was that it's currently only digital. I know quite a few people only want to read physical books, but if anything, this is a good "gateway drug" into digital.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Li'l Gotham #6

Feb 25, 2013

BATMAN: LI'L GOTHAM is the funnest thing on the digital shelves. Sure, you can pick up a physical copy a month down the road, but this book, to me, works better in the digital format. It's a super fun issue featuring Alfred beating up some people while Damien gets excited. The story is fun and the art is beautiful. Plus, it's cheap, so go get it.On the down side, if you're expecting "the Dark Knight" then you may want to buy.... THE DARK KNIGHT because this is a very light-hearted and fun book.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman: Rebirth #1

Jun 1, 2016

Seeing someone else write a Batman series can be a bit of a shock, since Snyder and Capullo had such a long, wonderful run on the book, but the series is easily in good hands with King and Janin. There's a lot of set-up for the new series that is relatively accessible to new readers without alienating those who have enjoyed the run from the past few years. This is a great issue bridging the last volume to the new.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #23.3

Sep 18, 2013

If you're a fan of Clayface, you're going to really enjoy this issue, and if you've always wanted to delve into the mind of Clayface, you're in luck because that's exactly what this issue does. John Layman provides a good issue that lets fans get inside the mind of Clayface, to see what makes him tick. It's great for both new fans and long time readers alike. On the down side, the art was just ok and the cover seemed very rushed. Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batwing #3

Nov 2, 2011

One of my top five of the new 52. It's nice to have a new character actually have a good creative team behind him. I'm especially loving the art on this book by Ben Oliver and the colors by Brian Reber. There's a lot of set-up for the Congo's super-hero team, The Kingdom, which we may be seeing soon. Lastly, I really enjoy the Batwing character, even moreso now with the small amount of back story they gave us. The only thing I didn't like was the fact he can be stabbed through the chest and keep on fighting. I highly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Before Watchmen: Comedian #1

Jun 20, 2012

I desperately wanted to like this comic. I truly did, but there's just too many contradictory elements straying from the original character for me to enjoy it. If this wasn't a Before Watchmen book, and the main character wasn't Eddie Blake, this book would work a bit better. I really like Brian Azzarello's writing and J.G. Jones' art most of the time. The art was good here, but the writing wasn't nearly as solid as it usually is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Before Watchmen: Nite Owl #1

Jun 27, 2012

This is what Before Watchmen should be. JMS is great at building upon Moore's world here and adding more to this iconic character. I loved seeing this issue play out and Daniel grow into the character, even though I felt major moments were cut a bit short. The art, aside from a couple of inking issues, really works well here and is a great mixture of classic and contemporary styles.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Before Watchmen: Rorschach #1

Aug 15, 2012

I know some comic book fans consider these books to be comic book blasphemy and reading them makes you some sort of comic book heretic, but this book was awesome. This is the Before Watchmen book we've all been waiting for and wanted to read. This book not only has a great creative team, but they work so well together and they do this character and the Watchmen world justice. The story is great, and this is the book you'll want to read, if you've ever read Watchmen before.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Big Trouble In Little China #1

Jun 4, 2014

There hasn't been another licensed book I've been more excited about, but Powell, Churilla, and Garland nail it here. It's a great follow-up to the film and Powell really nails the voices of these characters extremely well. While there are times where the tone gets a bit too silly, the overall story is pretty awesome and fits well compared to the film. It's a bit of a surprise that this book was enjoyable as it was considering licensed books tend to be not so great. The biggest problem this book will have to overcome is that it isn't as new reader friendly as it should be, but don't let that stop you from picking this up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Big Trouble In Little China #2

Jul 2, 2014

Fans of the movie will be fans of this series. It has a great sense of adventure that the film had, and while the sense of danger may be a bit lost, this book is pretty awesome and worth a pick up. This issue really lets the reader know where the series is headed and all-in-all, it's a fun read. Powell proves he has a great grasp of these character's and this world here, which can be hard. Adapting a world from one piece of media to another is a tough job, but Powell nails it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Big Trouble In Little China #3

Aug 6, 2014

BIG TROUBLE IN LITTLE CHINA is a hit. It's like if the movie got a Saturday Morning Cartoon that didn't get cancelled after a couple months. It's a series I, as a fan of the original film, really look forward to reading every month. Powell is doing one hell of a job of adding to the legacy of Jack Burton and this is one of the few times in my decades as a reader where the comic lives up to the license. If you're a fan of the movie, and you're not reading this, a pox on your house.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bill & Ted Go to Hell #1

Feb 17, 2016

If you enjoyed BOOM!'s last offering, then this will be right up your alley. Heck, if you liked Bill & Ted at all, this is something you should check out. Sure, there's a few problems with a lot of rehashing from the movies and the last volume, but overall, this ends up being a really fun read and the issue has a great hook to keep the reader invested.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bill & Ted's Most Triumphant Return #1

Mar 11, 2015

The first issue of BILL & TED's MOST TRIUMPHANT RETURN isn't as sensational as the title makes it out to be, but it's still a fantastic venture into this new book. More than anything else, it's great to see these characters back in action, even if the first issue leaves the reader wanting a little bit more in the story department. The book is easily a hit with its target demographic, and it will put smiles on fans faces, just excited to see Bill & Ted travel through time again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bill & Ted's Most Triumphant Return #2

Apr 8, 2015

Bill & Ted have a special place in many people's hearts and what's great about this new offering from BOOM! Studios is that is captures the essence of these characters and their world and expands on it but with a bit more cartoony-style, and it actually works incredibly well. The second issue's story is a lot stronger and the reader will make a better connection with the titular characters. If you love the movies, you should really check this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bill & Ted's Most Triumphant Return #3

May 13, 2015

BILL & TED'S MOST TRIUMPHANT RETURN is a solid and fun series for those who loved the movies. It plays extremely well to its fans and manages to capture the tone of the films, which translates exceptionally well to comic books. What makes this issue exceptionally excellent is the fact the hook at the end is leading to bigger and better things, something the first couple of issues didn't really do for readers. This book is on the up and up and if you're looking for a fun read, then check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Birthright #2

Nov 5, 2014

BIRTHRIGHT continues to impress. Williamson shows he isn't just a one-trick pony with genre writing as he steps away from horror and delivers a straight-forward book enveloped in fantasy. There are very few current books I'd call a must read, but this is easily one of them. BIRTHRIGHT not only has a great concept, but its executed masterfully. I highly recommend this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Birthright #3

Dec 3, 2014

BIRTHRIGHT is a story for fantasy fans that want to know what happens AFTER the adventure. The art is amazing. The writing is top notch. It's a story for those who love fantasy and adventure. Williamson is on a tear over at Image and this, conceptually, is his best series as of right now. There's a lot of great books to pick from in the world of comics, but people should make this series a priority on their pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Birthright #4

Jan 7, 2015

BIRTHRIGHT continues to be one of the more impressive books under the pen of Joshua Williamson, who also has several other hits under his hat. Conceptually, this book is nothing short of brilliant and while this issue doesn't pay off on some of the stories told within it, it's still a wonderfully crafted issue both in the writing and with the art. BIRTHRIGHT is easily one of the best new on-going series and something people should check out if they enjoy a bit of fantasy in their comics. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Birthright #5

Feb 4, 2015

What keeps people coming back to BIRTHRIGHT, and the reason more people should jump on this book, is for the storytelling. It's familiar yet completely alien at the same time. It has elements many people have seen in fantasy films, but it takes it to the next level. We get a great turn in this issue and an even better final page that will keep readers hooked in who have been on the series since the first issue. Just as important is the top tier art coming out of this book. As far as full creative teams go, this group is phenomenal and delivers yet another amazing issue of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Birthright #6

Apr 8, 2015

BIRTHRIGHT #6 is made up of a lot of little, memorable moments that add an incredible amount of depth to the characters and story. The art and colors on this book are outstanding and visually stunning, especially during key turning points here. The story, on the surface, may not seem to move forward too much, but that's because the focus is more on the characters and developing relationships between them. This is one of the better issues of BIRTHRIGHT, in a series of great issues thus far. I highly recommend checking this series out. You won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Birthright #8

Jun 10, 2015

BIRTHRIGHT continues to be a stand-out series that delivers a fantastic fantasy story. There is a lot going on in this issue and it moves by quick. There's lots of questions posed by Williamson, for the reader, here and that's what keeps readers coming back to this book. If you haven't gotten around to checking out BIRTHRIGHT, you really need to especially if you like fantasy books or even fantasy films from the 80s and 90s. This is a series that needs to be on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Birthright #10

Aug 19, 2015

BIRTHRIGHT #10 gives readers a deeper look into what happened to Mikey while he was on Terrenos. There's a nice end cap between his early days there and his final days. Williamson, Lucas, and Bressan make one heck of a team and deliver, conceptually, an amazing story. The execution matches it with a high level of quality as well. This is a series you need to check out. Pick up the trade.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Bitch Planet #1

Dec 10, 2014

For a moment, let's step away from the online hype and promotion. This book is awesome without it. Sure, there's certainly a feminism slant towards the book and if you're the type of person that gets turned off by things like that, first, you're silly. Secondly, this book stands on its own as pretty dang rad for a first issue. Is this book geared towards women readers? I have no clue. All I see is a concept I really enjoy, some killer art, and some killer writing, but hey, I like space, HBO's Oz, and Orange is the New Black. BITCH PLANET deserves the hype it's getting, and it's a issue you should probably give a shot, since this book is bad ass. If you're still not sold, then there's a plethora of books featuring super-powered loners, punching dudes in the face, and feeling sad about life and things that you may find more up your alley.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bitch Planet #2

Jan 28, 2015

I'm loving BITCH PLANET. Sure there's moments where I feel a bit lost on some of the concepts, but this book is a hit. We get more and more of this world as the series moves forward and it's pretty rad. The writing is awesome. The art is awesome. DeConnick, De Landro, and Peter deliver something you'll want on your pull list. Finally, the essay in the back of this month's issue is well-stated and has a great point of view. Just go buy BITCH PLANET already.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2014) #3

Feb 5, 2014

Where is this series going? It's something I keep asking myself, and it's really my only complaint about the book. It feels like we've been treated to a series of stellar one-shots, but not real over-arcing story yet. Hopefully, Edmondson has some bigger things planned down the road (I'm sure he does). BLACK WIDOW truly impresses. It's suspenseful and intriguing, with some brilliant looking art. While many of Marvel's new series are must reads, from me, this one tops the list. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bloodlines #1

Apr 6, 2016

As someone who vaguely remembers the New Bloods, there weren't a lot of high hopes for this issue. However, BLOODLINES plays well to the reader's sense of nostalgia all while delivering a fun opening issue that revamps this team. It's lot a flat book, completely relying on people who liked this team over 20 years ago to buy it. The biggest downside is that it could have used some extra pages to really deliver the full story in one punch. It's big, bold, and will put a smile on older reader's faces. If you got some extra cash this week, give this book a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Bloodshot: Reborn #1

Apr 15, 2015

For as long as Bloodshot has been around in the Valiant reboot, it's great to see this new volume be so incredibly new reader friendly. Lemire, Suayan, and Baron present a great and pretty depressing character study about a man trying to get his life back to normal, something he never remembers experiencing, but one man's actions cause him to rise to the occasion. I highly recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Bloodshot: Reborn #2

May 20, 2015

Issue #2 is here and BLOODSHOT REBORN might be one of the strongest starts to a series at Valiant. I am in love with this series, and as I mentioned last month, this is not one of my favorite characters. Lemire, Suayan, and Baron have delivered one of the weirdest yet most compelling pieces to come out of Valiant and I'm in for the long haul. Ray's journey is something you just cannot turn away from and his story has this realism to it as it's more about struggle than a dude who shoots things in the face. I cannot recommend this book enough. Pick it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Bloodshot: Reborn #9

Dec 23, 2015

The final issue of "The Hunt" is a fantastic conclusion to this arc. As part of the whole story, it wraps everything up nicely and this is something that will read exceptionally well in trade. Once again, the second arc of this new Bloodshot book was fantastic and this is turning out to be one of Valiant's top series right now. BLOODSHOT REBORN reinvents Bloodshot as a compelling and intriguing character. I highly recommend you check this series out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle (2011) #0

Sep 19, 2012

This is a very solid zero issue that does a great job at telling the origin story of Khaji-Da. It's engaging and it has the potential to be great for new readers, as long as new readers are willing to pick this book up. I liked how the issue catches readers up to where the current BLUE BEETLE volume leaves off, so new readers can jump right in.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Blue Beetle (2011) #5

Jan 18, 2012

I like this book, but it's a down-the-middle of the road book for me. I like the fact that DC has a character that focuses on the life of being a teenager, something many Marvel fans are accustomed to and love. It was a bit tough as a new reader to jump onto this book. I understood some aspects very easily, but I had trouble with the larger, overall book. The biggest problem with BLUE BEETLE is that there is was too much going on in this series. Overall, I give it a slight recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle (2011) #6

Feb 15, 2012

Blue Beetle has dragged me back in! The first few issues were hit or miss, but this final issue of this story was great. A very solid conclusion to this storyline with some great fight scenes. I loved the art on this issue and thought the colors, inks, and pencils worked very well together to create a familiar but very unique style. The only thing I didn't like about the issue was how the fight ended. I recommend this series and this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Booster Gold (2007): Futures End #1

Sep 24, 2014

It's great to see Booster Gold back in action! There were a few times where the overall issue was a tad confusing, but it's a character travelling across multiple dimensions, so it's bound to be a bit out there. Dan Jurgens needs to be writing and maybe even drawing a Booster Gold on-going, as long as it's as fun as this little adventure was. There's a ton of the FUTURES END books to choose from, but this was one of my favorites.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
C.O.W.L. (2014) #2

Jun 25, 2014

It's still relatively early, and there's still a lot of world and character building being worked on, but overall, C.O.W.L. is a very solid and entertaining read. Higgins, Siegel, and Reis are providing a very fresh look on how super-heroes can function within the world, and the focus is so much more on the individuals, rather than what the individuals can do. This issue does move a bit slow because there is so much to explain to the reader because it's a different concept, but all-in-all, it's a very intriguing piece and one you'll want to put onto your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cable and X-Force #1

Dec 11, 2012

CABLE AND X-FORCE is a book that is definitely going on my pull list. Out of all the Marvel Now books I've read thus far, this one is a close second to ALL NEW X-MEN. I've always been a Cable fan, and a Summers family fan in general, so I was pleased with how this issue turned out. I really enjoyed Larroca's are here, especially a few of the splash pages. While I loved the characters on this team, I was a tad bummed it focused mainly on Cable and not the other members of the team. In addition, Havok's body looked so jacked that I'm just waiting for an issue of him working out because that seems to be the only thing he does.Overall, I was incredibly pleased with this first issue and I would highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cable and X-Force #3

Jan 9, 2013

Overall, I enjoyed the issue, but I had some larger problems with it. If we had half stars, this would fit perfectly into the 3.5 category. The art on this issue is fantastic, as it usually is, but I had a big problem with the repetition of panel layouts and the over-use of medium and close-up shots.I thought the story for this issue was fantastic. I loved seeing the plan for this team come together and Forge's scene was probably my favorite part of the issue, including seeing through his eyes how he uses his powers. I didn't like Hope's treatment here though.Overall, it was pretty solid, and I recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cable and X-Force #7

Apr 17, 2013

CABLE AND X-FORCE has a lot of promise. There's a lot of cool elements to this story, and I like most of these characters. The art team here is great, and I really enjoyed the dialogue and banter between most of the characters.The problem is that the overall story falls flat. I never felt anything was at stake and all these stories feel so disjointed. I really want this book to work, and while there is a lot of good here, there's just as much that frankly isn't working.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: Sam Wilson #5

Jan 13, 2016

We don't have a new costumed Falcon, but we get the new character's first adventure with Captain America. The issue is solid and a good read, but I'm much more interested to see how this all plays out against a whole bunch of villains in snake outfits. The art team does a great job here, but the main problem I have is the werewolf Cap story. It's not my cup of tea. Regardless, Spencer continues to do a great job on this book. I recommend picking this issue up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain Atom (2011) #1

Sep 21, 2011

Overall it's a good book and Captain Atom is a great character with amazingly cool abilities. I'll be reading the next few issues of this one for sure, especially if we keep going deeper into Captain Atom's powers. While I liked how Captain Atom was drawn, I did not like the rest of the art. It was two very distinct styles clashing. I'm excited to see the next few issues of this book, and I give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Carnage USA #2

Jan 11, 2012

This is a really fun and beautifully drawn book. This is a great creative team-up and a very solid mini-series thus far. I can't wait to see the plan in action fail (well, I hope it does), and Clayton Crain's art is the star of this book. Zeb Wells' writing is great and he has an amazing handle on writing Spider-Man. Overall, I highly recommend this mini-series. It's tons of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Carnage USA #3

Feb 8, 2012

I'm loving this mini-series. This issue may feel a tad bogged down with filler and exposition, but over-all it's dynamite. Clayton Crain's art is amazing.... actually, it's super-amazing, and I love that Zeb Wells is giving little pieces of info out about the symbiotes to make them more than a virus, but an actual species or being. Overall, I highly recommend this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Carnage USA #5

Apr 11, 2012

While it may be sad this series is over, at least it went out on top.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #0.1

Oct 30, 2013

Sometimes, a story is just so dang good that you can overlook some minor problems. CATACLYSM #0.1 is a very emotional story which is a great bridge between two story lines. It's pretty rare that an issue can evoke real emotion from a reader, and this issue nails that. Fialkov has a lot of love for these characters and this universe and it really shows here. While the art switch became a tad distracting, even though all three artists were great on their own, this story was just so appealing to me as an Ultimate fan. If this issue doesn't get you excited for CATACLYSM, check your pulse because you're probably dead.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #1

Nov 6, 2013

There's been a lot of hype around this book because it may or may not destroy the Ultimate Universe. That being said, this book does live up to the hype. It's an all out war and incredibly satisfying throughout the issue. We get a larger scope of what's going on here as the book splits its time between the Ultimates fighting Galactus and Miles Morales saving people on the ground. The writing and art are incredibly solid, for the most part. I did have one gripe about how Bagley was drawing Ganke and Miles because they looked quite a bit different, especially in Ganke's case, from their main-series counterparts, but overall, I was very happy with this first issue and you will be too.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #2

Dec 4, 2013

CATACLYSM: THE ULTIMATES LAST STAND #2 provides an extremely exciting story that fires on all cylinders. Bendis takes us on one thrilling ride as we watch Galactus stomp his way through the Ultimate universe. As of right now, this series, including the tie-ins is 4 for 4. Every issue is more than a worthwhile read. Put this book on your pull list make sure you pick it up. This is going to be an event fans will talk about for years.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #3

Jan 8, 2014

CATACLYSM: LAST STAND #3 is a really good 8 page story, dragged on for 20 pages. This issue really missed its mark. The overall story has been very good, and this issue moves the story forward, but not at the pace of everything else. The issue feels like filler. This has been the weakest issue of the story thus far, so if you're already reading it, pick it up, otherwise this is a mild recommendation which you could easily skip.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #4

Jan 29, 2014

The last issue of this event was a bit of a bump in the road, but issue #4 really gets this story back on track. The introduction of the X-Men works well here and the scenes with Jean Grey are one of the many highlights of the issue. While Galactus is the villain here, the reader will get to feel for the character, as he's truly just lost in this world. Writer Brian Michael Bendis has crafted a very fun story with a lot of peril and suspense. The only real complaint here is a bit of inconsistency with Bagley's art, but aside from that, this was an excellent issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #5

Feb 26, 2014

Here's the thing about Cataclysm as a whole: it's good with moments of greatness. Spider-Man's and The Ultimates' tie ins are utterly wonderful, and the overall main story is a lot of fun, but when something has this much hype around it, it becomes incredibly hard to live up to it. This last issue of the story falls short of the hype and expectations of the readers, which is a bummer because this is a book fans were dying to see succeed. Hopefully, this reads much better in trade because the writing and the art didn't make this issue bad, the hype did.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cataclysm: Ultimate Spider-Man #1

Nov 13, 2013

CATACLYSM: ULTIMATE COMICS SPIDER-MAN #1 seems to be a very nice edition to the current Cataclysm story line. While the vast majority of the issue doesn't have much to do with what is actually going on in Cataclysm, it's a really fantastic wrap-up to the last volume of ULTIMATE SPIDER-MAN. Seeing as how the last issue was a bit of a let down, this issue makes up for the recent problems in the main series. The transition between the last volume and this new story line is fantastic. New readers may have a bit of trouble jumping right into this story, but overall, this was a fantastic read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cataclysm: Ultimate Spider-Man #2

Dec 11, 2013

Every issue and tie in to Cataclysm, so far, has been nothing short of brilliant. This is the event to read for 2013. Bendis does a great job with this issue in particular, and even though it feels a tad like filler, so we can get to the reveal, the ride to that point is a ton of fun. Marquez does some bang-up work here as well. If you've ever enjoyed ULTIMATE SPIDER-MAN, then you need to be reading this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cataclysm: Ultimate X-Men #1

Nov 27, 2013

Cataclysm is firing on all cylinders. It's an event of epic proportions where the tie ins are just as good as the main story, which is normally completely unheard of in comic books. There's a lot to love in this X-Men tie-in. What it does really well is shows the reader what's happening to the team on their terms. They're not being forced into where all the action is happening in the main story. They have their own problems to deal with, and here, it's the Gah Lak Tus swarm. Ultimate fans should really be reading this. Marvel fans, in general, should be reading this. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cataclysm: Ultimate X-Men #2

Dec 18, 2013

Overall, this is a pretty good issue. I'm really enjoying what's going on here, even though this particular issue didn't move forward too much. The team dynamic is kicked up a notch and they're really work well together here. Fialkov has these guys working like a unit, which is really the first time we've all seen the X-Men get along in over a year. This is probably the weakest of the Cataclysm issues, but it's still easily a fun read. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cataclysm: Ultimates #1

Nov 20, 2013

It's yet another hit from the CATACLYSM event. Between the main story, the Ultimate Spider-Man tie in, and this, this is turning out to be one hell of a good time, and better yet, there's still an Ultimate X-Men tie-in coming down the pipeline as well. Here, the Ultimates learn that Galactus isn't the only threat, and the stakes are raised as they face him as well as a cult led by one of my personal favorite villains. If you're an Ultimate fan, this is a must have issue, even if it is just a tie-in. Even if you're not reading the Ultimates, this is a book you should really check out because it's that entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cataclysm: Ultimates #2

Dec 11, 2013

I'm going to keep tally on overall how impressed I am with Cataclysm. So far, I've been disappointed zero times. Every single issue of this event and the tie ins has been a blast. THE ULTIMATES, however, has been my favorite of the whole lot. Fialkov has a fantastic story that's strong enough to stand on its own with an incredibly solid art team working with him. Creatively, this book is an A . Once again, you should be reading Cataclysm which is a non-stop thrill ride, and you have to read CATACLYSM: THE ULTIMATES because it's one of the most interesting tie-ins I've ever read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cataclysm: Ultimates #3

Jan 15, 2014

Not only does this mini-series tie up incredibly nicely, but on its own, it's an incredibly exciting read. It's an amazing compliment to CATACLYSM: THE ULTIMATES LAST STAND, and the strongest of the tie-ins. Fialkov really nails it here and with the art of Giandomenico, this is one stand-out mini-series, and Ultimate fans will really enjoy it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Change #1

Dec 12, 2012

CHANGE #1 is a weird read, but an interesting one at that. Sure, it's tough to understand what's going on because the book is a bit all over the place, but I was strangely drawn to it just to see what happens next. I liked Ales Kot's use of caption boxes here as well as his dialogue, and Morgan Jeske's opening pages were beautiful and insanely memorable.It's weird. It's confusing. It's odd. However, I really enjoyed CHANGE. I highly recommend picking this one up and giving it a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew: Warrior Chicken Poyo #1

Jul 30, 2014

CHEW: WARRIOR CHICKEN POYO is exactly what you'd expect from John Layman and Rob Guilloary: a way over-the-top story that entertains the reader from front to back. Picking this up for CHEW fans is a no brainer, but those who have never read a single issue of CHEW will also really enjoy this book. If you like having a good time reading your comics, this is for you. If you don't, you need a sense of humor or new hobby.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Civil War II #0

May 18, 2016

This is a fantastic start to this Marvel event. This #0 issue does a fine job at setting up the main players for the book, except for Iron Man, and it delivers a pretty interesting story. We have some idea of where this is all headed, but we don't have all the answers, so we're hooked in. The art is completely fitting for something of this magnitude and this is a book you need to check out this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Civil War II #2

Jun 15, 2016

The second issue of Civil War II is a bit of a letdown. While the first issue didn't blow us away, there were some interesting developments. Issue #2 doesn't live up to the hype, and while it does offer up some incredible and colorwork that keeps the issue interesting. The high stakes this book presents just don't feel that high. We'll see how the rest of this story plays out but this is just a bit of a letdown.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clone #1

Nov 21, 2012

CLONE 1 is a great start to this new Skybound series. Image has another winner on their hands. This is a fantastic start to a new book and it's a great page turner. The writing and art are top notch here, although I had a few problems with the overall color work in the book. I really like the story here, and it is something you should really think about picking up.Overall, CLONE is worth your time and money and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #2

Dec 12, 2012

You should be reading CLONE. It's another fantastic book from Skybound (Image), and they've been doing a great job at giving readers something worth reading month-to-month. This book has a fantastic creative team, and the overall story is awesome.I loved that this issue opened the reader up to a larger world and let them know that this story is a bit bigger than it originally seems. I'm loving this new series and where it's going.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #3

Jan 9, 2013

CLONE is the comic about clones, which touches on the ethics of cloning, that sci-fi fans deserve. Sure, this "sci-fi" book is not too far off from reality, but it fits that genre, while still keeping its feet grounded in reality. Schulner and Ryp make an amazing duo here, and the story will really grip you. My only problem with this issue is the panel composition is a tad distracting from time to time.Overall, I love this series, and it's a big contender for this month's Top of the Pile. (I gave it 5th place last month.) I highly recommend picking up this series and issue! However, start from issue one!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #4

Feb 13, 2013

I originally started reading this book just for Juan Jose Ryp's art. I'm a big fan. What kept me going back to this series was the fact it's a fantastic story by writer David Schulner. This issue has a few twists and turns readers will really enjoy. The art here is fantastic, and I love all of the characters in this book, good and bad. This is one of my favorite month to month books currently.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #5

Mar 27, 2013

The first arc of CLONE wraps up here, and the story gets a bit deeper. Ryp does a great job with the art on this issue and you'll get lost in the detail he puts into this book. Daniel Schulner has created one fantastic book that features a story focusing on cloning, done right. I highly suggest tracking the first four issue down to catch up. There's a reason this book has been on my Top of the Pile list a few times. It's a fantastic read that's incredibly grounded.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series. If you can't afford it, then drop another book and pick this one up. You won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clone #6

Apr 24, 2013

If you were to tell me, 8 months ago, that one of my favorite series is about a bunch of dudes that all look the same, but it's written so well that I don't have to go back and check which character is which, I'd tell you that you live in a magic fantasy land and you should be institutionalized. CLONE is awesome, and I really love where it's building to. This is a highly underrated book, and I suggest you go out of your way to find it. It's worth it. The writing and art are always fantastic, and while the addition of new writers led to the overall tone of this book changing, it's still better than most of the other series on the shelves.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clone #7

May 29, 2013

Overall, this may not be the best jumping on point, but this is an issue you have to pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clone #9

Jul 24, 2013

Man, I love CLONE. This is one of my favorite month-to-month series that I read. It's an interesting story. It's written well. The art is amazing. Month after month, this book delivers. This issue is filled with action and some interesting plots. I find myself enjoying these other cloned characters, including Gamma and Beta, as well as the Tattooed Clone. My biggest problem with the book is that CLONE tends to rarely tell you the names of the characters within the book. While playing the "name game" is insanely annoying, especially when the writer has a character say it over and over, this is the opposite. Aside from that, CLONE is a book you should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clone #10

Sep 11, 2013

CLONE continues to impress. It's a book that really felt like it could only be a one-off story that has transformed into an on-going that can easily sustain itself. The future of the clones comes into question here because of the actions of the new vice president really shake everything up in this world. While the conclusion to this story feels a bit rushed, it's a solid transition into the next arc. As always, the art on this book is fantastic. Overall, this is a book you should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #11

Oct 23, 2013

CLONE #11 is another hit. The hardest sell about this book is telling readers to pick up the previous 10 issues because it's well worth it. Issue #11 is a big game changer as the American public and police force are hunting down clones. Luckily, Luke is there to help those in need. While the main story is fantastic, the final reveal page will get you really excited for the next few issues. CLONE has a great team of writers and artists working on it, and if all that doesn't sell you on it, then I'll have to assume you're crazy. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #12

Nov 20, 2013

CLONE #12 is a bit of a change up. It still focuses on "The Clones against the world," but the political aspect of the series is on the back burner, and the focus is more on a modern day witch hunt. Laura is an incredibly interesting and terrifying new character and what her plan to do with Luke, in the next issue, is incredibly creepy. The writing and art team here provide top notch comic book story telling, and if you haven't done so yet, you need to be reading CLONE, which is one of Image Comics' coolest series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #13

Dec 31, 2013

CLONE continues to be one of the best things in comics. While this issue had one of the most disturbing scenes in the past year, it will keep the reader on the edge of their seats. Schulner, Ginsburg, and McIntyre are piecing together two fantastic stories for one amazing book and it has yet to let me down. Ryp's art is nothing short of stellar on this issue. This is a book you should be reading because it keeps getting better and better.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #14

Jan 29, 2014

CLONE is a top series at Image, hands down. This issue was one of the best in the past six months. It deals with relationships between members of this group in a way that feels real and true. Theres a few very powerful moments here, and it leads to an ending that will have you on the edge of your seat until next month. As always, Ryps art is engaging and beautiful to look at and his page layouts really keep this train moving. Without a doubt, youll see this issue as one of my top picks for the month.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clone #15

Mar 5, 2014

CLONE is always one of those series that is consistently amazing. The story is top notch, every single month, and the art is some of the most detailed art in comics. This particular issue wraps up the end of this story arc extremely well and moves the reader into the next one with a very smooth transition. This is a book everyone should be reading. Everyone? Yep, everyone. It's awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clone #19

Aug 6, 2014

Out of the whole series, this is the weakest issue to date. However, it's still a good read. The reader will stay two steps ahead of the action, which is easily the biggest disappointment and the story moves pretty slowly. The tattooed clone's story is the highlight of the issue and what happens there will really be the focus point for readers. This is truly a book that reader's need to have on their pull list though. It reads like a solid weekly television series and at times, yes, it's going to be a bit slow, but it's all solid build up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine (2013) #1

Mar 20, 2013

As a stand-alone book, CONSTANTINE is awesome. Sure, some HELLBLAZER fans may not be happy because it's a "PG-13 or Water-Downed Constantine," but this isn't the Constantine from Vertigo. This is a different character for all intensive purposes. So before you read this book (or complain about it without reading), take a minute to separate the DC Constantine from the Vertigo Constantine in your mind. This is a character based off its Vertigo counterpart. It's not the same character. Also, go in with an open mind, like you should with every comic you read.I was surprised with how much I liked this first issue. I was a tad hesitant, but it won me over right away. Fawkes and Lemire do a great job with setting this new series up, and it's a great place to start for new readers. Also, it doesn't hurt that the art is beautiful.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine (2013) #2

Apr 10, 2013

CONSTANTINE #2 delivers a fun issue that reminds me a bit more of an 80s adventure movie than a comic book. I love what DC is doing with their Dark books, and I love the fact this comic is a fun read. The Mister E redesign is pretty cool and I like how he's being integrated here. The art team is what really stands out here. I cannot wait to what this book has in store in the future.Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Constantine (2013) #6

Aug 14, 2013

CONSTANTINE is fine series. This wasn't the best issue in the series, but overall, it's still a very solid read. The first half of this book is a bit slow and it feels a bit like filler, more than anything else. However, the second half of this book is fantastic and the reveal page is pretty darn exciting. If you enjoyed the last issue of CONSTANTINE, you're going to want to pick this up. Newcomers, this may not be the best place for you to jump on. Overall, I give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine: The Hellblazer #1

Jun 10, 2015

The first issue of CONSTANTINE: THE HELLBLAZER is a promising one. It is extremely new reader friendly and brings the adult element back to the character and book. The first issue sets up an interesting story and the art here is pretty fantastic and fitting for the tone Doyle and Tynion are setting here. I cannot wait to see what's next for the character and find out why it's his fault all the ghosts that follow him are dying. I highly recommend checking this first issue out. It's extremely promising and a very solid issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine: The Hellblazer #3

Aug 12, 2015

CONSTANTINE: THE HELLBLAZER has its own voice and its own feel, apart from a lot of what DC comics is going and that's what makes it such a stand-out book. Readers are really getting to know who this character is and where he comes from and this series feels like its in its own little pocket of DC, without anything else touching it. Essentially, it's a grounded series and that's what makes it great.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence: Aquaman #1

Apr 15, 2015

CONVERGENCE AQUAMAN isn't bad, but it is a disappointment. The issue spends so much time explaining what happened to Aquaman and why he's in Metropolis, but the problem is more with the situation that he's in rather than the writing. The final pages of this issue are where this book really kicks off and it leads the reader to believe that the second part of this book is going to be awesome, so while this issue gets a mild recommendation, it leads to what can be an awesome conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Booster Gold #1

Apr 29, 2015

Some of the best issues during the Convergence event stand on their own because they tell their own stories in this world without letting the overall event take control of the book, and that's exactly the case with this issue. This is a really fun story made for Booster Gold fans. Sure, there's moments where some readers may be a little confused, but what this issue does really well is take the reader on a journey with some characters that may not fit extremely well into this whole event. Check this issue out for sure if you're a fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence: Booster Gold #2

May 27, 2015

Overall, CONVERGENCE BOOSTER GOLD is fun but at times, can be a little rough for casual fans of the character that don't follow all of Booster's adventures. The story with Booster and Blue Beetle is a ton of fun and pretty emotional at times, but the secondary material with Rip and the other Booster against the Legion of Super-Heroes falls a tad flat. It's not bad, but it's really overshadowed by the Blue and Gold story. All-in-all, if you're a fan of Booster Gold, this is probably going to be some essential reading for the character's future, so you may want to pick this up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Convergence: Green Lantern Corps #1

Apr 22, 2015

Again, for like the third time, this is the best issue to come out of CONVERGECE yet. It may not be a great read for everyone, but this book really captures a specific era in the DCU's lifespan, following one of its characters who wasn't treated exceptionally well. Ellis and Gallaher prove that you can have a tie-in to this event, but still tell a great story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence: Green Lantern Corps #2

May 20, 2015

As far as this goes for a Guy Gardner story, it's awesome. It's a really fun issue, even though it doesn't live up to the first part of this two-part story. Guy's journey is what fans will love and they'll really be rooting for him. The issue does start off in the middle of a fight, which could make readers feel like they missed something and the overall issue does feel rushed because of restraints for this book, but overall, this was a really fun read and if you loved the first issue, you should check this one out at well. It's a fun read for fans, but just an alright book overall.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Green Lantern/Parallax #1

Apr 15, 2015

CONVERGENCE GREEN LANTERN/PARALLAX hits on a lot of characters and notes from DC's history that will get a lot of fans excited for this two-part tale. It's also a solid read for new readers, since Bedard does a great job summing up everything that's happened to Hal around the Zero Hour story line. This is one of the few CONVERGENCE stories that gets right into the fight, instead of spending a giant chunk of the story setting everything up, which was incredibly refreshing. It's not the best of the tie-ins, but it's certainly one of the better ones and worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence: Green Lantern/Parallax #2

May 13, 2015

Convergence: Parralax/Green Lantern is a fun issue and nothing more. It falls victim to the Convergence formula which ultimately either leaves the reader a bit disappointed and wanting more because each story feels so rushed or wondering why the story exists in the first place. The dialogue is fine and the battles are fun with some solid art, but in the end, it's a two issue story featuring some great characters that ultimately falls flat because it's as trapped within the formula as the characters were within their cities. If you like these characters, for sure, check this issue out, but this wasn't as essential a read as I originally projected.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Justice Society Of America #2

May 27, 2015

It truly was great to see at least a few of the members of the JSA back together again, fighting the good fight. Abnett had a great handle on who these characters are and alongside Derenick, Scott, and Kubina, they executed an issue that will bring fans of the team back to a time where the JSA was one awesome team. If you're a fan of the team, you'll want to pick this issue up. If not, I'll give it a mild recommendation, especially if you just want to see a fist fight for a whole issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: The Question #1

Apr 8, 2015

This is really a book for fans of Renee Montoya as The Question. It's essentially fan-service that's done incredibly well. The Convergence aspect of this book isn't important. What is important is seeing Greg Rucka, Cully Hamner, and Dave McCaig deliver readers some awesome characters and fun story. These next couple of months may be pretty rough with all these Convergence books, and even if you're not a Question fan, I'd put this book towards the top of your Convergence reading pile.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Convergence: The Question #2

May 6, 2015

Without a doubt, CONVERGENCE THE QUESTION is the best thing to come out of CONVERGENCE, and that's saying a lot since most of the books haven't even had their second issue yet and the main story isn't over. However, this issue just nails it and gives the reader some insanely impactful scenes delivered to them by some wonderful looking art. Go get this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cryptocracy #1

Jun 29, 2016

The opening issue of Cryptocracy is a big undertaking, delivering a whole lot of world-building within one issue. However, it feels like a labor of love and the creative team is having a fun time. The key to the first issue is that there's a ton of potential for an amazing series. While the first issue dumps a lot onto the reader, the comedic tone is the driving force which will keep readers coming back. It feels like Van Jensen and Pete Woods are both in their element. The first issue is good, and it feels like it's about to get a whole lot better.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cyclops (2014) #12

Apr 1, 2015

This chapter of Black Vortex, in the long haul, is a mere stepping stone, but the events within it really give some great development to Cyclops as a character as he literally grows into adulthood in this issue. It isn't a must read in the grand scheme of things for Black Vortex. However, it is a must read if you love Cyclops and his series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Dancer #1

May 16, 2012

First review of the day, it's my pick of the week! Dancer blew me away. I didn't know what to expect, but what I did get was a fantastic story with a great twist that already has me interested in the rest of the series. This is probably one of my top 10 favorite first issues to a series of all time.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Dancer #2

Jun 13, 2012

This is one of my favorite Image titles right now. It's a fantastic book. It has the feeling of a great spy action thriller with a great mixture of science fiction that is not too "out there" to turn you off to it. Nathan Edmundson has a great story here and has done a great job writing these past two issues. In addition, Nic Klein's art is wonderful and I love the tone he sets with his art and colors.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dancer #3

Jul 11, 2012

Once again, this was a phenomenal issue of Dancer. Once again, Edmundson and Klein put out an amazing issue filled with a wonderful story and a book that flows naturally from start to finish. This is a book you need to read and it's another perfect edition to Image's growing title of books and mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Dancer #4

Aug 8, 2012

I've been praising this book since issue one with good reason, it's damn good. Everything about this mini-series and this issue is phenomenal. This issue has a fantastic story that will no doubt lead to an amazing conclusion. It has a cliffhanger ending that will keep you at the edge of your seat. The writing is top-notch, and the art is some of my favorite out of any comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Dancer #5

Sep 26, 2012

While I'm sad this mini-series is ending, it wraps up beautifully. DANCER is a book that mixes comic book story telling and cinematic story telling in a brilliant way. It reminds me of some of my favorite films, but with a unique twist. I loved the twists in this last issue, and the ending could not have been more perfect. As always, Edmundson and Klein are brilliant at their jobs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Danger Girl And The Army of Darkness #2

Jun 29, 2011

What happens when two worlds collide? Well, you have a book that's a bit comedic and a bit seriously, but it works well. This issue is a lot better than the first issue since we finally get to see Ash work his magic in the series. Overall, it's shaping up to be a very interesting story, and I really enjoyed the art. Danger Girl and Army of Darkness fans are going to love the book, and I could see those who aren't as into either of those worlds enjoying the series as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #1

Nov 25, 2015

DARK KNIGHT III: THE MASTER RACE offers a solid and entertaining read. It didn't blow me away, but it shows an immense amount of promise for greatness. Miller's world opens up even more as Brian Azzarello steps in to work with him and the artistic team is a wonderful fit for the first issue. DKIII doesn't feel like something that's trying to be DKR. It is its own story that pushes this world forward. If you're a Batman fan, then this is something you need to pick up on new comic day.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC Universe Presents #1

Sep 21, 2011

I fumbled between giving this issue either a 4 or 5. I really, REALLY want to give this book a 5, but I don't think a lot of people will like the book as much as I did. I've always wanted to know more about this character, and I didn't have high hopes for the book at all, but it did blow me away. Be aware that this book is all back-story and set-up, like many of the new 52 #1s are, but it's solid set-up, and it's great to see Deadman get a shot in the spot-light. Deadman fans may be put-off a tad though. I highly recommend this book to new readers, and I just "regular" recommend this to Deadman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
DC Universe Presents #2

Oct 19, 2011

Overall, I am enjoying this series and story. DC Universe Presents: Deadman #2 gives us an interesting look into Gotham's super-natural society. It's a fun book and the story has been pretty interesting. I was confused about Deadman's abilities and non-abilities though, and I felt like that this book wasn't new reader friendly at all. I recommend this book, and I also recommend jumping into people's bodies and controlling them.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
DC Universe Presents #6

Feb 15, 2012

I enjoyed the issue and the new story, but it isn't without it's faults. Didio brings a big update to a classic and awesome series but he stays true to many of the book's roots. The book includes some of the classic characters and it looks like it's going to pan out to be a great story. On the downside, this book feels a bit more mystical than science fiction and I'm not a fan of Jerry Ordway's art style. It doesn't fit the book. Overall, I'd give this issue a slight recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Deathstroke (2011) #7

Mar 14, 2012

I loved the hell out of Deathstroke 7. I've heard a few people bag pretty hard on this book, and I don't see it. This book has everything I'd want out of a Deathstroke book and a whole lot more. I loved the crazy amount of action and violence in this issue and this book proves just how awesome Deathstroke is. The art team is stellar and so is the writing. I loved the ending of this issue and I really couldn't find anything I disliked about this issue. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Deathstroke (2011) #8

Apr 11, 2012

A great ending to a great run by this creative team. They truly made this a character that was accessible to new readers in the DCnU, and I applaud them for paving the way for the future creative teams and building on an already well developed character.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Deathstroke (2011) #9

May 9, 2012

While I enjoyed reading this issue, it's a huge step down from the last eight issues. I enjoyed pieces of Liefeld's writing here, but overall, I was not a fan of the story he's setting up. There is lots of great action sequences and this book is paced incredibly well with a great balance between action and story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Debris #1

Jul 25, 2012

Image Comics puts out another killer mini-series. Debris will be running 4 issues, and I plan on staying on for the run. I loved the setting and the story here, and the action sequences in this issue are great. I loved the art in this issue, but I did have a small problem with things, artwise, becoming a bit muddled in the beginning of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Debris #2

Aug 29, 2012

Overall, Debris is an imaginative, unique, yet familiar book that will have you smiling the whole way through.Wiebe and Rossmo make a fabulous team on this book and they are awesome at developing this entire world around the main character Maya. This book feels like a really fun RPG for Super-Nintendo, so it feels like home for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Demon Knights #0

Sep 12, 2012

Demon Knights 0 is a fantastic origin to an already fantastic series. I loved seeing how Jason Blood and Etrigan got to be where they are now. Paul Cornell has been awesome on this book, and he really does well defining who these characters were and where they came from.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Demon Knights #1

Sep 14, 2011

Super-awesome! I was extremely skeptical about this issue and series. I thought I would hate it. Luckily, I went in with an open mind, and it ended up being my favorite book of the new 52 this week. It's a great jumping on point for new readers. You're introduced to the characters and get a quick back-story. The letter actually adds a lot to the book, aside from the usual dialogue, and the art is dynamite. The only bummer was that I wanted a bit of action, and we really didn't get any. This is a book you'll want to add to your pull list, and this is coming from someone who has never really liked or understood Etrigan/Jason Blood before. I highly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Demon Knights #3

Nov 9, 2011

Demon Knights is a team book youshould be reading, yet you keep passing it up (I'm making assumptions). The bookis a ton of fun and has one of the best art teams in the new 52. It'll be thefirst time you'll notice and truly appreciate lettering in an issue as well.This book has a great line-up of characters you may not be too familiar with,but you'll grow to enjoy, and the Xanadu-Etrigan-Blood relationship is bizarreand intriguing. On the down side, it can be a hard book to get into because it'snot a typical DC comics, but believe me, it's a good thing in the long run. Itcan also be a bit hard to follow, so make sure you have the issue prior to thenewest on hand for a quick refresher. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Demon Knights #5

Jan 11, 2012

Despite the confusion, this is a book you should be reading. The artwork is amazing, and this seems to be a true labor of love for writer Paul Cornell. These are some really cool characters, and it's a book you should give a shot, especially this and the next issue, but only if you like awesomeness. I highly recommend this issue and this series!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Demon Knights #6

Feb 8, 2012

This is one of my favorite books of the new 52, next to BATMAN and AQUAMAN, but I've said that a few times already. I love everything about this book, and I'd highly suggest hopping on this book as soon as possible so you don't miss out on all the fun. Seriously, buy this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Detective Comics (2011) #2

Oct 5, 2011

I don't like Detective Comics. It's not a bad book though. It's just not my cup of tea. I really enjoy Batman and Gordon working together, as well as the Dollmaker design. But as much as I try, I do not like Tony Daniel's writing. In addition, that final reveal page is ridiculous. I know a lot of people that loved the first issue of this series, and they'll probably love this issue, so I'll recommend it to you folks, but if you're anything like me, then skip out on this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2011) #25

Nov 6, 2013

If there was an on-going "Young" Jim Gordon book, written by Layman and drawn by Fabok, I would be the first person to sign up for it, as long as it's as enjoyable as this issue was. We are treated to a really solid story of Gordon stepping into his own as a cop. Layman does a great job with this character and the world around him. Fabok's art really makes this book feel like a crime story. While I've been enjoying past issues of DETECTIVE, this was my favorite one yet. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2011) #28

Feb 5, 2014

Story lines that bleed into other series, with information that really helps out the reader, are a bit of a bummer, and DETECTIVE #28 feels like it's missing a bit more of that Gothtopia world; however, this issue is one fun ride that makes this series feel like a detective book again. The writing and art mesh incredibly well together and it's one fantastic roller coaster of a ride. On it's own, this side of Gothtopia feels like it's missing a little something, but by the end of the issue, you'll forget all about that because this is a well crafted and incredibly interesting story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2011) #31

May 7, 2014

DETECTIVE COMICS #31 is smart, fun, and very open to new readership, even though it's two issues into this story. Brian Buccellato and Francis Manapul are truly crafting their own version of Batman in an exciting way which doesn't alienate its readers. The art is beautiful here and the colors are brilliant. It gives readers a great feel for the world of Gotham. Jump on this book if you've been missing the "detective" part of DETECTIVE COMICS. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2011) #33

Jul 9, 2014

This issue and story line puts the "detective" back in DETECTIVE COMICS. This issue may not be filled with tons of action or giant, blockbuster explosions, but what it does have is a compelling story that the reader will not be able to put down. Since the focus is primarily on Batman's process, the reader gets to see things through his eyes as he compiles clues. Believe it or not, it's riveting stuff and gives us a new look on this old character. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2011) #38

Jan 7, 2015

DETECTIVE COMICS continues to roll on as an exciting series that Buccellato and Manapul have really elevated to all-star status. This book is smart, fun, and features stories that really put the characters in it to the test. Also, the art is simply phenomenal. This new story, featuring Anarky, is changing a lot of the folks in Gotham and I cannot wait to see what it in store next in DETECTIVE COMICS.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2011) #40

Mar 4, 2015

"Anarky" wraps up exceptionally well. There was no real doubt that this final issue would falter, but the natural progression of the reveals and the story itself raised the bar for how story lines should wrap up, especially when butting up against publisher-wide events which force books to wrap-up early. Overall, this was the most enjoyable story Manapul and Buccellato had to offer thus far during their run. Because of the layers within the story, the high quality of the writing and art, and the fact this book moves so well, "Anarky" is a story Batman fans need to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2011) #41

Jun 10, 2015

DETECTIVE COMICS has it's own identity and feel that really separates it from Snyder and Capullo's BATMAN. The book transitions even more to be about Harvey Bullock, which works well if you've been reading the book for the past couple of arcs. Even more importantly, we get the return of Renee Montoya! The only problem with the issue is that the art is a little inconsistent and doesn't hit the mark when it comes to the emotional impact of some scenes. However, this book is off to a great start since the CONVERGENCE break, so I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2011) Annual #3

Jul 30, 2014

Annuals are hit or miss, but DETECTIVE COMICS ANNUAL #3 is a big hit. It feels like a great introduction to the on-going series and presents a ton of elements fans are familiar with. TEC ANNUAL gives fans a taste of the main book, while getting deeper into the Gotham criminal underground. Most importantly, to me, Calendar Man makes his mark in an actual comic and not just stuck in the back ads. Overall, this is a really fun issue and great annual.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 3, 2014

I kept bounding back and forth on DETECTIVE COMICS: FUTURES END between a 3 and a 4, and while there are problems with the art and with the connection to Futures End, I ultimately really enjoyed the team-up between Riddler and Batman. It's an issue of Batman that ends up being a lot of fun and a solid one-shot story that has connection to the recent annual. It's not a story that changes anything we already don't know about the world, but it is a fun ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird #1

Jan 14, 2014

I really had no intention on picking this one up, but I'm truly glad I did. SEEKERS OF THE WEIRD is a really fun book and a brilliant collaboration between Disney and Marvel. This is a fantastic start to an adventure comic that is very reminiscent of earlier, live-action Disney films. There's a lot of creativity and imagination in this book, and I'm glad it's around. If you feel like having a bit of fun this week, I recommend picking up this first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Divinity #1

Feb 11, 2015

DIVINITY #1 is a great opening offering. Kindt has presented readers with a fantastic venture into this limited series with has a bit of science-fiction, fictional history, and a touch of the weird. Valiant has been providing fans with some great new books and this is one of them. While Hairsine does some great work with establishing shots, really setting the scene, there are moments where his art just isn't on the same level as the writing. However, overall, this first issue is a real success.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Divinity #2

Mar 18, 2015

Conceptually, this is one of the coolest books to come out of Valiant, even if, at times, it comes off as a tad confusing and a little bit jumpy. DIVINITY is this wonderful reading experience that speaks mountains to Valiant regulars and those new to the company as a whole. The minor problems do not really distract from the overall enjoyment of this book, and while I'm a huge supporter/pusher of X-O MANOWAR, the first and second issue of DIVINITY may be what I'm going to push, Valiantwise, next.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Doctor Who Classics Series 4 #2

Mar 7, 2012

Overall, it's a tough read to get through. While I really like the fact this story is available to Who fans, the story itself just wasn't any good. I did like the new color work in the issue since it kept with the times and made the story a bit more fun to look at, and classic Doctor Who fans will enjoy this since they get to see reprints of the comics from the magazine for the first time in decades. I thought the story was a really tough read, even by 1986's standards and it didn't offer anything I haven't seen in a Doctor Who story before. Lastly, I really didn't like the art, especially the ink, which became so heavy at times that I couldn't tell what was going on. Overall, I can't recommend this issue unless you're a Doctor Who fan and really want to reread these old comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Who Classics Series 5 #1

Mar 13, 2013

I was really surprised with this issue. I've read a few of the Classic series books in the past, and either they're bad or just ok. This was overall a great and fun read. If you're a Doctor Who fan, you'll really enjoy these revamped stories from the old Doctor Who magazine. "Tide & Tide" may be the stronger story, but "Follow that TARDIS" was a fund read. Major props to colorist Charlie Kirchoff who did a great job on this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Who Special 2012 #1

Sep 12, 2012

Overall, I give this a mild recommendation. Who fans will really enjoy two of the stories, but the average comic reader probably won't understand this book

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Who Vol. 3 #1

Oct 3, 2012

Fantastic first issue of this Doctor Who run. This is the Doctor Who comic that fans deserve! It fits extremely well into the Who Universe, and it feels like a great episode of the television show.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Who Vol. 3 #2

Oct 31, 2012

DOCTOR WHO 2 is an ok issue. As far as Doctor Who comics, as a whole, go, it's better than the majority. I think this issue, and the first, will lead to much bigger things in this series. Andy Diggle does a phenomenal job here and he really has a great understanding of this world and its characters. I'm very excited to see where this book goes, and I like the idea of a larger arc in this book, much like the television show.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time #1

Jan 30, 2013

Not an amazing start to this series, but an enjoyable read nonetheless. I think future issues will be a lot better, as it gets more into the over-arcing story, but there's enough here to keep the reader interested and on board for next month.The writers have Hartnell's voice down here, and they even got a "HMMM" in. We get a fun little Doctor Who story that really fits in the Hartnell era that is pretty cut and dry.On the down side, I felt like the over-arcing story should have been played up a bit more because this feels way too much like a one-shot IDW story and not enough like a mini-series. And although it's a new series, I felt like I dived right into issue 4 and not issue 1. Lastly, I wasn't too keen on the art here.Overall, I give this issue a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time #2

Feb 27, 2013

It's another down the middle issue of this series. It's pretty fun and I enjoy seeing each issue cover a different incarnation of the Doctor from the series, but this issue fails to make a good connection to the overall arcing story we're supposed to be in. While the art does feel a bit dated, I do like that the robots and other characters feel like they came from that era. It was a nice touch, leaving everything the same.Overall, I give this issue a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Who: Special 2013 #1

Dec 24, 2013

This DOCTOR WHO SPECIAL is a book for Doctor Who fans and no one else. That sounds mean and cruel, and it's not supposed to come off that way, but it's true. Fans of the series will love this 2013 Special. It's really a love letter to the fans and the series. In fact, it's one of the more fun issues of DOCTOR WHO I've read since IDW recently relaunched it. There's not a lot of books coming out this week; however, if you have some extra cash or you're a Doctor Who fan, you really should pick this book up. It's a ton of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor #1

Jul 23, 2014

This is Titan Comics' first jump into Doctor Who books, and out of the two they released this week, The Tenth Doctor was on overall stronger single issue. Whovians will really enjoy how much this feels like and episode of the series. On the downside, the issue is a bit jumpy and feels like jumping into the middle of the series. However, overall, this is a fantastic start to a new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor #2

Aug 27, 2014

Doctor Who is rolling on strongly. The story is pretty interesting and the art is fantastic. This issue gets way too into the ideas of over-explaining jargon to the point where it's tough to get through. However, overall, this issue and series are building up to be a hit. I'd say give this issue a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doomsday.1 #1

May 15, 2013

DOOMSDAY.1 #1 is a decent start to a series with an immense amount of potential. The concept of this book is so fantastic, and while this was an overall, decent issue, Byrne's ideas alone have me roped in for the next issue. His art works well for the story, and he has some incredibly well-paced action sequences as well. On the downside, the dialogue is pretty rough. There's a couple instances of odd character interaction and speech. Also, it seems we spent more time reading about this world than being shown. However, Byrne is a legend in the industry, and this book is a good indication that he still has some amazing ideas and solid stories. Overall, I give this book a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doomsday.1 #2

Jun 12, 2013

Overall, I mildly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Epic Kill #1

May 2, 2012

Here's the thing with Epic Kill. I wasn't a fan of this book, but that doesn't mean it's bad. There's so many elements of this issue that are right down the middle that it doesn't fit into a "good" or "bad" category. With Image Comics putting out so many great new series, I had high hopes for this issue, but I ended up being extremely disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Extraordinary X-Men #1

Nov 4, 2015

EXTRAORDINARY X-MEN #1 is a pretty standard "put the team together" story but it's done exceptionally well and opens the door wide for this new series. It's a good place for new readers to jump on and a great read for X-Men fans who have been reading for years. There's a lot of potential here in this new series. I highly recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Extraordinary X-Men #2

Nov 18, 2015

EXTRAORDINARY X-MEN #2 wasn't as strong as the first issue, but it was still a great read. Lemire is setting up quite a bit in this second issue, from Jean Grey outing herself as a mutant while trying to find love, Colossus and Magik fighting Sinister, and Logan talking to the new X-Men leader Storm, but it's all interesting set-up, although it does get a bit chaotic at times. Regardless, this is a real pleasing issue and I highly recommend checking out this new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Extraordinary X-Men #8

Mar 16, 2016

This is a solid start to a new story that begins small but ends large. What makes it work is that we don't know where it's going and the reader is truly along for the ride from start to finish. I'm loving what the creative team is doing with the overall story and want to know more about the future the X-Men end up in. It'll be interesting to see how these other series tie into the book. I recommend checking Apocalypse Wars out this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #4

May 14, 2014

FANTASTIC FOUR #4 offers a quite fun and action-packed issue with some incredibly gorgeous art. The story may seem a bit over-the-top, but that's what gives this book its charm. It's great to see characters like The Wrecking Crew make their way back into Marvel continuity and Robinson is building a solid read that shows a ton of promise. Overall, I recommend this issue, especially if you like larger-scale fight scenes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #5

May 28, 2014

This run on FANTASTIC FOUR has been a ton of fun so far. There's really something special about this book because it really embraces the Fantastic Four's history at Marvel, no matter how weird or out there. And while this book spends a lot of time in the court room, it's still fantastic writing that makes you want more. Will regular Fantastic Four fans enjoy this? No clue, but as a person who's never really liked the team, I'm really enjoying this book. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #6

Jun 25, 2014

FANTASTIC FOUR #6 is a prime example of how to continue an on-going story line while also tying into the big event. This series has been an incredible amount of fun that embraces the history of FF, instead of pushing it off to the side. Normally, I'm not a fan of this team, but Robinson's run is a lot of fun and a great overall read. In addition, the way it works with Original Sin is very cool and I cannot wait to see everything about what happened to Ben in the next issue. Overall, I highly recommend this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #7

Jul 9, 2014

I haven't been a big fan of more contemporary Fantastic Four volumes and creative teams. They just weren't my cup of tea. However, I am loving what James Robinson is doing with this team and series, even though this issue was incredibly depressing. I love the flashback scenes with Haspiel and Woodard on the art, and this series has really captured my attention in a way other volumes and creative teams have failed to do. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fantastic Four (2014) #8

Aug 13, 2014

Once again, FANTASTIC FOUR impresses me to no ends. I wasn't an FF fan before, but now I am, so I'd say Robinson accomplished a mission every writer has, which is to get everyone to enjoy their books. On top of that, Kirk and company do such a wonderful job on art duties. The Fantastic Four is so disjointed at this point in the story, but that's what makes this book such a great read. Nothing is going well for these guys, but it doesn't feel like Robinson is being malicious. He's just telling his story and it's a story I can't put down. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fantastic Four (2014) #10

Sep 10, 2014

When a series you've been loving puts out a middle-of-the-road issue, it hurts and that's what happened here. Understandably, not every issue of a series can be a masterpiece, but issue #10 of FANTASTIC FOUR feels like a bit of filler, stretched to fill 20 pages. Robinson sets up a lot here and all of it's pretty good, but half the issue being a conversation between Thing & She-Thing drags the book down. Overall, this series has been amazing and I can't wait for the next issue, but this one was a big bummer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #11

Oct 15, 2014

There's some minor problems, but FANTASTIC FOUR #11 is a huge hit. Robinson and Kirk provide the readers with a really fun story that builds on each individual story incredibly well. This book chugs along, month after month, like a well-oiled machine. It's engaging and gripping for new and old readers alike. I love the fact that Robinson continues to dip into the FF well to pull out some old favorites as well. As for the ending, it's brilliantly executed. This is a series you should have on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fantastic Four (2014) #13

Nov 19, 2014

Although it's an incredible bummer this book is coming to an end, this volume has been a joy to read. FANTASTIC FOUR is a love letter to the vast history of the team at Marvel comics, all while telling brilliantly crafted tales. It's creative team truly knows what it's doing and this issue especially hits on an emotional level multiple times. Everything is coming back together and all the team needs is Reed back on their side and that's where we're going next. This book is a must read for Fantastic Four fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #14

Dec 17, 2014

This volume of FANTASTIC FOUR is something that reads incredibly well in a collected edition. There's a lot happening, which can sometimes bog down a monthly issue read, but overall, this run of FANTASTIC FOUR is downright amazing. The way the issue and series embraces the past is something that speaks to new and old readers alike. I hate the fact this series is ending, but this is some of my favorite writing to come out of James Robinson. There's a real love for the book and the team and it shows. Go out and pick this issue and series up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #642

Jan 21, 2015

FANTASTIC FOUR is the best it has been in quite some time. James Robinson pours a lot of love and creativity into this book and gives the reader some great stories that connect to the history of Marvel, rather that trying to forget it all exists. It may be ending, but this book has not slipped in quality at all. Sure, there can be almost too much going on storywise, but it's all good. I highly recommend checking out this series and catching up before it all ends.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #643

Feb 25, 2015

While it stinks to see this book go, for now, at least it's building up to an exciting and fantastic conclusion that will really keep readers on the edge of their seats. Robinson, Kirk, and company have done wonders with this volume and it's becoming a must read run of FANTASTIC FOUR. I highly recommend checking it all out, especially for the moments between Bentley and his father here. This is one awesome, highly connected series that deserves your dollars.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fantastic Four (2014) #645

Apr 29, 2015

While it's the last issue of FANTASTIC FOUR, the volume feels appropriately capped off. Fans will get closure and some great, quick stories as well. There is really only one moment that's a little shaky in this over-sized issue. This is something fans will love to read on its own, but it will work even better in trade. If you've been loving this series, then you need to read this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) Annual #1

Oct 1, 2014

FANTASTIC FOUR ANNUAL offers an awesome complimentary story to the main volume. It's full of tons of extremely well-executed dialogue and the story has a great pace to it. I had a bit of a problem with how Valeria spoke, but a lot of that may come from my own ignorance of the character. Regardless, it still was problematic for me in this reading experience. Aside from that minor issue, I really enjoyed this issue and almost everything about it. I highly recommend checking this one out if you've been enjoying the main series

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FCBD 2014: Armor Hunters Special #1

May 3, 2014

The ARMOR HUNTERS SPECIAL is a great offering for those who are interested in the Valiant universe but haven't gotten around to pick up any of their books. You're getting introductions to three different books, one of which is brand new. As for up-to-date Valiant fans, you may be disappointed that you're only getting 5 new pages of story and a few art pages, but overall, this book is good for Valiant fans and great for new readers. It's a great lead in to ARMOR HUNTERS.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
FCBD 2014: Atomic Robo & Friends #1

May 3, 2014

All-in-all, ATOMIC ROBO & FRIENDS is a pretty decent Free Comic Book Day offering. The main Atomic Robo story is the star here, providing fun and actual laughs with a cool, quick little plot. The Bodie Troll was a bit of a hit and a miss. While the art was incredibly cool and nicely stylized, the story was geared more towards kids and will lose older readers, especially with the way too over-the-top dialogue. Lastly, Haunted just doesn't give readers enough to get them interested in the on-going series. Sure, the art is pretty and the lettering is nice, but that's all it really offers. So overall, if you're interested, pick it up, but don't go out of your way to grab this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Figment #1

Jun 9, 2014

FIGMENT is a delightful romp through the world of imagination that will please audiences both young and old. You may not know the character, but that really doesn't matter, since Writer Jim Zub gives you a very solid opening issue and introduction to these characters and the adventure they're all about to take. The art here is also fantastic as well. While there's a few very minor problems with the issue, dealing with medium shots and who the book is intended for. Overall, this is an incredibly fun ride and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011) #34

Aug 27, 2014

While there's a lot to like with this issue, there's also a lot of things that rubbed me the wrong way. The overall story with future Flash is phenomenal, but the Wally West scenes here were a tad aggravating and make it seem like Wally is a bit of a idiot. This book is still worth reading though. The art is great and Van Jansen and Robert Venditti are both great writers, especially in the long-term sense, so overall, I'd give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2011) #40

Mar 25, 2015

I was incredibly surprised with how well this final issue turned out, considering so many stories feel a bit rushed this month because of CONVERGENCE. The art is downright stunning here and while the speed force world story wasn't my favorite thing to come out of this book, the impact it had on the overall arc and the finale was wonderful. The creative team on this book is doing some awesome things and I cannot wait to see what they have planned after the upcoming DC event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2011) #43

Aug 26, 2015

THE FLASH is headed in a very interesting direction and building on the Annual issue and even the story arc prior to it. It all really works and steps forward towards the inevitable final battle between Flash and Zoom's Acolytes. Although there were some minor problems with the figures for the characters, this book is still a lot of fun and shows promise towards an epic finale.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2011) #44

Sep 30, 2015

This arc is turning out to be one heck of a ride. Barry is up against something that seems unstoppable and by the end of the issue, he seems trapped and Central City seems doomed. The creative team on this book is doing a fabulous job and the pacing here is wonderful. There are a couple of moments that don't work here, mainly the dialogue between Wally and Barry, but overall, this was a very solid issue and you should check it out this week when you pick up your books.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011) Annual #4

Jul 29, 2015

FLASH ANNUAL #4 adds quite a bit to the mythos that is Professor Zoom while progressing the story forward. There's a few overall ideas within the book which feel overused and dated, but overall, it's an intriguing issue that builds on the main story and introduces some pretty cool characters. If you've been enjoying the main series, you're going to want to check this one out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #6

Sep 28, 2016

Flash #6 is a really solid issue that opens the door for the rest of the arc. While the last issue had many readers with their jaws hitting the floor in shock, this issue moves forward rather than lingering on that moment. A few things are wrapped up nicely, but it may feel like the Wally West portion of the issue is a bit forced. Regardless, this is a solid issue building towards what could be a great next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #7

Sep 28, 2016

Flash #6 is a really solid issue that opens the door for the rest of the arc. While the last issue had many readers with their jaws hitting the floor in shock, this issue moves forward rather than lingering on that moment. A few things are wrapped up nicely, but it may feel like the Wally West portion of the issue is a bit forced. Regardless, this is a solid issue building towards what could be a great next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash: Rebirth (2016) #1

Jun 8, 2016

If you've been reading these Rebirth titles, then you probably know the name of the game by now. It's all about getting new readers and creating books that anyone could pick off the street and enjoy. That's the same thing with The Flash. Yes, longtime readers may find this issue a tad boring, but this issue is much better at giving longtime readers something to enjoy than some of the other titles. It doesn't give too much away for the upcoming series, which is both good and bad, so what we're left with is a solid issue that stands on its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flashpoint #4

Aug 3, 2011

This was my least favorite issue of the main series, thus far. I have a feeling that the last issue is going to go out with a bang, so I say hang in tight. I love some of the new characters introduced in this issue, and I loved the writing and the art, but the issue felt like nothing but a bunch of set-up for the last issue. Only a few points were really consequential in issue number four. Aside from that, I feel like I am ready to move on after all the DCnU ads in all the comics. It's overkill. Finally, the pacing was worse than the (your local crowded highway, I'll use 290) during rush hour. I did overall like the book, and I'm more excited to see how the book ends more than anything else. I'd say borrow it from a friend.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flashpoint: Batman Knight of Vengeance #2

Jul 6, 2011

Although it didn't pack the same punch as the first issue, Flashpoint: Batman - Knight of Vengeance #2 is an extremely awesome book. There's a lot of set-up for the finale, but it is page turner. The writing and art in this issue are solid and these two guys make a great team. Sadly, if you're not reading Flashpoint, you will be completely lost. In fact, if you missed out on the first issue of this, you'll still be a bit lost. I recommend this issue highly, and recommend everyone pick up the first issue of this, even if you're not reading Flashpoint.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flashpoint: Citizen Cold #2

Jul 13, 2011

Do you like awesome tie-ins? I hope so because as you may have guessed, this is awesome. It's a lot of set-up for the last issue, and it moves incredibly fast, but it's a fun read, and if you're a Rogues fan, then you'll love the issue. You don't have to read this issue to understand elements of the main Flashpoint book, but don't let that stop you from reading it. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flashpoint: Citizen Cold #3

Aug 10, 2011

This wasmy favorite, overall, of all the tie ins for Flashpoint. This book had so manygreat things happening for it, but for me, what made it amazing was that theartist/writer has a genuine love for these characters and it shows in the book.Sure, he kills many of them off, but it doesn't feel malicious. It's the pointof the story. I'd love to see more of the history of this character and theFlashpoint Rogues in a mini-series down the line, but in the form of a prequel,obviously. There's a lot more story that could be told here and I couldn'timagine anyone but Scott Kolins doing it. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flashpoint: Deathstroke and the Curse of the Ravager #2

Jul 13, 2011

As I said earlier, it's not the best of the Flashpoint tie-ins, but it is for sure the most fun. How could you not love pirates with super-powers? Well, modern-day pirates, none of that Pirates of the Caribbean garbage. Not only that, it's super-violent. At least that's a plus for me. This isn't a must have Flashpoint tie-in, unless you hate fun. I don't know how much more clear I could make it. Did I mention Warlord yet?

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flashpoint: Frankenstein and the Creatures of the Unknown #2

Jul 13, 2011

It's not the best of the Flashpoint tie-ins, but Frankenstein is an awesome book. There's a lot more to it than just monsters smashing things. The book has a heart and incorporates great back-stories to help set the mood and pace. I'm very excited to see the last issue of this mini-series, and I can't wait for the upcoming on-going series. The only problem I had with the issue, which was a big one, was that halfway through the book, a different artist jumped on and to me the art styles clashed quite a bit. I recommend the book, and even though it's only three stars, it is well worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flashpoint: Project Superman #2

Jul 27, 2011

It's not the best of the Flashpoint series, but it certainly isn't the worst (that honor goes to Secret Seven). This issue contains some great moments, like the relationship between General Lane and Kal, and the Krypto fight scene, but overall, for me, it falls a bit flat because of the story and the artwork of Gene Ha. I'm right down the middle on this one, and while I can recommend it for the big Flashpoint fans, I'm can't say the same for the casual reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Flashpoint: Project Superman #3

Aug 24, 2011

While it is a fun book, it's not really a great one. If you've been reading a lot of the Flashpoint mini-series, then you're probably also noticing the Flashpoint Mini-Series Formula by now. While the character of Superman is really cool, I felt like I've read this before because I did when I read The Outsider, and that book was a lot better at hiding the fact it follows the formula. Maybe I just have event fatigue, but I could really go for a two-part story that has no effect on other books.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flashpoint: Secret Seven #2

Jul 6, 2011

As I said in the last review, this mini-series is not my cup-o-tea, but this issue is immensely better than the first one because it covers a few other characters, instead of just one or two. I'm very disappointed that this book is taking a completely different turn than I thought it was being presented in the first issue, but it looks like the last issue should be a lot of fun. I just think there's way too much going on in this new universe in this three-part series for people to enjoy. Issue three should be pretty decent though. Borrow it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flashpoint: The Outsider #1

Jun 22, 2011

Surprise! Another Flashpoint tie-in is awesome! Yes it's an unfamiliar character, and you may not be too familiar with the creative team, but trust me, this book is a lot of fun. Sure, the set-up drags a tad, but the action in this book will make you forget about the slow start. I'm very excited to see where this goes, and even though we don't know too much about the Outsider, he's totally my second favorite character in the Flashpoint Universe, second only to Thomas Wayne/Batman. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Flashpoint: The Outsider #3

Aug 17, 2011

Well, I had a tough decision. This book isn't a 4 star book, but it's not a 5 star book. However, 4 stars just isn't enough. I really enjoyed this issue. It's one of the better overall mini-series in this storyline. I loved the character of Outsider and his final battle with Manhunter, whose character design really blew me away. I'm excited to see how this character plays out in the last issue of Flashpoint, but I really don't want to see him go. I highly recommend this issue and mini-series. Even if you're not reading Flashpoint, this book stands out on it's own as great.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Forever Evil #7

May 21, 2014

There's a lot about FOREVER EVIL that was disappointing, even within this delayed issue, but all-in-all, FOREVER EVIL #7 delivers an action-packed, fun issue that does a fine job at telling an over-arcing story. It's a really fun book that will get readers excited about the future of the DCU, but you cannot forget the fact that it leaves loose ends dangling in the wind, especially Dick Grayson. The art is fantastic and the Luthor-driven narrative is well written, but it feels like there's a lot of spite in the writing towards the Bat-characters of the DC Universe. Overall, I recommend this issue though. It is a very fun book with some big problems.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #1

Oct 16, 2013

This issue will have you rooting for the bad guy because the Rogues truly are the lesser of two evils here. It was pretty close to a five for me, but I wasn't the biggest fan of the art switch in the issue because it changes the tone of the book a bit; however, it's still a very satisfying read. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #2

Nov 20, 2013

The second issue of ROGUES REBELLION didn't grab me as much as the first issue, but it was still a great read. It's a ton of fun watching some of my favorite villains in the DCU go on the run in a world run by some truly terrifying bad guys. Buccellato has a lot of love for these characters and it truly shows. Overall, it's a truly fun read and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #5

Feb 12, 2014

FOREVER EVIL: ROGUES REBELLION proves that a tie-in can be a stand alone piece to an event and still remain a sense of individuality. Buccellato, Hepburn, and Filardi deliver one heck of an issue that is incredibly fun and very violent. They have a great understanding for who the Rogues are and their place in the DCU. Here's to hoping we could maybe get this team to actually do a Rogues series in the future. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #6

Mar 26, 2014

FOREVER EVIL: ROGUES REBELLION is a tie-in that's not only worthwhile, but a must read for FLASH fans, even if you're not into FOREVER EVIL. Buccellato shines bright when writing these characters. There's a lot of love here for the Rogues, and the ending is what really elevates this team to a whole new level. However, what fans deserve is a series starring these characters written by Buccellato. Regardless of that, I highly recommend this issue and mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fresh Romance #1

May 26, 2015

Romance is alive with FRESH ROMANCE. While I was pretty excited about this new book when the Kickstarter launched, the actual book lives up to the hype and will be a delight for those interested in this genre of comic storytelling. The first issue contains a plethora of incredibly talented creative folks from the industry and while the first story didn't grab me as much as the rest of the book, overall, this first issue is a smashing success.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Combat #1

May 2, 2012

I loved this first issue! Two great stories for $3.99! I'm happy to see one of my favorite artists, Ariel Olivetti on a DC book, and I just loved how he drew those Pterodactyls. I really liked they made this a contemporary story and didn't leave it in WWII. Unknown Soldier was also great! I love Gray and Palmiotti's writing and how they handle this darker character. Dan Panosian's art fits the story incredibly well.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
G.I. Combat #2

Jun 6, 2012

I'm so glad DC is sticking with their guns and continuing to offer something more than just super-hero stories to their readers. This book is a great example of taking a classic idea and revamping it for a new generation. Both War Time Forgot and Unknown Soldier are very different stories, but all-in-all, they're war stories at heart that work incredibly well together because they are backed by a fantastic group of writers, artists, and editors.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Combat #3

Jul 5, 2012

I really am loving this book, and I love the fact that there's a solid war title on the shelves with a fantastic creative team. Everything about Unknown Soldier is awesome, and while I really enjoy War That Time Forgot, I feel like the story isn't progressing much. My main concern with the overall book is that the two stories do not work well together.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
G.I. Combat #5

Oct 3, 2012

My biggest complaint about this series is that it's going to be cancelled come issue 7. This has been a fantastic series, especially Unknown Soldier, and I hate the fact it's going away. This book had 4 issues before DC threw in the towel. DC didn't give it a chance, and more importantly, I don't think comic book readers gave this book a chance, and that's a shame.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Combat #6

Nov 7, 2012

While GI COMBAT is being cancelled, I loved the idea DC took a chance on this book. Sure, it's a huge bummer it's going away, but they tried something new. I applaud them on that. More importantly, give Unknown Soldier his own book again, in the New 52! This issue of Unknown Soldier was great all around, it was close to perfection for me. It is one of my favorite DC reads.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Combat #7

Dec 5, 2012

It's sad to see this go. This book is highly under-rated, in my opinion, but again, I'm glad everyone took a chance on it. I would love to see Unknown Soldier and Haunted Tank worked into the current DCU somewhere, but frankly, I don't see that as a possibility.Each story here wraps up incredibly quickly, giving it a very rushed feeling; however, the prologues to these stories are both fantastic, which I was surprised about. Overall, I loved this book, but the average reader probably won't because these are military books, and we all know now that DC has two strikes in the sales department for military books since the New 52 started.Haunted Tank - 3.5/5Unknown Soldier - 4/5Overall - 4/5I'll miss you GI COMBAT!

View Issue       View Full Review
6
G.I. Joe (2013) #1

Feb 20, 2013

This new volume of G.I. JOE turns everything up-side down and not necessarily in a bad way. Sure, the team is now public, which I'm not too sure about, but I am sure it will make for interesting stories in the future.While I like the story here, the G.I. Joe fanboy in me is having problems with the team going public. Van Lente does a lot of solid work here with story and dialogue, and he's given me a new book on my pull list. The art was down the middle here though.It was a tad inconsistent, and there was a big problem with perspective and showing depth. I found myself really disliking the character Hashtag, although the rest of the team was pretty awesome.Overall, I give this book a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero (2010) Annual #1

Feb 29, 2012

This was a really fun issue and annual. I loved the story and I thought it was paced out very well. It was cool to see the story revolve around a member of the Crimson Guard. This book and story is everything I loved about the cartoon I watched when I was a kid. I enjoyed the fact that the writer of the original Marvel series is the writer of this book as well. I didn't like the fact that Zartan spends a bunch of time holding people hostage in automobiles and the inking on this issue was rough at times. Overall, I recommend this book. It's tons of fun, full of action, and has a great sense of humor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Joe: Cobra #13

May 23, 2012

My first dive into this series was worth it, and it had a great pay off in the end. I loved the set-up in this issue for the new story. It flows incredibly well and it's very interesting. Antonio Fuso's art really stands out here, especially the opening with Ronin kicking all sorts of butt. Great opening scene. I loved the new benefactor for this team, and I think it's going to play out extremely well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
George Romero's Empire of the Dead: Act One #1

Jan 22, 2014

It's hard to read any book about zombies without comparing it to WALKING DEAD; however, EMPIRE OF THE DEAD is a great start to a new series that follows the earlier works of George Romero, but still keeping the book new reader friendly. It explores some areas of Romero's work that I'm not the biggest fan of, but it does so in a way that gets me on board. The final page was a bit weird, but overall, Romero and Maleev have the start of something extreme fun here. It's also nice to see Marvel do something a bit more out of the box as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
George Romero's Empire of the Dead: Act One #2

Feb 26, 2014

Overall, EMPIRE OF THE DEAD #2 is a bit of a disappointment. If it weren't for the fantastic art here, it would be a 2/5. There's way too much going on in this book and way too many side stories. Two of these many side stories are good and the other ones fall flat. There isn't enough room for all of this to grow from issue to issue. Hopefully, this series gets a bit better because right now, it's not meeting expectations.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghost Racers #1

Jun 9, 2015

GHOST RACERS is just a lot of fun. There's nothing huge happening here but you will feel for these characters racing against each other. The book stands on its own because it's just dealing with the area and the people within it, so it's a nice break from a lot of the other books, who are a bit more tethered to what's happening in the main book. Simply put, this is a Ghost Rider book unlike anything else. GHOST RACERS has more of a "What If" feel to it more than anything else we've seen so far. It's out there but it's a ton of fun. If you got extra cash and want something with a lot of action, check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghost Racers #4

Sep 30, 2015

Although there's still a few more SECRET WARS tie-in books that are wrapping up, GHOST RACERS is in the top 3, maybe top 5 of the slew of series that came out. It's downright fun and fits into Battleworld without spelling it out for the reader. This final issue is exactly what you'd expect and want from a story like this. Smith, Gedeon, and Bonvillain are one heck of a team and we're all hoping these three will get a Ghost Rider series in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghost Rider (2011) #1

Jul 13, 2011

Solid start to a new book! While I'm a little bummed it's a Fear Itself tie-in, this issue actually works pretty well in that story, even if I don't know why Ghost Rider is there. I'm excited to see that Johnny Blaze is still a part of the book and who he will be teaming up with, and for once, I actually loved the back-up story explaining the origin of the new rider. However, the costume was something I was truly not digging and I have no clue why a skeleton body has breasts. Minor complaints aside, this is a great start to a new series. It's the perfect place to jump on and I highly recommend the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ghost Rider (2011) #2

Aug 10, 2011

I'm torn.I like Ghost Rider, and while I like many elements of this issue, I dislikejust as many. I'm sure as the story continues, more will be revealed, andhopefully, we'll get away from the Fear Itself madness, so this story can growon its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ghost Rider (2011) #3

Sep 14, 2011

It's a bit of a bummer because overall, I really like this book, but this one was a bit of a let down. It's still a good issue, and overall, I think will be a great addition to the overall story, but the ending of the issue, along with the 4 page cut and 1 extra page of nonsense tie-in brought it down a few pegs. I can not wait for the annoying little fly that is Fear Itself to end so many of my favorite Marvel books can go back to normal. Once it's over, I think this book will shine, as long as this great creative team stays on it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostbusters #6

Feb 15, 2012

What a fun issue! I was a bit cautious about this series, but after reading it, I found myself loving it. Erik Burnham does a fabulous job with writing a fun issue, and he really captures the character's voices well. I loved the art style and loved that last page reveal. The only downside I had with this issue was that this was not a good jump-on point and it took a little while for me to fully understand what was going on. Otherwise, I recommend this issue!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostbusters #7

Mar 21, 2012

I'm officially hooked on IDW's Ghostbusters on-going series. It has a great creative team on it, and I especially like the art style. In this issue, Venkman playing psychiatrist with a ghost that's taken over his body was pretty cool and incredibly entertaining. The overall story arc was a lot of fun, and this issue wraps up nicely. The only real problem I have is that this isn't too new reader friendly, since it's the last issue of a storyline, but I still think that new readers could jump in here to get a good feel for the book. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghostbusters: Get Real #1

Jun 17, 2015

There was no surprise that GHOSTBUSTER: GET REAL was going to be a fun book. Conceptually, it's a brilliant idea and the execution matches the level. While the main story just may seem like the Real Ghostbusters getting back to their own dimension, but there's another fun layer to it. The book is headed in the right direction and the artwork here is top notch as well. If you're looking for something a bit out there, but a lot of fun, check this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostbusters: Get Real #2

Jul 29, 2015

GHOSTBUSTERS: GET REAL delivers an awesome concept, executed in a precise way. This is more than two groups of Ghostbusters from different dimensions meeting. There's a cool story behind it all and more than anything else, it delivers a really fun read. Issue#2 did move a bit slower, setting up where it's going and how some of these folks are getting home, but overall, this was a really fantastic issue and I can't wait to continue reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #1

Jul 10, 2013

GHOSTED #1 is a promising start to a different, but very cool new series. I really like the Ocean's Eleven meets every dumb ghost hunting show (minus the laughs) feel to this book. It's fun and extremely fresh. Image (Skybound) has been great at putting together great new series that are well worth your time and money, and while this book isn't perfect, it's an amazing start. I don't think the cover does the book justice and I had a problem with why Jackson was chosen for this job. Aside from that, the art and the writing are awesome, and you really should pick this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #2

Aug 14, 2013

GHOSTED #2 delivers an extremely strong issue that delves into the main cast of characters and the roles they'll play in the upcoming series, without bogging down or slowing down the main story. Sudzuka and Williamson are putting together a very interesting story, with an out there concept, that really works as a series. This was very close to 5/5, and if only reviewers were allowed to give half stars. As far as GHOSTED goes, I'd put this up there with CLONE. Image is bringing the heat with these fantastic titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #3

Sep 11, 2013

GHOSTED is quickly becoming one of my favorite series. It's a fantastic concept that has really been delivering the past few months. Writer Joshua Williamson has a great book here, and with the combine creative talents of Goran and Miroslav, this is a book that everyone should be reading. It's different, in the best way possible. Overall, I highly recommend this book and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #4

Oct 9, 2013

GHOSTED #4 delivers a thrilling and fantastic ride. Williamson and Sudzuka have something special here: a book with an "out there" story that plays out incredibly grounded.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #5

Nov 6, 2013

It's tough to really get in depth with this issue because there's so much revealed and so much really changes here, but this was a very satisfying and solid end to this story line and the opening to something awesome. It feels like this book can really hold its own as an on-going series because while everything is pretty wrapped up, there's a couple loose ends writer Josh Williamson could go back to. I believe the trade for this book comes out soon, so make sure to check that out if you can't find the single issues. Aside from that, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #6

Jan 15, 2014

Without a doubt, GHOSTED once again impresses. Although there was a bit of a break between issues, the wait was well worth it as the ghostly adventures of Jackson Winters continue. While the turn at the end of the issue was a bit of a bummer and the panel layouts were a bit repetitive, I'm super on board with where this current arc is going and I can't wait to see what is planned. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #7

Feb 19, 2014

GHOSTED #7 really kicks this new story up into high gear. The book may feel more like a detective story rather than a heist book, which was the entire first arc, but this story still retains a lot of what people loved about that first story, while raising the bar for the book. Williamson is really crafting a spooky and entertaining world for readers and Gianfelice's art gives this issue a great sense of style and purpose. This is a series, like many Image books, you really need to jump on and read. I can't give this a higher recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #8

Mar 19, 2014

GHOSTED continues to be one of my favorite month-to-month series and this issue raises the bar. A TON of information is revealed about The Brotherhood of the Closed Book here, and while we won't spoil any of it, it's a pretty crazy twist that really gives this group a cool purpose. On the down side of things, I'm not too keen on the reveal page and this isn't a great place to jump on for new readers. Aside from all this, GHOSTED is still a must read. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #10

May 21, 2014

GHOSTED #10 not only wraps up the second arc extremely well, but it puts the rest of the series into a larger perspective. However, more than anything else, this book is just a real fun read. It works on multiple layers as a great read as well as something building towards something larger that leaves clues, riddled throughout the book. GHOSTED #10 made me realize this is a much more complex book that I originally thought, and that makes me love it so much more. Sure, there were a few art problems, but overall, this is one hell of a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #11

Jul 9, 2014

GHOSTED comes back after a break swinging hard. It explores Anderson's past and while it isn't a story that needs to be told, it's a story fans will be more than happy to read. However, this is a terrible jumping on point for new readers. Do yourselves a favor and buy the trades before reading this. Williamson, Sudzuka, and Mrva provide an exciting, one-shot read, that readers will want to read again and again. Overall, this is a fun horror series that you need on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #12

Aug 13, 2014

GHOSTED #12 is easily one of the best month-to-month reads from any company. This book is incredibly engaging and compelling. Williamson really knows what he is doing here and the attention to detail is wonderful. Storywise, this issue has some concepts that already have me hooked. The past two issues of this series have been unbelievably good, and this is a series you need to be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #13

Sep 10, 2014

Love is the only way to describe my feelings for GHOSTED. Williamson is taking this book in a very interesting direction and expanding on this world while connecting the pieces together at the same time. There's a reason this is my current favorite on-going series. It is fantastic with genre mixing, is full of intrigue and is a ton of fun. I highly recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #16

Jan 14, 2015

The beginning of this new arc to GHOSTED is a tremendous start. While the overall issue started out a bit slow, the reasoning for everything happening here is pretty brilliant. Williamson knows what he is doing here and he's doing it well. The big surprise was seeing Ryp on art. The man is a maniac with detail and I loved seeing these characters in his style. This next arc is promising something really cool and I can't wait to see how it plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #17

Feb 11, 2015

GHOSTED is still one of my favorite on-going series, and while this issue didn't blow me out of the water, it was fantastic and continues to set up a very interesting story that plays on ideas and concepts set-up throughout the entirety of the series. It's a book you can pick up from arc to arc, but works so much better as a whole series, as you start to see things unravel. The new artist may be a bit jolting for long-time readers, but it's fantastic and you should pick this issue up. Read away!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghosted (2013) #18

Mar 11, 2015

Fans of GHOSTED need to prepare for a rough issue, and by "rough," I mean "depressing." We've watched these characters go through a lot and it never seems to let up for them. Joshua Williamson, conceptually, kills it in this issue, no pun intended, since the book is about ghosts. I'm intrigued for the build up and meeting with Death that is inevitably going to happen. While this book does do the old "info-dump" on the reader, it's needed and in the long run will add a lot to the story. The issue on its own is strong, but within trade, I'm sure this issue will be the glue for the whole story. As always, I highly recommend this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghosted (2013) #20

May 20, 2015

There's an overall feeling of joy and sadness flowing through me as one of my favorite on-going series comes to a close after 20 issues. However, this book has a natural ending and doesn't feel forced at all. The book really has come full circle and while I would love to see more with these characters, especially with where Nina is left at the end of this series, this last issue rounds out the series exceptionally well. I highly recommend checking this issue out and buying it all in trade.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Glory #24

Mar 14, 2012

I'm really on the fence with this issue. I loved the art and some of the action scenes in this book, and I loved the book ending with the plot, but I felt lost the entire time I read the issue, and for a new reader, that's not a great thing. I give this book a mild recommendation, and I truly hope this is a series I can keep reading and not feel lost.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Godzilla (2012) #1

May 23, 2012

It's an ok start to a series that seems like it has a lot of promise. I'm glad the series was rebooted, and it makes sense to do so with this story. I really liked the lead character of this book, Boxer, and how it reads like an over-the-top 90s action film.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Godzilla: Gangsters & Goliaths #3

Aug 10, 2011

I debated back and forth between a 4 and a 5 on this issue,and I couldn't come up with a logical reason to give this book a 4. I love thisbook, especially this issue. It's a revenge story meets Godzilla, and Godzillais always about revenge, so it truly is a perfect fit. It's the most fun youcan have for $3.99, unless you can by a Rampage arcade cabinet for $3.99, andif you do, I envy you. The writing on this book is a step away from what JohnLayman is doing on Chew, but it's just as entertaining, and the art on thisbook is almost on par with the writing. I highly recommend this series and thisissue. Come on" You know you love giant monsters blowing up things.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla: Kingdom of Monsters #9

Nov 23, 2011

Out of all the Godzilla books, this one is my favorite. It's a straight forward book and story, and Godzilla: Kingdom of Monsters is one giant barrel of fun. Things get smashed, buildings fall down, and everyone freaks out. New writer, Jason Ciaramella, jumps on this issue and it's a easy transition to adjust to. The story balances action and drama very well as well. This is a book I personally love reading every month because it's simple but fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Gotham Academy (2014) #5

Feb 25, 2015

GOTHAM ACADEMY is a series that won me over right away, lost me for an issue, but then grabbed me right back in. It's easily one of the most interesting books DC currently puts out and breaks the mold from what DC is traditionally done in the best way possible. It's a much more light-hearted and fun book with dark and mysterious undertones to it and this issue really highlights the ideas of adventure and camaraderie. This is quickly becoming one of my favorite on-going series and I highly recommend checking this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Gotham By Midnight #1

Nov 26, 2014

Even though there's a a small problem with characters coming off a bit flat and it may be too soon to call it, this is my pick of the week. GOTHAM BY MIDNIGHT surpasses the high expectations many fans have for it. This is some of Fawkes' best work at DC and putting him together with Ben Templesmith is a genius move. While it's not a super-hero book and it's very different from the norm, this is a must buy for the week. Fawkes and Templesmith explore the characters of Gotham in a new way and it's superb. The more and more I read this, the more and more I love it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Gotham By Midnight #2

Dec 24, 2014

Ray Fawkes and Ben Templesmith continue to have a hit on their hands. The second issue may not be as good as the first, but issue #2 offers some great backstory to Jim Corrigan and Sister Justine. We don't get much from the other characters because of the issue's focus, but there's a lot of great things happening here and once again, seeing Ben Templesmith on a DC book is a breath of fresh air. If you're looking for something a bit different from DC, you need to check this series out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Grayson #13

Oct 28, 2015

Overall, this book continues to be fantastic. It's highly under-rated and really reinvents Dick Grayson. Is it a bummer that he's not Nightwing anymore? Sure, but this new chapter in his life really sets him apart and makes him more than just an "ex-Robin." I highly recommend checking this issue and series out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #16

Jan 27, 2016

All-in-all, this is a good issue of GRAYSON, but it's a bit of a bummer to see no connection to the finale of Robin War, which changed everything about what Dick Grayson is up to. More than anything else, the final pages are the clincher, as it's setting up a new group of people, hired by Helena to hunt down Dick and Tiger, so I'm really enjoying where this story is going and the art we're getting here. GRAYSON continues to surprise me in the best ways possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2010) #13

Jun 22, 2011

I'm incredibly split on this issue. I liked a lot of aspects about it, but disliked just as many. I feel like this was a throw away issue, given to a creative team that could have a decent run on the book. While the story played off as a fun summer action film, it had the same over-the-top cheesy moments of a summer action film. The attention to detail, with the art, in Green Arrow was amazing, but it lacked in every other character. This one is a borrow. Characterwise, it doesn't matter if you like Green Arrow or not, this book is more for the summer blockbuster action fan than anything else.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #10

Jun 13, 2012

I could talk for hours about the closing to this issue, but I think it's best if you just read it. There's two great stories in this issue. While one of them may have over-shadowed the other, they are both fantastic and well worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern (2011) #13

Oct 3, 2012

GREEN LANTERN 13 is a great start and introduction to Baz's time as a member of the soon to be disbanded Green Lantern Corps. We get a deeper look into Simon Baz's life and how he's adapting to becoming a Green Lantern. I loved the writing and the art here. Geoff Johns is amazing at reinventing this series and keeping it fresh. I loved the ending, and although I wasn't too keen on how the Third Army looked in issue 0, I feel they are going to bring a lot to the table as an enemy in these upcoming issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #23.4

Sep 25, 2013

This issue was really REALLY close to a 5/5 for me. It was a lot of fun, but as a longtime GL fan, it really did have this overall "recap" feel. The art team of Eaglesham and Dalhouse do a great job here. The borders around the pages are especially brilliant. This is a great place for those interested in the series or this character to jump on and learn more about Sinestro. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #26

Dec 4, 2013

Venditti and Tan continue to impress with their run on GREEN LANTERN. This book has gone through some insane changes since Venditti took over as writer, and frankly, I'm loving what's going on. This more mobile Green Lantern Corps is a very fun idea and I like the execution. The ending is pretty cool and seems like it will lead up to something interesting. The best way to describe the direction of this book is exciting and extremely entertaining. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #27

Jan 8, 2014

It's hard to get too in depth with this issue without spoiling something pretty big, but trust us, it's a very thrilling issue and will change the the direction of this book greatly. I've jumped back and forth on this series, since Venditti took over, and I think I'm on board. Overall, he's done some really cool things and I think this current arc is going to be so chaotic and awesome. He really has a way of flipping around stories where the good guy becomes the bad guy and vice versa. He's great at giving the reader a new way to look at the same old characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #29

Mar 5, 2014

GREEN LANTERN #29 spends most of the time building towards something larger and something greater: a war. Venditti is taking his time to set up this story and work on the conflict between the Green Lantern Corps and... well, everyone else. While Venditti packs a little too much into this issue, it's a really solid real and building towards something that will be nothing short of epic.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern (2011) #30

Apr 2, 2014

GREEN LANTERN #30 is the issue that will really grab readers and make them believe that Venditti was the perfect choice to run this series. From the opening to the last page, we are treated to some solid storytelling and seeing Hal Jordan really hone the role of leader. If you're aware of what's going on in GL, this is probably one of the better places to jump on the book. We're in the midst of a fantastic new era for Green Lantern.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2011) #34

Aug 6, 2014

GREEN LANTERN #34 is an alright issue. It feels like merely a filler issue with one hell of an ending. There are some moments in here that simply don't make any logical sense, but there's also a lot of heart here. It doesn't offer the reader too much other than a glimpse of what's to come in October with Godhead. It's not a bad issue, but not one you have to race to the LCS to get. If you want a bit of the antagonist's motivation for the upcoming story, pick this up. Overall, it's just ok.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #36

Nov 5, 2014

Godhead continues to be a very strong story. Sure, it's super-long and runs through way too many books, but overall, it's been a fantastic ride, so it's worth it. A lot is happening in this issue and there's a lot of revelations, almost too many, and the book is a bit slow and a tad dull at parts, but overall, it's a great read and a very essential moment in the overall Godhead story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #38

Jan 7, 2015

This issue of GREEN LANTERN isn't life or world changing. It's just a solid issue showing the reader that Hal doesn't always have to be saving the universe. Sometimes, he just needs to grab a drink with his friends. Venditti does a swell job at giving the reader a solid issue which humanizes Jordan as a character, while reconnecting him with friends and ex-lovers. It doesn't give the reader much to get excited for though and while the overall issue is done extremely well, some readers many find this issue to be filler or something to skip out on. Regardless, this was a good issue and worth the read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #41

Jun 3, 2015

The new direction for GREEN LANTERN is bold and unique. It's quite the departure from where the book was at pre-CONVERGENCE, but it's a really interesting direction. The creative team is spinning this book into something completely different. It's not the Hal Jordan we're used to, but let's face it, this character has been through some insane changes over the past 30 years, from Parallax to The Spectre to dead... twice. The one flaw with the book is that the reader is left to assume a bit too much about Hal's place, but aside from that, this was one tremendous first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #44

Sep 2, 2015

GREEN LANTERN #44 is a pit stop that breaks up the main story; however, it's done exceptionally well and reminds the reader that a Green Lantern's duty is more than blasting ships in the middle of space. A grounded story gives the book a nice break, even if it is a bummer that it's interrupting the main story. The issue is full of fun, bright action and is overall a ton of fun to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #47

Dec 2, 2015

Overall, this was a solid start to this new story that has a HUGE secret revealed at the end of the issue. We finally get to see Hal Jordan have some down time and a new terrorist threat rise in the area. GREEN LANTERN continues to be a solid book, month-to-month, and more than anything else, I'm excited to see what this creative team has for us next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #50

Mar 2, 2016

GREEN LANTERN #50 may cost a little more, but you're getting a double-sized issue. This is the issue fans have been waiting for and it really delivers some great action sequences. On the downside, the issue does feel a little thin in the way of story and plot progression, but overall, this was a great read, and it's leading to something bigger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #52

May 4, 2016

Issue #52 of GREEN LANTERN has a satisfying ending, in the fact that's a more of a bridge between this volume and REBIRTH. The series continues to push forward and tell stories, instead of halting itself to start back up for the next DC event. Robert Venditti and Billy Tan provide an interesting story here, and fans should be excited to see where this is headed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #1

Aug 29, 2012

Although I feel this should have been a stand-alone issue (as an annual) and not a tie-in to everything else in the GLU, which you really need to read to understand everything else going on in this book, I was incredibly satisfied with this issue. So much happens here and I loved every second of it. There's some great moments with the Guardians of the Universe and the Guardians of the Chamber of Shadows, and also with Black Hand facing off against Hal and Sinestro. We get some cool new concepts in this issue and a great set-up for the next story line. The only other part I didn't like was that at times, members of the Third Army looked a bit dopey.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #3

Dec 24, 2014

Events from the big two have been pretty dang mediocre, and while event fatigue has taken its toll on all comic book readers, Godhead is one of the few events in recent memory actually worthy of a read from start to finish. Venditti and crew truly knew what they were doing here and while there were some bumps along the road, overall, this was a fantastic event and a finale worthy of the story. Sure, the Highfather turn seemed to be handled a tad hastily, but all-in-all, this was a wonderful story both in concept and execution.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #4

Sep 30, 2015

All-in-all, GREEN LANTERN ANNUAL #4 is decent. For those who want to know a bit more about Hal before the Corps disappeared, this is a solid read. It doesn't really add anything to the current arc, but there are some threads at the end of the issue that will most likely be picked up later. The biggest problem with the issue is the inconsistency in the art. It feels rushed and there's lots of tiny bumps in the road which are a huge bummer considering that Pascal Alixe's style is pretty fantastic. If you're really into Green Lantern, I'll mildly recommend this to you.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #62

Jul 27, 2011

Green Lantern Corps #62 feels like a throw-away one-shot from the 90s. There's been so many great and epic things happening in the Green Lantern universe for the past 5 years, and this issue feels like a giant leap away from that. If you enjoy a love story between Kyle and Sora, as they fight a Star Sapphire, then this is the book for you. For some of us, it's going to feel like a big disappointment from such an amazing series. I do not recommend this issue, and it's extremely hard for me to say that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #63

Aug 17, 2011

Overall, I'm very bummed this is the last issue, but unlike a couple of other final issues I've read from DC this month, this one is actually a good read, and it doesn't feel like a throw-away issue. The writing, by Scott Kolins, is great and he has a good grasp of the characters, but overall, the Kyle Rayner story is by far the best. I recommend this issue, but I can't say you NEED this in your collection. It's a nice send-off for the series, but it leaves you wanting more, which, in this continuity, we will never get. Green Lantern Corps #1 revamps on September 21st.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #1

Sep 21, 2011

The art, hands-down, is the best thing about this issue. It's a good start to a new series, but it doesn't really allow brand new readers to jump on because there's still a bunch of Green Lantern information each reader may need to know to understand everything in the issue. The issue does a decent job of catching up the reader, but not good enough. This is a promising new series, from the look of the first issue, but let's be honest, the Green Lantern comics at DC, in the past 6 years, have all been dynamite.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #4

Dec 21, 2011

I loved the first issue of this series, but the past two issues have been extremely rough. It was my least favorite of all the Lantern books. This issue gets the reader back on track and gives some great explanation for these new villains, who are much cooler than they seem. I love the introduction of Martian Manhunter and Stormwatch to this issue, and I'd love to see more of this team in the GLC book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #13

Oct 10, 2012

This is a down the middle of the road issue for me. GREEN LANTERN CORPS is an ok book. I think Tomasi's writing is pretty solid, and he does well with the dialogue, but I felt the most compelling part of this issue, John's story, was so brief and it overshadowed Guy's story which was just alright for me. The art was, again "alright," but I had big problems with the face we saw numerous pages with the exact same panel set up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #36

Nov 12, 2014

GREEN LANTERN CORPS #36 is a mixed bag. Folks not reading every part of Godhead may find this issue a lot more enjoyable than those reading everything because this issue feels so similar to last week's GREEN LANTERN #36. The formula being used for the issue becomes glaring and while the story is fun at parts, overall, it's a tad dull. Luckily, the art team pumps out some amazing artwork to elevate the book. This is the point where I'm a tad worried about Godhead and how it's going to continue to play out. We're not even halfway through the story and I feel like this issue and the last issue were a bit of a drop in quality of story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #37

Dec 10, 2014

This was easily one of the better issues of Godhead, which overall, has been really good. It feels like there's real advancement in the story here and numerous moments worth checking out. The only downside of the issue is the separate art team which kicks in halfway through the book. The new team isn't bad but the switch is startling and each artist draws these characters in different ways. Aside from that, Jensen nails this issue of Godhead and it opens the door for some great things in the upcoming issues. I highly recommend this issue, unless you aren't reading Godhead. Then, you'll be in the Land of the Lost.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #38

Jan 14, 2015

With everything going on in this series and how it was tied into so many other events in the Green Lantern universe, it was safe to say fans had event fatigue from the past couple of years. What GREEN LANTERN CORPS #38 does well is break that fatigue and give readers something a bit more grounded. Van Jensen is setting up something dipped more in horror and lore than anything else and it feels like a science fiction story rather than a super-hero book, which is a fantastic way to get readers excited for this series again. This may be a two or three issue story, but if you've enjoyed any of the Green Lantern books in the past, you're going to want to pick this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #39

Feb 11, 2015

There are a ton of these short, throw-away stories going on as DC moves into Convergence, but what GREEN LANTERN CORPS offers is a cool story that gives these characters some more development and humanizes them. Here, they're less "space cops" and more caring beings the reader can sympathize with. The Daggle parts of the story were alright, but the star of the show is John and Feska's story, along with the amazing art. It's going to be sad to see this book go, but at least we get one more issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) Annual #1

Jan 30, 2013

This was a fantastic Annual issue, and I love the fact it's not a stand-alone issue and that it ties into a bigger story arc. This really is the issue we've been waiting for as the Guardians and the Green Lanterns go head-to-head. The battle is fun and fulfilling, and the page layouts for the actual battle were pure eye candy. Lastly, the lead up to the next story arc is pretty darn good and it got me very excited to see where this series is going and how it will end.. On the down side, I wasn't a big fan of the Manhunter redesigns, and I would have liked to see more from the Red Lanterns.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #13

Aug 24, 2011

I really enjoyed this story as a whole. It's not part of a giant event, and it has that great Silver Age feel to it. Seeing Batman and Guy working together was really cool and we got to see how great Guy's power truly can be. On the downside, we get no closure to the team or the book as a whole and you feel a bit in the dark as the book ends. I do recommend this issue to anyone because frankly, it's the only issue in the entire run of any of the three Green Lantern books where you don't need any background info. It's a fun, self-contained story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern: New Guardians #1

Sep 28, 2011

Another 5/5 DC book in one week? Yep. I loved everything about this book, and even though I was a bit confused on when the Kyle joining the Corps took place because I wasn't sure if they rebooted that or not, everything else in this book was wonderful. It's a great intro to Kyle for new readers, and the other Corps, even though I think brand new DC readers may have trouble understanding the different Corps at first. Kirkham's art is all poster worthy, and Ruffino's colors on the constructs are wonderful. I highly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: New Guardians #2

Oct 26, 2011

Overall, I enjoyed the issue, but it was no where near as good as issue one. I'm loving the Kyle Rayner story as Ultimate Ring-barer, and I want to know how his powers will change. I'm glad that some of these B-List and C-List space characters have a place to call their home, and I loved the art on the splash pages. What I didn't like was the Ultimate Ring-barer costume Kyle wears at the end of the issue, and how every page just seemed dedicated to showing off how cool a character in the book was. Lastly, this issue completely changes the character of a Green Lantern staple, and it was a bummer for me. I recommend the series and issue though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: New Guardians #4

Dec 28, 2011

You have four Lantern books to choose from: GREEN LANTERN, GREEN LANTERN CORPS, NEW GUARDIANS, and RED LANTERNS. If you can only pick two of them, you should read GREEN LANTERN and NEW GUARDIANS, even if you're not a huge Kyle Rayner fan. This book is jam packed with everything a lantern corps fan could want. There's a few really cool plots revealed in this issue, the Blue Lantern Corps' powers have been changed, so they're a bit more useful, and so have the rest of the other corps powers. The only bad part of the book, which is just more confusing than anything is that I don't know when this takes place compared to the RED LANTERNS book. Overall, this is my second favorite of the Lantern books, and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: New Guardians #6

Feb 22, 2012

I'm still loving this series, and it is my favorite of all the Lantern books. It has a stellar art team, and the splash pages are beautiful. I loved the fight scenes in this issue, especially when they involved Arkillo. Invictus is a cool character, but I had a problem with him on my first read through because I felt he was like every other bad guy the Corps have faced before. Overall, I really like the series and this issue. I recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: New Guardians #9

May 23, 2012

Green Lantern: New Guardians does what many books fail to do well, take over another writer's mythos and work with it perfectly while continuing to build onto it. Bedard and Kirkham are a great team and I love what they're doing with this book. There's the start to a great story line as the Reach and the Blue Lantern Corps go at it here and I love how powerful the Reach truly are. This is the start to a great cross-over.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: New Guardians #12

Aug 22, 2012

I have a lot of love for this book because it's incredibly fun and builds well upon a greatly developed universe. I love how Sayd is portrayed in this issue and the explanation for her losing it. Levitucus finally grew on me as a character and the conclusion of that part of the story was really satisfying. I loved the action sequences and writing here, and the art is top notch.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern: New Guardians #35

Oct 15, 2014

GREEN LANTERN: NEW GUARDIANS #35 is a huge hit. It's a great issue for readers to jump in on, but the issue doesn't spend the whole time catching said new readers up. It adds a lot of the overall story and most importantly, it's a really fun read. Jordan provides us with a story that adds a lot to the arc and gives the reader new insight into the New Gods, who aren't really the villains here, that we know of. If you've been enjoying Godhead, this is a must read, even if you've missed out on GLNG.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: New Guardians #37

Dec 17, 2014

GREEN LANTERN: NEW GUARDIANS#37 is a solid issue for Godhead but feels a tad like there's too many cooks in the kitchen. There's a pretty obvious line in the sand between the things Justin Jordan wanted to put into the book and the things he had to put into the book to move along the story. What we're left with is a decent issue that is by no means the worst part of this event, but a pretty middle of the road issue that serves the purpose of connecting a group of lanterns with each other. I'd still give this a mild recommendation because it is a lot of fun to read, but just a bit weaker than other Godhead issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: New Guardians #38

Jan 21, 2015

Where this book started and where it is at now are two insanely different things. GREEN LANTERN NEW GUARDIANS is an evolving book, which is something extremely cool about this series. However, this issue leaves the reader wanting something a bit more. The way it's set up is that we're going to have a one and done battle with a familiar face. The writing is good, the art is great, but the story is a bit disappointing. While this story has the potential to take some incredibly interesting turns, which Justin Jordan is easily capable of, this first issue falls relatively flat. If you loved Kyle's part in Godhead, then pick this one up for sure. There's some nice resolution here, but if you've fallen off the book, this won't rekindle your love for the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #6

Nov 18, 2015

GREEN LANTERN: LOST ARMY feels like it ended too early and the last issue could have easily been stretched to two, giving that final battle a more epic feel. The overall issue isn't bad, but it is a tad underwhelming and can be a bit bland. The concept of this book is fantastic and the opening installments were a great read, but this final issue left me a tad disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lanterns #1

Jun 15, 2016

Green Lanterns #1 is a very solid opening offering. The issue gives readers a good idea of what's coming down the pipeline, without distracting the reader from the action on the page. The issue is geared more towards longtime readers, which is great, since so many other books are gearing more towards newer readers. The only real problem is that it feels like it gets into the story a bit too quickly. There is some character development, but it might have been nice for things to have a bit slower pace. Regardless, this is a solid opening issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Grifter #5

Jan 11, 2012

The art is good, the writing is good, the character is really cool, but this story is dull. Alongside that, everything else about this book is "blah," like a McDonald's Cheeseburger at 2A.M. after a long night of drinking. In concept, it's a great idea, but halfway through, you'll wish you made yourself a bowl of cereal at home. This is far from the worst of the New 52, but it's also far from the best. I do not recommend this issue. Here's to hoping the next story is a good one.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Guardians of the Galaxy & X-Men: The Black Vortex: Omega #1

Apr 22, 2015

It's the first time in a while, where the cross-over event doesn't disappoint. Black Vortex ends and it's pretty satisfying, but at the same time, we get a lot of other stuff to love in this issue, including a few things we're not spoiling here. The book looks good and reads great, so I highly recommend checking out one of Marvel's better cosmic events.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #21

Nov 19, 2014

GUARDIANS OF THE GALAXY #21 does not get off to a good start, but on the bright side, there's a ton of promise and potential to this story. This isn't a bad issue, but it is a big disappointment. Bendis isn't a bad writer, but this issue leaves readers feeling like they missed out on something. Luckily, the art on this book is worth the price of admission alone. "Planet of the Symbiotes" will hopefully be a great story, since it's a story that should be told.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #23

Jan 21, 2015

As The Planet of the Symbiotes closes up, it was easily one of the stories I was most excited for this year and one of the biggest let downs of the year. We get some great art and Venom in a cool, new costume which actually makes him fit on the team a whole lot better, but that's about it. This issue is a rushed information dump of everything Symbiote in order to progress to the next issue. This was a story that I wanted to be great, and it wasn't. If it weren't for the art, this would be rated a bit lower. Disappointment aside, if you want to see how Venom gets his new suit, saddle up. Otherwise, skip out on this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guarding the Globe (2012) #4

Dec 5, 2012

GUARDING THE GLOBE 4 is a ton of fun and a perfect book for INVINCIBLE fans looks for something a little extra on the side. This is a great wrap up issue that leads on to something much bigger. The issue has quite a few big reveals in it, so it will keep you on your toes. Writer Phil Hester does a great job from start to finish here. Todd Nauck and John Rauch's art is great on this issue as well. While I felt a bit lost as a new reader, scenes like the one featuring Outrun and Best Tiger really made me feel comfortable while reading this issue.Overall, I highly recommend this issue. It was tons of fun and a book I plan on continuing reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #1

Jul 27, 2016

Overall, the first official issue of this series is a solid start. The Lantern books haven't been on the same page for quite some time, so it's nice to see Venditti and company bring everything back together. There is easily enough of a hook here to keep readers coming back, and it's leading to some interesting places. Plus, the Green Lantern Corps is finally back. Everything feels right again.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Harbinger (2012) #0

Feb 6, 2013

Gregg has been preaching the awesomeness of this book to you for quite some time, and now, I'm doing the same. Valiant has been hitting some home runs (or consistently rolling 20s if you'd like a less jocky comparison) with their books, and HARBINGER is one of their best. It's not my favorite series they put out, but it's pretty darn close to it.HARBINGER 0 may not focus on Peter, but it's just as good as the rest of the series and you're going to want to read it. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series. It may help to read issues 1-8 but you'll still kind of understand what's going on here without it. Just buy this book already.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hardcore #1

May 16, 2012

Pilot Season: Hardcore is a fantastic issue, and one I'd like to see continue. It has a great concept and storyline, and I loved the idea of having an assassin's mind to into the body of someone else. Brian Stelfreeze's art is great here, and this book was filled with a lot of fun and fast paced action sequences.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harvest #1

Aug 1, 2012

I loved this first issue. What a great start to a new series. Image has done it... again, and no, I'm not tired of writing that. I love the story thus far and the mixture of set up and mystery with this world is perfect. Colin Lorimer's art is dar and beautiful and Lieberman's writing is stellar here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Harvest #3

Oct 3, 2012

Image Comics is the king of mini-series. They have been on this fantastic tear of dynamic and interesting stories featuring well-known and great upcoming talents. HARVEST is an awesome story that's very dark and delves into the world of black market organ trafficking. What I'm getting at is that HARVEST is right up my alley, and no, I'm not some weird creepy dude trying to steal your liver.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Harvest #4

Nov 7, 2012

Every issue of this book has been great. HARVEST is a truly unique idea that works extremely well on the page. This issue was chalk full of suspense, and it's a book you should really check out. Aside from Lieberman's writing, Lorimer's art is tops. It's a great creative team that I would love seeing work together in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hellblazer #300

Feb 20, 2013

It's sad to see HELLBLAZER go, and I know a lot of fans aren't too keen on the new series, but it is what it is. This final issue is a good wrap-up to the series, and is a tough read, for all the right reasons. I feel like I'm writing an obituary and not a review right now. HELLBLAZER is a great book, and one you really should start reading from the beginning of the series. Hell, even pick this one up, if you can since, on its own, it's an incredibly gripping issue.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 #1

Dec 3, 2014

If you're looking for a jump on point for Hellboy or B.P.R.D., then HELLBOY AND THE B.P.R.D. is the perfect place for you to start reading. The issue is a ton of set-up but it's smooth and a really enjoyable read. It's great to see Maleev doing the art for a Hellboy book, and I'm pretty excited to see where this one goes. Overall, this is one of the best issues this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hinterkind #1

Oct 2, 2013

HINTERKIND delivers a fantastic opening issue to a new series. If you're a fan of stories set in a dystopian future where humans are struggling to survive, but the rest of the world is doing fine, then this is the book for you. If you really enjoy creatures and monsters from lore and myth and always wondered how they'd interact if they really existed, then again, this book is for you. Edginton and Trifogli deliver a Vertigo book that fits into the Vertigo imprint. It has elements of storytelling we've all grown up with but put into a more adult context. If you're looking for something new and interesting to read this week, then HINTERKIND is your book. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hunger #3

Oct 2, 2013

So far, HUNGER has been interesting. It's been a pretty solid mini-series and a good follow-up to the events of AGE OF ULTRON. Issue #3 of HUNGER was ok, but it was a bit of a let down. The over-powered Galactus is very cool and Rick returning to Earth was also a very nice moment, but the book feels a bit jump, and there's a lot of high expectations going into this and readers may feel a bit let down. Overall, I say continue on with the book if you're a fan of the Ultimate universe, just to see how this all plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hunger #4

Oct 16, 2013

HUNGER #4 delivers the fun and excitement of Hungry Hungry Hippos without the anger or palm blisters. When you look at the bigger picture of what's happening with the 616 and Ultimate Universes, HUNGER is an awesome story. It's a fun piece that moves the event forward and prepares fans for CATACLYSM. While readers know most of what is going to happen with this issue because the next event starts in November, there's still a few twist and turns along the way. Fialkov and Kirk do a great job with making this large scale event and battle feel epic. Overall, it's a great read for Ultimate Universe fans. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #635

Aug 31, 2011

Is it weird to say that the interview alone is worth the $3.99 price tag? This issue is a great wrap-up to an amazing 5 year run on Incredible Hulk. The storyline itself was just ok for me, but the ending is what really made this a great issue. The elements Pak has created over the years are still in play. No "reset" button was hit so a new writer could have their way with the Hulk-iverse, but enough was wrapped-up where the reader doesn't have lingering questions. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Incredible Hulk (2011) #3

Dec 21, 2011

Point blank, you should be reading this. This is currently the best that Marvel has to offer. It's a great book with a great story with a bit of role reversal. Hulk doesn't come off as the villain in this one, but Banner does. That being said, the mild "insanity factor" that Banner has in this series has been really cool. Also, Silvestri's art is reason enough to pick this series up. The only problem I had with this book was that there wasn't a great balance of action and story. It was way too action heavy. Do yourself a favor and pick this book up. I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2011) #4

Jan 11, 2012

So close to a five for me. I love Jason Aaron's take on this character and the direction this book is going. It stands out on its own and is not in the shadow of Greg Pak's run. Banner works so well as the antagonist in this book, and I love the ending of this issue, which I will not spoil here. Although Silvestri is not the artist on this issue, Whilce Portacio takes over and does a heck of a job. On the bad side of things, there were a few panels where I hated the art, mainly on facial expressions. They were distorted and ugly. Lastly, I have no clue why Amanda Von Doom is in this issue. She just doesn't help progress or do anything within the story. Overall, again, this is my favorite ongoing Marvel book, and I can't recommend this book enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2011) #5

Feb 8, 2012

While I am really not digging the art on this issue, I can look past it because I love this series. Jason Aaron has completely stepped out of the shadow of Greg Pak's run and made Incredible Hulk his own, unique book. I love the mixture of ideas from other works into this story, and I really enjoyed the origin between the Banner/Hulk split. You really should be reading this series. This story just keeps getting better and better. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2011) #6

Mar 14, 2012

I'm still loving this series. It's a fresh story to an age old character and this issue leaves the reader on a cliffhanger. I loved the description of the tech Banner was using, and the fact that Hulk really isn't the bad guy here since he's saved Banner numerous times. I loved the transition between past and present in this issue, but I still have a problem with the art because to me it's a bit inconsistent in the faces. Overall, I highly recommend this series and this issue. You will not be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Incredible Hulk (2011) #8

May 30, 2012

It's a right down the middle issue. I was a little bummed with a few things, but I was surprised by a few others. I enjoyed the reverse side of the Banner/Hulk world here as we only see the world through the eyes of the Hulk as he tries to figure out what crazy old Banner has been up to.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Infestation 2 #2

Apr 11, 2012

I'm a bit down the middle on this issue. Overall, I did really enjoy it on its own, but when compared to the other two-part stories, it was a bit disappointing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infestation 2: 30 Days of Night #1

Apr 4, 2012

So far, this is my third favorite of the Infestation 2 tie-ins, behind TMNT and G.I. Joe. Although it may be quick, this book does a great job at combining these two different worlds in a creative way. I've always been a fan of 30 Days of Night and I've been enjoying Infestation 2 immensely.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Infestation 2: Dungeons and Dragons #1

Feb 15, 2012

Out of all the Infestation 2 books, I was least excited to read this one simply because I know nothing about the series, and I had a feeling for me it would be the hardest to follow. The book isn't for me, and I'd recommend the main Infestation series and the Transformers tie-in far and above this one, unless Dungeons and Dragons is a series you currently follow. I loved the last six pages of this issue and the overall art and look, but I found that fantasy books really aren't for me, and I felt a bit lost with this world and it's characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infestation 2: G.I. Joe #1

Mar 14, 2012

As for the Infestation 2 tie-ins, this is my second favorite behind Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles. While the story is starting to feel formulaic, like the rest of the tie-ins, I really enjoyed it, and I liked the idea of the creatures infecting the Vipers. I really enjoyed the art on this issue, and the conclusion to this issue was by far the best part of it because it was just full of some awesome action scenes. Overall, I'd recommend not just to G.I. Joe fans or Infestation fans, but to anyone looking to branch out a bit more. G.I. Joe H.P. Lovecraft = A really cool book. That's some solid math for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Infestation 2: Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1

Mar 7, 2012

This was the Infestation 2 cross-over I was looking forward to the most and it totally didn't let me down. To be honest, I thought it would be a 3 or maybe a 4 out of 5, but I was blown away by it. The art was breath-taking and it had me smiling ear-to-ear from start to finish. I loved Mark Torres art and Jay Fotos colors in this issue. It reminded me a lot of Mike Mignola with a bit more pop in the color department. It had some great character design as well. The writing was just as strong as the art and the story had a great solid pace to it. The end of this issue was great, and I cannot wait to continue reading. Even if you're not reading the Infestation 2 story arc, I still say get this book. It's my favorite thing I've read this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infestation 2: Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #2

Mar 21, 2012

Best Infestation 2 tie-in story. Both issues were so much fun, and it is definitely a two-parter you should pick up. I love the artwork of Mike Torres and Jay Fotos. They have great style, form, and the art really catches your attention. The writing is also top notch and it has a great sense of humor to it throughout the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infestation 2: Transformers #1

Feb 1, 2012

I've always loved the idea of all the IDW books crossing over, but I wasn't too keen on the first Infestation series because I'm annoyed with zombies being tossed into everything. So far, I really like the second volume of Infestation, and even moreso, I really like the Transformers tie-in. I thought HP Lovecraft and Transformers is a bold, unique, and incredibly unconventional combination that works very well on the page. It is a great read, and I found myself loving the art over everything else. The only real down side was that there was too much explanatory dialogue for my liking, which included character mumbling to themselves... underwater. I truly enjoyed this book and would recommend it, but try to get a copy of Infestation 2 number 1 before diving in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injection #1

May 13, 2015

INJECTION is easily one of the weirder books I've read this year. At first, I couldn't make heads or tails of it, but as I digested the contents of the piece, I began to start to see what makes this issue something readers should throw on their pull list. Seeing Ellis, Shalvey, and Bellaire working together again is a breath of fresh air and while this first issue didn't blow me away, it's something I am really want to continue reading, and that's what matters. This is some of Shalvey and Bellaire's best work to date, so while INJECTION may not be a book that appeals to everyone, I highly recommend checking this first issue out and sticking with it to see how it plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Invincible #88

Feb 1, 2012

If you don't read INVINCIBLE, you're either crazy, broke, or hate super-hero comics. I think that sums it up. This is an amazing book. It's one of my favorite series and this issue ranks up there for me. I'm going to keep this short and sweet. Do yourself a favor and read this issue, read this series. This is the comic that super-hero fans deserve. I highly, HIGHLY recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Invincible #89

Feb 29, 2012

I love this series, and I'll say this for the 100th time, "This is my favorite super-hero book on the shelves." I really enjoyed this issue and the reason why Bulletproof got to put on Mark's costume. It makes perfect sense, and it doesn't feel forced. Once again, I love this art team, and I think they're leading the way for how super hero comics should be drawn. I'm becoming more and more of a fan of General Thragg because he's a character you love to hate and hate to love. Overall, I highly recommend this series because it's what super hero books should strive towards.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible #90

Apr 4, 2012

This is a book you should be reading. I say it almost every month, and I truly mean it. Kirkman and Ottley put together an amazing book, month after month, that always pleases. For me, this issue wasn't the greatest in the series, but I still think an ok issue of Invincible is better than 90% of the books out there.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible #91

May 9, 2012

Sadly, this is one of my least favorite issues of Invincible, but as I've said in the past, a bad issue of Invincible is still better than the best issues of most of what's on the shelves. This issue is building up to something greater, and while it's a bummer that we just mainly get set up here, there is a lot of greatness in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible #94

Aug 22, 2012

Invincible 94 is a very good issue. It has a great ending, and the Robot and Monster Girl story in the Flaxian Dimension is fantastic. Ryan Ottley does a fantastic job with art, as always, and the reveal page was awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Invincible #100

Jan 30, 2013

INVINCIBLE 100 is an amazing read, but not for the reasons a milestone issue is usually great. It explores this world and its characters on a deeper level after a world changing event. While this story was fantastic, I think the road ahead will be even better as we see how these characters adjust to the changes here. What really makes this such a great issue is the dialogue Mark has during his time in this dark place as he reevaluates what it means to be a hero and they choices heroes have to make.As always, the art here is fantastic, and you'll be treated to a lot of great storytelling through the art and fantastic splash pages. This is one of the best art teams working today.Overall, INVINCIBLE 100 is a phenomenal issue and a must buy.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Invincible Iron Man #521

Jul 18, 2012

I loved this issue. Everything about it screams "amazing." Fraction has done a great job with this world and its characters and I can't wait to continue reading. I love where this book is and where it's heading to. Salvador Larroca and FrankD'Armata do an amazing job on art, and this book is full of depth and is so well-defined.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible Iron Man #522

Aug 1, 2012

Overall, the past two stories have been a 5/5 for me. This one hit a little bit of a slump with me because I found the Mandarin/Tony Stark scenes so much more intriguing, but it was still a great book. We got to see a great possibly updated history of the Mandarin as well as what Tony Stark's real plans are. I loved the art and writing on this book, as always.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible Iron Man #527

Oct 24, 2012

It's sad to see this amazing creative team off of this book, but I'm so glad they had their chance to tell these stories. Fraction and Larroca's run on Invincible Iron Man was phenomenal. This final issue may have felt a bit short, and it left me wanting so much more, but overall, it was a success and filled with some fantastic moments.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible Iron Man (2015) #2

Oct 21, 2015

The series is off to a promising start and while it's a bit slower-paced and it feels like the book is holding too much information back from the reader, overall, it's a really fun read and a series I'm fully invested in already. Marquez and Ponsor do some phenomenal work on the book as well. This is a solid, fun issue and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #4

Jul 1, 2014

IRON FIST: THE LIVING WEAPON is a bit different than the other Marvel books on the shelf, which many have taken a more light-hearted and fun approach to story telling. This book is dark and sad, without over-doing it. Danny Rand's past is explored and he has a lot of demons in his past which still haunt him to this day. This is an Iron Fist for a new generation of Marvel readers and Andrews is doing a fine job at putting together a first story arc which isn't just strong. It's also shaping who Danny Rand is now in the Marvel Universe. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Patriot #1

Mar 25, 2014

IRON PATRIOT #1 does a fine job of establishing this character and world he lives in. It also gives readers a fine look into the direction this book is heading. Kot focuses more on the Rhodes family and Rhodes connecting more to his home country. Brown's artwork isn't exactly traditional, but for the most part, it really works well in this issue, along with Charalamidis' colors, except with straight-on close-ups of Rhodes, which look a tad awkward. All-in-all, this is a promising start to a new series, and while it won't blow readers away, it will easily keep them invested in the character and the future issues of the series. Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Patriot #4

Jun 18, 2014

Kot, Brown, and Chralampidis provide readers with a book that's one-part family, one-part fighting the system, and one-part eye candy. This book is surprisingly good, considering it features a character that has had a few struggles in the past with his own on-going. This may not be the best jumping-on point, but this is still a series that is worthy of being on fans' pull-lists. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jeff Steinberg: Champion of Earth #1

Aug 3, 2016

The first issue of Jeff Steinberg: Champion of Earth is an entertaining read. While it does pull from a lot of familiar elements, overall, this book speaks to an older comic reader in ways most series don't. It's an issue that shows a couple of creators having fun and including the reader in said fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
JSA Liberty Files: The Whistling Skull #1

Dec 19, 2012

JSA LIBERTY FILES: THE WHISTLING SKULL 1 is a very cool book. It has this very unique sense of style in the art and in the story. Harris' art is something that will keep you coming back for more, as well as some of these characters. The downside to this issue is that you may have to give it a couple read throughs to fully capture this story, since it is a first issue and there's a lot being thrown at you right away.Overall, I loved this issue and I highly recommend it.JSA Libery Files: The Whistling Skull gets 4 Whistling Skulls out of 5

View Issue       View Full Review
8
JSA Liberty Files: The Whistling Skull #2

Jan 23, 2013

I feel that by the time this Whistling Skull section of this comic is finished, and I can sit down and read it all in one sitting, it will be a no brainer 5/5 for me. As this stands as a single issue, I have a few small problems with the story and it's a bit jumpy for me. However, this is a fantastic issue, and a big departure from the other DC books on the shelves. It's brilliant in so many ways. If we could give half stars away, it would be a 4.5/5.Moore and Harris make a wonderful team, and overall, I highly recommend picking up this issue, as well as the first one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Judge Dredd #1

Nov 21, 2012

JUDGE DREDD 1 is a fantastic start to a new series that embraces the old and adds a dash new to the series. If you've ever been interested in getting started in the world of Judge Dredd, this is a good place to jump on. It's extremely new reader friendly. The writing is very solid on both stories and so is the art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Judge Dredd #2

Dec 19, 2012

Just like issue one of JUDGE DREDD, the first story was fantastic, but the back-up had a few problems in the art department. I really like how this book has two stories in it, and how it's gradually building the Dredd world for new readers. Both stories are incredibly fun, and the art in Cover Me was awesome.I made this book a book to watch on Top of the Pile and I stand firmly by that, since I think Sweirczynski is doing some awesome things here. Overall, I recommend this issue."Cover Me" - 4/5"The Good Parts" - 3/5JUDGE DREDD #2 gets 4 Drokks out of 5

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Judge Dredd #3

Jan 23, 2013

I'm a big fan of this new JUDGE DREDD series, but this issue is by far the best yet. Both stories were incredibly enjoyable and both had some fantastic art. I was a little confused by the time line for both stories and I wasn't a fan of the cat meme reference. However, I thought the look through Judge Tarjay's eyes was a compelling story, and I cannot wait to see next month's issue.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Judge Dredd #4

Feb 20, 2013

IDW's JUDGE DREDD book is a great way to introduce American readers to this character. It's essentially a Dredd gateway drug. We get two very good stories by writer Duane Swierczynski, that take a look at different sides of the future way of life in Mega City One."We've Got You Now" - 3/5"Fugitive Daze" - 5/5Overall, I still highly recommend this issue and this series, but if you're new jump on at issue one, and if you can't get that one from your LCS, pick up issue three.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Judge Dredd #6

Apr 17, 2013

JUDGE DREDD has been a fantastic series so far, and I really like what Swierczynski is doing with this property. While I wasn't the biggest fan of the back-up story here, the art was fantastic, and the same goes with the opening story as well. This is a great book for old and new Dredd fans alike.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Judge Dredd #7

May 22, 2013

The issue was a bit of a disappointment for me. The JUDGE DREDD series has been on quite the roll, and while I enjoyed the overall issue, I felt it was a tad disjointed and trying to hard to jump back to an unresolved story that happening in issue 3. It was something I didn't really remember and I needed a refresher. However, Swierczyski's writing is solid. I like his dialogue and overall tone in the issue and I love Daniel's art. This is a great creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Judge Dredd: Year One #1

Mar 20, 2013

JUDGE DREDD: YEAR ONE is seriously fun. It's gritty, dark, and exactly what I'd want from a contemporary Dredd book. The art and writing team here are fantastic, and while the title doesn't explain how or why Dredd became who he is, this is still a good look into the first year of Dredd as a Judge. Honestly, I'm very surprised how good this book is because at times, companies can over-franchise books, and usually when that happens, they sacrifice quality just to get books onto the shelf. We have the exact opposite here. As first issues go, JUDGE DREDD: YEAR ONE is a better book than IDW's JUDGE DREDD (which is also a fantastic book). Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Judge Dredd: Year One #2

Apr 24, 2013

Overall, JUDGE DREDD: YEAR ONE #2 is an incredibly cool book that ends up being a big game changer and more than just an "early years" book. I'm for sure on board now for the rest of the series. The writing is very solid and the art is fantastic here. On the downside, I wasn't too keen on Dredd's decision on the final pages of this issue. It seemed out of character and brash. And, just like I said last time, the title of this book doesn't reflect its contents.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Jurassic Park: Dangerous Games #4

Dec 7, 2011

Jurassic Park: Dangerous Games is my new guilty pleasure book. I'm not saying it's a bad book by any means. It's a middle-of-the-road book that makes up for its not-so-great elements with an immense amount of fun. Did you like the movie Jurassic Park? Do you like people riding dinosaurs? Do you like survival stories? Do you like raptors taking the elevator? (Yes, that happens in this issue) If so, you truly will like this book. It's a book you can read while sitting in the easy chair and sip a glass of your favorite drink. While it's only a 3 out of 5, I recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #16

Jan 23, 2013

JUSTICE LEAGUE 16 is a dynamite cross-over and Throne of Atlantis is shaping up to be a lot more epic than anyone could have imagined. It's going to bring a lot of heroes in the DCU together, and it may break a lot of relationships as well.While I truly enjoyed this book, and I didn't have any real problems with it, I didn't find myself loving it as much as I thought I would. I felt a tad bit let down, but oh well. It was still a dynamite issue regardless of that.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League (2011) #17

Feb 20, 2013

I am extremely satisfied with the conclusion of Throne of Atlantis. It was much better than I could have ever imagined. It's awesome, and you should read it. The art is great. The writing is great. The story is not what I expected it to be. It's not a perfect book, but it's one of my favorites of the month.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #18

Mar 20, 2013

JUSTICE LEAGUE #18 is a pretty down the middle issue. The art is ok. The story is ok. Nothing really wowed me here. I like seeing these heroes act like normal human beings, and I liked seeing some of the DCU characters that aren't currently involved in other books. Two out of the three recruits for the Justice League are a swell idea. I don't mention the back-up because, as I've said before on the CV Podcast, I'm not a fan. Gary Frank's art is nice, but I don't care for how the story is being set up. On the confusing side of things, why is Aquaman hanging out with the Justice League? Isn't he leading Atlantis?This was a down the middle issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #21

Jun 26, 2013

I want Billy, and friends, to have their own on-going series... as long as Johns is writing it and Frank is drawing it. While this isn't a JUSTICE LEAGUE issue, per se, and I wasn't too pleased with how Black Adam was handled at the end of the issue, everything else about this issue was an A . Gary Frank really does something special here with his art. Even if you haven't been reading JUSTICE LEAGUE, at all, I'd still say go pick this one up. Sure, you'd be a bit confused with what's going on, but you'll have a good understanding of the story and its characters by the end of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League (2011) #22

Jul 10, 2013

I had high expectations for this book because I'm such a fan of JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK, THE PHANTOM STRANGER, and PANDORA. That section of the DC Universe is by far my favorite part. Luckily, this book did not disappoint me. It's a blast. Johns, along the other creative types that worked on Trinity War, has a great start to what seems to be a worthwhile cross-over. JUSTICE LEAGUE #22 is the start to something great. Sure, something big and controversial happens here, but that's not what the book, as a whole is about. Take it for what it is, the centerpiece of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #29

Apr 16, 2014

JUSTICE LEAGUE #29 is fun and pretty good, but not great. It provides a story that is much more suited for brand new readers than anything else, since it feels more like recap and reintroductions rather than brand new story. The last portion of this book was a bit silly, but overall, readers do get the fight they're waiting for and it is a bit of fun. The art is pretty solid throughout, but the colors of Reis really shine here. Overall, it was an ok read and gets a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #34

Oct 1, 2014

There's a lot of great things happening in JUSTICE LEAGUE #34, but there's also a lot of just "so-so" moments. For me, the issue breaks the 4-star barrier, but not by much. The scenes with Power Ring and Flash were awesome, as well as anything involving the Rogues. The art is both hit and miss for me, as a fan of Scott Kolins work. He's at the top of his game here, but I feel he lost a bit of what attracted me to him, as an artist, in the first place. Overall, it was a solid issue and sets up the rest of the story pretty dang well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #40

Apr 29, 2015

JUSTICE LEAGUE #40 is a pretty big info dump. Luckily, it's done pretty dang well and does a fantastic job at getting the reader excited for the upcoming Darkseid War. More than anything, it's really nice to have this book during this month as a break from CONVERGENCE. It's a breath of fresh air and gives readers something to look forward to. I highly recommend check this out this week just so you can take a break from the event.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League (2011) #49

Apr 27, 2016

JUSTICE LEAGUE #49 does a stellar job at building on this epic story while getting readers ready for the finale. It's exciting, without being a whole issue of people punching each other. Dialogue is the driving force of the book and Johns keeps everything moving through that while developing some newer characters in some key moments. This is one of the best comics this week, and I highly recommend you check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League Dark #0

Sep 26, 2012

This is one of the top issue 0s that DC has put out. JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK 0 is a fantastic jump on point for new readers and reintroduces the world to two characters most people know but may not be too familliar with: Constantine and Zatanna. It's a fantastic story from start to finish.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Dark #5

Jan 25, 2012

Like I said, it's a middle road book. Nothing really bad about it and nothing really great about it. I'm hoping the next story line will offer a bit more, especially to new reader, since I don't feel this is a new reader friendly book. The issue wraps up the story pretty well and the art and writing are pretty solid. However, Xanadu is annoyingly whiny and naggy and I just don't care for some of the members of this team. Overall, I'll say you may want to skip this issue unless you're a fan of one of the characters in this book or a fan one of them members of the creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League Dark #12

Aug 22, 2012

What a fantastic issue, and what a fantastic series since Lemire took over. I love everything he's putting into this book and how the line between DC and Vertigo elements is becoming so blurred. This book has wonderful writing on it as well as wonderful art. It's a match made in Limbo.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League Dark #13

Oct 24, 2012

I love JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK. Since Jeff Lemire has taken over this book, it's become one of my favorites at DC. This is a fantastic issue where we get to see one house chase another through Limbo. Sure, that's not all that happened, but it's my favorite moment of the week. We get to see some great fight scenes here and this issue ends on a bit of a downer. The writing and art are top notch. I highly recommend you go back and pick up issue 9 to get caught up. This issue is my pick of the week!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #15

Jan 2, 2013

JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK continues to be a fantastic book that incorporates lesser known elements from the DC universe into a well-written, well-drawn book. While I am not the biggest fan that this book jumps from location to location a bit too quickly for me, I loved the issue and I can put up with that as long as JLD keeps being this good.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #16

Jan 30, 2013

JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK 16 is another hit! This is a side of the DC Universe so many Vertigo fans want to see in the mainstream books. Writers Jeff Lemire & Ray Fawkes are doing some unbelievably fantastic things on this book, and it will suck you right in. Artist Mikel Janin is also a huge part of what makes this issue (and series) so good, since he "kills it" every month. My only problems with the issue was the Face Off creature in the beginning. I was just a little annoyed that it's in the book. Also, I never can understand why someone who can't lie still has to give away important information. This is another one of those times where I really wish we had 1/2 stars.Overall, I highly recommend this series and issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Dark #18

Mar 27, 2013

Even a mediocre issue of JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK is better than any other book with "Justice" in its title. It is still a very good issue, but the ending was a bit of a let down. I'm very excited to continue on with this series though, and Lemire and Fawkes has done a great job with the writing so far. Janin's art is amazing here, and we get treated to some beautiful fight scenes.Overall, I give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League Dark #19

Apr 24, 2013

JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK continues to be one of my favorite DC books on the shelves, right now. This new story line is extremely promising and I love the reveal at the end. While Janin didn't do all the art himself of this book, the finishes of Vicente Cifuentes and the colors of Jeromy Cox were a great touch to the overall issue. Having Flash on the cover didn't really reflect what was going on in the overall issue, but this was the best gate fold cover so far, in terms of actually making sense with the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League Dark #22

Jul 24, 2013

Trinity War is awesome. I'm super-pleased with how this event is going. This issue really defines what the title Trinity War means and where it's going. I loved Lemire's and Janin's depiction of Wonder Woman and Superman here. JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK continues to be my favorite team book, and the tie-in works so well. I had a couple of minor complaints about The Question and Aquaman's involvement, but aside from that, this was one fantastic issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Dark #23.2

Sep 18, 2013

Overall, JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK ECLIPSO was an ok issue. Storywise, it's ok. Gordon isn't the most thrilling character and his backstory was so-so; however, the art here, minus one problematic area, was stellar. The way this team executed these pages was brilliant and it really spiced this issue up. I'm curious to see how Eclipso will work as a Justice League Dark villain, but we'll have to wait and see. Overall, I give this issue a mild recommendation, mainly because these page layouts are incredibly cool.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #24

Oct 23, 2013

JUSTICE LEAGUE DARK may have a new writer, but it's still an awesome book. J.M. DeMatteis provides a fun and somber issue here that will have you wanting more. Janin and Cox do some fantastic work on the art here, and even though I'm not the biggest fan of Nightmare Nurse, I really like the direction this is heading and the set-up for Blight. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League International (2011) #1

Sep 7, 2011

I didn't expect every single new 52 book to be a home run. While this book may be an amazing place to start reading JLI, meaning you need almost no background info to enjoy it, readers may find a bit of fault in the dated art and writing, even though I personally like the writing. If you love Booster Gold, you'll definitely like the part he plays in the book; however, you'll miss out on the Booster/Ted Kord dynamic from the older series. Everything comes together a tad too quickly in this issue, and while it was fun overall, it left me feeling like I missed out on something. I recommend this book, but be aware it's not the hit many of us hoped for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League of America (2013) #7

Aug 14, 2013

Trinity War has been a very satisfying event, thus far, and JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #7 delivers a fantastic part to this overall story. Writers Geoff Johns and Jeff Lemire continue to present the reader an interesting and compelling read. While there were a ton of inkers and colors on this book, there was only one problematic page because of it and Doug Mahnke's art was overall very solid work. If you've been enjoying Trinity War so far, you'll really enjoy this issue as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League United #1

May 14, 2014

On paper, the idea of this book had a few fans scratching their head. However, the execution of this book is one heck of a fun ride. It is so refreshing to have a Justice League book that is actually fun to read but isn't trying to be a humor book. Lemire takes a step away from his normal story tone and gives readers something incredibly entertaining that they will not want to put down. JUSTICE LEAGUE UNITED #1 is a book you need to pick up this week, even if you missed the #0 issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League United #2

Jun 11, 2014

JUSTICE LEAGUE UNITED is still setting up the story for the series, but Jeff Lemire is doing a fine job here in issue #2. There's a few problems with driving the point home that Byth is evil, and the fact that Supergirl's appearance feels a bit forced, but aside from those two things, JLU is a very fun book, which is something DC really needed. At times, it's funny, but overall, the art and writing are wonderful and provide a great home for these characters. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League: Darkseid War: Batman #1

Oct 28, 2015

DARKSEID WAR: BATMAN was interesting, to say the least. It really delves into the mind of Bruce Wayne and what he'd do with absolute knowledge. There are some moments that are a little bit of a head scratcher and un-Batman-like, but it's hard to make a final judgement on that because we don't know what the Mobius Chair does to the people sitting in it. Overall, this is a nice addition to one of the best Justice League stories in years.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League: Darkseid War: Special #1

Apr 6, 2016

The Darkseid War Special was fun and gave a lot more depth to both Jessica Cruz and Grail. You don't have to read this if you're following the main storyline, but it's highly recommended, as it fleshes out Grail and Cruz as characters, while building a little bit on the plot. The art is great but Sinclair's colorwork is the shining star here. If you've been loving Darkseid War, check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Rebirth #1

Jul 6, 2016

Overall, Justice League Rebirth offers a pretty good starter issue for those who have been out of the DC loops for the past few years. However, longtime readers will find this issue to be "more of the same," with very little pushing the new series forward, aside from new members joining the team. It tells a story that feels a bit too large for one issue. It's a down the middle of the road book. It's not bad. It's not great, but it does make us very curious as to where Hitch is going to go from here, and that's a good thing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
KISS #1

Jun 13, 2012

Oh boy. This one was a tough one for me. I'm a KISS fan, but I just didn't like KISS in this comic. I like the concepts and ideas, but seeing the band didn't feel right. There's an incredible amount of creative talent on this book from Igle and Rydall.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kiss Kids #1

Aug 21, 2013

Whether you're into KISS, trying to get your kid into KISS, or you're bored, KISS KIDS is an incredibly fun read for all ages. The creative team on this book is fantastic, and while it's a bit jarring that these stories are only one to two pages long, in the end it's a very strong all ages book. However, you don't have to be a KISS fan to appreciate this title. If you're looking for a fun read, then this is the book for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Klaus #2

Dec 16, 2015

KLAUS is an intriguing concept that delivers a fun story, with some darker undertones. Grant Morrison and Dan Mora provide an entertaining and thrilling issue that continues to build the mythos of Klaus. BOOM! Studios has something awesome here that is great to read for the holiday season.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legendary Star-Lord #9

Feb 18, 2015

The newest chapter of Black Vortex is a bit of fun and puts one of the classic X-Men character into a new costume for the event, which is incredibly cool looking. The art and writing are fantastic for the issue, but where this issue of STAR-LORD drops the ball a bit is letting the readers know why these characters find the Black Vortex to be such a threat. Regardless, this is a fun issue and fans of the Kitty and Peter relationship are going to want to read this, as there seem to be some trouble in paradise here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legendary Star-Lord #11

Apr 15, 2015

Surprisingly, Black Vortex has been pretty great, with only one issue to go. I say "surprisingly" because the past few events and cross-overs and floundered towards the end of the story, but Black Vortex still has my attention. The writing is delightful and the art is near perfection. The only problem with this chapter is that is services the story between Kitty and Peter more than the story for the Black Vortex. Regardless, you should still check this one out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Legendary Star-Lord #12

May 13, 2015

If you're looking for a great comic to read that also has the Collector crying, then this is the issue for you. Sure, Peter and Kitty aren't a part of the issue, but the Victoria and Collector story stands on its own and it's actually an incredibly fun issue with a great sense of humor, minus the flashback scenes. Those are actually a bit depressing, but give better insight into Victoria and J-Son's relationship. I cannot wait to see what's in store for Peter and Kitty post-Secret Wars, as well as J-Son and Victoria. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #1

Sep 21, 2011

It's not a bad book, but it's not great either. It's a little bit less than "down the middle." Legion isn't the most accessible comic, and this book doesn't really help at all. In fact, that's my major complaint. I've wanted to get into L.O.S.H. for a while, and every time I pick up an issue I'm utterly confused. The art style is great, and the actual dialogue is good, but this the story is so jump and it's a disappointing first issue. Let's just see how the next couple issues turn out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Li'l Battlestar Galactica #1

Jan 15, 2014

Obviously, expecting a big, in-depth story from a one-shot is a lot, especially if it's one of these "Li'l" books. However, this issue, while it was a ton of fun, failed to hit the mark and is down the middle of the road. Seeing Art and Franco take control of these characters was really cool and it was very entertaining, but there's not much to it. If you're an Art and Franco fan, pick this book up; otherwise, you may want to pass.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Li'l Vampi #1

Jan 8, 2014

LI'L VAMPI is a ton of fun. Sure, there's some folks out there who don't like the "li'l-cizing" of their favorite characters, but those folks just don't know how to have a good time. Dynamite has something special here, and this is something I'd love to see as a mini-series or on-going, as long as Agnes Garbowski is attached. Pick this up for yourself of you kid, they'll have a ton of fun with it. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lobo (2014) #1

Oct 1, 2014

LOBO was a little bit of a let down. I was very excited for this new series, and while what was presented wasn't bad by any means, it didn't live up to expectations. However, there is a ton of potential in this series and it's worth picking up at least the first half of this arc to see how things go. I'll give this a recommendation, but with the hope this is going to be great because of Bunn and Brown are the creative team here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Loki: Agent of Asgard #1

Feb 3, 2014

LOKI: AGENT OF ASGARD isn't without its faults. Sure, the story may feel a tad forced and just a way for the hyper-popular Loki to get his own book, but I found myself really loving what is going on, and I'm normally not a fan of anything Asgard. This was an incredibly fun read, and while it be pretty easy to toss this book a 4/5, I can't remember the last time a creative team made me enjoy a character I normally couldn't care less about. Ewing and Garbett deliver a very new reader friendly book with an ending that will have readers very excited. It's easy to get hooked on this book, if you're new. Overall, I'd recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Loki: Agent of Asgard #2

Mar 5, 2014

While the last issue was a 5/5 for me, this one gets a 4, even though I liked it more than the first issue. The problem is that the tone feels so different from that first issue and readers are missing out on what the last issue left us with. However, if this series keeps in tone with this issue, Ewing has a dynamite series on his hands. Try this book out. It's a lot of fun and has an extremely interesting concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Loki: Agent of Asgard #3

Apr 2, 2014

LOKI: AGENT OF ASGARD #3 isn't a bad issue by any means, but it's a bit of a lull in the series. Those who picked up this issue, who aren't well-versed in everything Asgard may feel a bit lost in the shuffle, and Loki's history being rewritten is a bit tough to swallow. However, the overall series shows a ton of promise, so while this issue wasn't one of my favorite reads because I'm one of those people that isn't a huge Asgardian fan, this is still an incredibly intriguing book and one to keep on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lost Vegas #1

Mar 6, 2013

Issue one of LOST VEGAS is a very solid start. It's an interesting concept that is executed extremely well. The story may be a little much to handle, but overall, it's very intriguing. McCann and Lee have what seems like to be a top notch book on the shelves here. I love the story and the concept, and the art is brilliant, even if I had a few problems with it here and there.Overall, I highly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lost Vegas #3

May 29, 2013

LOST VEGAS is a science fiction series with some brilliant ideas that has the same problem many other science fiction series have, and that's throwing too much foreign ideas at the reader too quickly. There's this very fine balance with sci-fi where you need to over-explain things to a certain extent, but not too much where we feel overburdened with exposition. This issue did both of those things. It's a tough genre to master, but this is still a good book overall. It's compelling and there's a few concepts in here that I love.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Magneto (2014) #1

Mar 4, 2014

The majority of the time, when a member of the X-Men gets their own solo book, it lacks purpose and direction. It feels like a cash grab, waiting to fizzle out into cancellation. MAGNETO is a book with a purpose and it feels right. This first issue really sticks with the reader because of the tone and it blew me away. This book has a very talented writing and art team behind it. This first issue really grabs you, and while there are a few small problems, like what's going on with Mangeto's powers and it being tough to swallow that Magneto is a bit of a Punisher archetype, the overall book is still fantastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Magneto (2014) #2

Apr 2, 2014

MAGNETO is a book you don't expect but one that you need. It's so different from the rest of Marvel's books, as it comes off as a street-level, gritty, detective book and not the super-hero/villain book fans would expect this character to star in. Cullen Bunn has crafted something special here that is far more appealing than the solicits make it out to be. Walta and Bellaire do a phenomenal job with the art. This is quickly becoming one of my top reads at Marvel. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magneto (2014) #3

May 7, 2014

It's hard to pick a book from these new Marvel #1s to call "my favorite," but MAGNETO is up there. It has a look and feel that distinctly sets it apart from the rest of the Marvel universe with a compelling character involved in an intriguing detective story with a bit of brutal violence thrown into the mix. This is a series more people should jump on. It's haunting and mesmerizing. Go buy it, now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Magneto (2014) #4

May 21, 2014

MAGNETO #4 is one fantastic read. It let's readers really get into the head of one of Marvel's most infamous villains and follows him on a journey to avenge his follow people. The book is brutal, sad, and hopeful all at the same time. Bunn, Fernandez, and Bellaire have crafted quite an extremely intriguing book that makes you feel for this character and look at him in a whole new light. Hopefully, this series continues to impress as it has the past four issues. Overall, I highly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magneto (2014) #6

Jul 2, 2014

MAGNETO continues to be an adventure through brutality to those who deserve it. If you're looking for a book that can be described as "wrath," then this is for you. Cullen Bunn is doing an incredible job with this series and this character and I love that he's embracing particular moments from Magneto's past. The biggest problem with the book is that the color isn't up to par and there's a couple small problems with the art, but all-in-all, MAGNETO is one hell of a series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magneto (2014) #7

Jul 16, 2014

MAGNETO is a book you can't put down. It's exciting and an adventure you know you shouldn't be seeing, but you can't look away. This issue tones down the violence and brutality a bit, but it's still an incredibly engaging read. The biggest problem, overall, is the jumpiness of the art. There's two different artists and two different colorists and they do not mesh well together at all. However, overall this is a fantastic series and anyone who has ever been a fan of Magento should be reading this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magnus: Robot Fighter #1

Mar 12, 2014

MAGNUS: ROBOT FIGHTER #1 is a great start to a new series that is a ton of fun to read. Van Lente does a phenomenal job at setting this book up and readers will really love how this issue, as a whole, plays out. Obviously, Magnus is fighting some robots here, which many people will be looking out for, but what's most important is that this is a great start to a brand new series. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Manifest Destiny #4

Feb 12, 2014

MANIFEST DESTINY #4 is one of those bizarre cases where the book isn't a 3/5, but it's not good enough to get that shove to 4/5, and since we don't deal in half stars at CV, it get's a 3. While the overall story is still very good, there were some pacing problems here as well as the fact that a major action sequence, which would have been amazing, was cut down to one splash page. In fact, this book really didn't start getting exciting until those final few pages. MANIFEST DESTINY is still a phenomenal book, but this particular issue was down the middle of the road.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Manifest Destiny #8

Jul 16, 2014

What I find myself loving about this issue of MANIFEST DESTINY and the series as a whole is that it's a great, yet bizarre, re-imagining of American history and a really intriguing series. It's hard to put down, even though the issue feels like it moves a bit slower than most other series. This is a top pick book though and it's great to see Roberts and Gieni redesign creatures we all know to be these horrific, monstrous beings capable of killing people any time they want. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Manifest Destiny #9

Aug 20, 2014

MANIFEST DESTINY #9 is a bit slow, but it's still a great read. The group is stuck and there's not too much for the to do, which results in an issue not as enjoyable as its predecessors. However, overall, the story of Lewis and Clark discovering new, over-sized monsters is still one of my favorite reads each month and it's nice to see there's threats all over this new world, not just o the river for this arc. I highly recommend checking out MANIFEST DESTINY. It's unique, weird, and engaging. It will quickly become one of your favorite month-to-month reads.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Manifest Destiny #12

Dec 17, 2014

This is easily the best issue of MANIFEST DESTINY yet. A lot happens here and there's a lot to take in, but it's not overwhelming. The new reveals really change the perspective of the series and its characters. This book is plotted out insanely well and it's great to continue to be surprised by a series a year in. There's still mystery and the book still captivates. MANIFEST DESTINY continues to be one of my favorite on-going series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Manifest Destiny #13

Feb 18, 2015

What this issue of MANIFEST DESTINY does well is set up the next arc after quite the tremendous issue the month prior. It may be a decent place for new readers to jump on, but folks reading since the opening act might find this issue a tad lackluster. It almost feels like this issue is following a repeating formula. Regardless of that, the character development is the focus and it's done extremely well. On top of that, the coloring and art are beautiful, and MANIFEST DESTINY continues to be one of my favorite on-going series. I highly suggest buying the first two trades of this series and jumping on while you can!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mars Attacks #1

Jun 20, 2012

Mars Attacks is a fun book. That's the best way to describe it. While I truly enjoyed this front to back and had a dumb grin while reading it, Mars Attacks simply entertains the reader. I loved the tongue-and-cheek feel to this book and I really enjoyed the narration. This issue is a great set-up for future issues and I loved how this book revolves around one of the Martians and not a human.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Mars Attacks The Real Ghostbusters #1

Jan 16, 2013

While the idea of Mars Attacks Ghostbusters is extremely cool, it just doesn't work too well on paper, especially in this one-shot format. I enjoyed the opening here, and Burnham's writing was fun, but the pacing was a too quick, and I think this book would have worked a whole lot better in a 3 issue mini-series in order to slow down the pacing a bit, and to give this story a real sense of danger. I also had a problem with the inking in the last act of the book. It got a bit too heavy on the faces of some of the guys, and in a few cases, it didn't match the light source.Overall, I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Martian Manhunter (2015) #3

Aug 19, 2015

MARTIAN MANHUNTER is probably the biggest surprise to come out of the post-CONVERGENCE DC Universe. It's a series that has it's own look and feel and tonally, is one of the most interesting things on the shelf. The biggest problem with the issue is that it throws almost too much at the reader for a single issue. In trade, this will play out a little better, most likely. However, MARTIAN MANHUNTER is hauntingly good and plays upon lots of fears that everyone has, while telling a really good DC story about an underrated character.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Martian Manhunter (2015) #4

Sep 16, 2015

MARTIAN MANHUNTER is a series fans need to check out. It's highly underrated and doing something very different. It's an alien invasion story that grasps on to the horror elements and doesn't let go. This is one of the best books in the DCYou line-up that takes a lot of huge risks that are seeming to pay off. This was another amazing issue. Don't trade wait. Get on this series, month to month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Masks #1

Nov 28, 2012

MASKS 1 is a great start and what's even better is that anyone can pick this up and read it. You don't need to be reading GREEN HORNET, THE SHADOW, ZORRO, or THE SPIDER to fully appreciate these characters and this story. I really like the collaboration between Roberson and Ross here. I think they're a perfect fit for this world and story. It was great to see Alex Ross work on interiors again, and I loved his design of the Agents. However, I felt like the team coming together was a tad forced, especially when The Spider popped in.Overall, this issue was brilliant and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Masters of the Universe (2012): The Origin of Hordak #1

Jun 12, 2013

Overall, I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Men of War #2

Oct 5, 2011

Men of War, overall, is one of my personal favorites, but just the Men of War story. I don't care for the Navy Seals back-ups. I love the fact DC has some non-super hero/non-mystic comics, even though we get a taste of meta-human making their way into the book, which strangely I enjoyed. I feel like this book is very new reader friendly and caters very well to people who don't understand military terminology. I'm very excited to continue reading this book, even though I didn't like this one as much as the first issue. I recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Men of Wrath #1

Sep 30, 2014

MEN OF WRATH mixes murder and mystery without all that murder-mystery getting in the way. It's a gritty book that doesn't hold anything back but spends time developing the book's characters and the world, rather than just giving the reader shock after shock. Jason Aaron has another hit on his hands, and hopefully, more people pick up this book. Garney and Milla provide some amazing art, and while the final page isn't a giant shock, this book offers a lot to keep readers invested. I highly recommend checking this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #1

Mar 2, 2016

There's always a little worrying when a beloved property gets picked up to become a comic book series; however, Power Rangers is off to a tremendous start. Aside from providing an interesting and very cool story, the issue is fun, and I want more now. This is obviously a labor of love for Kyle Higgins, and it shows. The only problem comes from the artist side of things, where the outlining style gets a little weird at times, but aside from that, I highly recommend checking this series out. A quick note: Kimberly never says "Oh no, Puttys!" It's a bummer but forgivable, since this issue was awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #1

May 7, 2014

Since the reboot of the Ultimate books, fans have had a hard time finding something to cling to since ULTIMATES and ULTIMATE FF do not meet the high expectations in both story and art. Luckily, MILES MORALES is the book Ultimate

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #3

Jul 2, 2014

MILES MORALES: THE ULTIMATE SPIDER-MAN sets the bar high for super-hero books. It does an amazing job at balancing super-hero elements while keeping the series relatively grounded. We finally get the return of Norman Osborn who is destructive as ever and while the big pay off will be in the next issue, the build up here is near perfect. Everything about this series is top notch and it's a series that needs to be on readers' pull lists everywhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #4

Aug 6, 2014

MILES MORALES #4 gives fans a fight, but puts a hold on a few of the sub-plots/mysteries that made the kick off to this series amazing. The issue is a ton of fun and has some gorgeous artwork, and it's still one of Marvel's top books, month after month. If you haven't been reading this series, what are you waiting for? Mile Morales is the greatest Spider-Man ever. I said it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #5

Sep 17, 2014

MILES MORALES finally gets back to the lingering story lines that fans have been clamoring for more of. Bendis does a phenomenal job with the writing by giving readers some wonderful, dialogue driven scenes. Marquez and Ponsor kill it on the art, as always and make this one visually exciting book. Almost everything about this issue was a gigantic hit. I cannot recommend this series enough. MILES MORALES: THE ULTIMATE SPIDER-MAN is easily one of Marvel's best series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #6

Oct 15, 2014

MILES MORALES is one of the top on-going series in comics right now. Sure, there's a few problems with how these mysteries are being revealed and pacing, at times, is rough, but the overall story is incredibly compelling and the art is fantastic. It's at a point where this has become my favorite Spider-Man title and Miles Morales is my favorite Spider-Man. I highly recommend checking this series out. You won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #7

Nov 12, 2014

What this issue offers readers is brutality but not just for brutality's sake. Norman Osborn is a villain that must be stopped and watching the events unfold was incredibly exciting. The book's direction is a bit more apparent here and those who have felt the series become frustrating will find themselves a bit more relieved. This book has a top notch creative team behind it featuring one of Marvel's best new characters, so the future is bright for Miles Morales. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #8

Dec 17, 2014

The direction MILES MORALES is taking is really cool. Going back through Jefferson's past, when he met Nick Fury, is a cool little addition to the series. The biggest problem with the issue is the coloring and the art. It feels a bit off and way too dark for the book. While I appreciate Ponsor trying a new technique, it's not working. The next issue is sure to offer a lot more in the way of story, so I recommend picking this up and staying with the book a few ore issues, especially if you love the crime syndicate part of the Marvel universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #10

Feb 18, 2015

This is the best issue of MILES MORALES we've had in quite some time. For the first time in months, it didn't feel messy. We get back to the Spider-Robbers story, finally, and for the first time in a long while, Miles gets a bit of down time to get his affairs in order. This all leads up to a fantastic final page, which will reel readers in for the final two issues of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Mister Terrific #3

Nov 9, 2011

I'm passionate about this book because I'm a big Mr Terrific and JSA fan. While it's nice to see this character get some love from DC, it stinks that they wouldn't put a stronger creative team on this book. DC has alluded that this is the first Earth-2 book, which may feature more JSA members (and Huntress, which is currently out), but if all the books are on the same level as this one, I don't want them. While I enjoyed the foreground art and the end of the issue, I essentially hated everything else. This may have become my least favorite book of the new 52... featuring one of my favorite characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2011) #4

Aug 3, 2011

Out of ALL the recent on-going titles relaunched at Marvel, including today's release of Punisher, this is by far the best of the litter. It has one of the best art and writing teams at Marvel, it delves into the life of a not so popular Marvel character but takes him to a whole new level, and frankly, the book is a lot of fun. '

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2011) #6

Oct 5, 2011

I've said this is my current favorite on-going book at Marvel, right? If not, I'm saying it now. I love this book. Bendis and Maleev are the only creative team ever to work on a Moon Knight book where I thought to myself, "I couldn't ask for anything more." I love Maleev's consistent and solid art work on this issue. The introduction of the real Captain America, Spider-Man, and Wolverine lead to a really cool one-page reaction from Marc Spector. There's not much Moon Knight in this issue, and the book feels a tad unbalanced because it focuses mostly on Maya and Marc's relationship, but other than that, it's a great read. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2016) #6

Sep 7, 2016

Moon Knight is a weird book, but it's a wonderfully nice break from the current Civil War II storyline happening throughout the majority of Marvel's monthly books. It's different. It tells its own story without being roped into whatever else is going on. It's has a unique voice as a comic that tells a story in ways we've never seen before at Marvel. It's not perfect, but it's one of the coolest series of 2016, right up there with Tom King's Vision. Lemire and companies take on Marc Spector isn't traditional, but don't let that scare you away from this fantastic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Morbius: The Living Vampire (2013) #1

Jan 2, 2013

Not the best start for a new series, but a pretty good issue none-the-less. The writing is extremely solid and fun, and the art does it justice. I like this version of Morbius, but I don't like the fact the arrogant part of him has disappeared. This is a great jump-on point for new readers and not just because it's the start of a new series. This issue gives a quick recap of the character's origin and history. My biggest complaint is that the first issue didn't really grab me, but regardless, this issue is on my pull list now, and I am excited to see this series progress.Overall, I mildly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Morbius: The Living Vampire (2013) #2

Feb 20, 2013

While I may be a bit down the middle on this story and the world Morbius has stepped into, I have to say this is an incredibly interesting book. Yeah, it's a bit farther off than what we're used to for a Marvel book, but it's good, and it's a new take on the world of Morbius. The creative team on this book is strong, and it's on my pull list for sure. The only real problem I have with this issue is I'm just not sold on it. I don't really know where it's heading or what this is going to be about. Is this a vigilante book or is it going to be something bigger?Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Mortal Kombat X #1

Jan 6, 2015

In the past, books, films, television, and even some games with "Mortal Kombat" slapped onto the title have sucked, for the most part. What Mortal Kombat X does well is that it's a labor of love written by someone who loves the mythos and understands it but can still present it to a mainstream audience. This first issue is a success and even die-hard, hardcore MK fans will love this. The talent on this issue it top notch and if you're a MK fan, this is a must read. DC Digital has yet another hit on their hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mortal Kombat X #2

Jan 12, 2015

The second issue of MORTAL KOMBAT X didn't have the same one-two-punch of the first issue, but it still was a great read. There's great moments of action and horror as Kittelsen, Soy, and Gandini take the reader on a journey through the vast world of Mortal Kombat. This is a good series for anyone to jump on as you don't need to know much about this franchise to enjoy this series. Do you know Scorpion, Sub-Zero, and Raiden exist? Then you'll be fine. MORTAL KOMBAT X continues to entertain and it looks like DC picked up a franchise and has a hit on their hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mortal Kombat X #3

Jan 19, 2015

I'm not surprised that MORTAL KOMBAT X can hold a reader's attention without them feeling alienated due to the dense mythology and backstory that comes along with it. Kittelsen is obviously a fan of this world and presents it to the reader in an easy to access way. On top of that, Soy and Gandini deliver some beautiful art too. If you're a fan of Mortal Kombat, there's no reason not to be reading this. It's only 99 cents and awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ms. Marvel (2014) #2

Mar 19, 2014

This is one of those cases where I've been blown away by the creative team. I've never really cared about Ms. Marvel, mainly because I feel like I never got a chance to know this character, but this character isn't truly Ms. Marvel, so I feel right on the front lines with the rest of the readers. Wilson has a way with making readers feel accepted into this book and firmly establishing a character before diving into any larger story. She's taking her time and readers will ultimately appreciate that. This is a series you should throw on your pull list because it's a great new take on Ms. Marvel.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ms. Marvel (2014) #5

Jun 25, 2014

MS MARVEL #5 balances new characters, new powers, and intriguing stories insanely well. Where most books tent to struggle, MS MARVEL stands high. Kamala is a character who is easy to connect with, since most folks reading comics all dreamed of being a hero one day. She's a great driving force of this book and Wilson has crafted such an exciting and fun book to read. If you haven't read this book yet, catch up or pick up the trade when it's released. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mudman #1

Nov 16, 2011

A great first issue. I loved Paul Grist's art in this book because it was so stylized, and Bill Crabtree's colors (colours). I also really liked that it takes place somewhere other than America because a change of scenery can be very nice. It's a fun and familiar story you will enjoy; however, it may feel a bit redundant because we've all read so many super-hero stories before. I recommend this book though. You'll have a good time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic #1

Nov 28, 2012

Here's the weird part. I would have never, in a million years, read this book if I wasn't assigned to review it; however, I'm really happy I did. I've never been a hater of the Brony movement or the show in general. It's just something that never appealed to me. I feel weird saying this, but this comic appeals to me. It's fun, zany, and it put a big, dumb smile on my face. I could sit back in my chair, give it a read through, and have a good time, and that's what reading comics should be about.I don't know how I feel about recommending this to the masses, but heck, if an old, cynical, heartless jerk like myself can find enjoyment in the wonderfully-drawn book, then everyone else should be able to as well, right?Overall, I learned that friendship is magic, and I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nailbiter #3

Jul 2, 2014

NAILBITER is a horror/mystery on par with great films from that genre. The story and its characters are compelling and the overall book will keep readers in suspense, engaged, and ready for future issues. The art is a great compliment to the story, and frankly, this is one of the strongest horror books on the shelves because while it may be a bit out there with the different serial killers, it has a realistic feel to it. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nailbiter #5

Sep 3, 2014

NAILBITER continues to be a thrilling and disturbing ride. This issue offers a few more answers about what's going on in Buckaroo, but it asks just as many new questions as well. Mike Henderso does a wonderful job on the art throughout the issue and gives the book a little light, since it's so dark. This is a book I highly recommend checking out especially if you love horror and mysteries.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nailbiter #12

May 6, 2015

Another very solid issue of NAILBITER. Issue to issue, this is a good book, but is works even better in trade. The second issue of this story gives the reader better insight into some of its characters while progressing the story. NAILBITER is always giving the reader more. It's got a great story, some solid shocks and a dynamic mixture of horror and mystery. Check this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nailbiter #15

Aug 5, 2015

This was a pretty huge issue and there was a lot going on in revealed in here. The book continues to be jaw-dropping, month after month. The biggest disappointment comes from the fact the book is on a break until October. It's only one month, but that's one month away where we won't know about how everything that ends here will play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nailbiter #20

Feb 3, 2016

It stinks that this book is going on a bit of a break, but it truly goes out on a high-note, in the most disturbing way possible. Williamson continues to grip the readers in with shock and awe with some tremendous art from Henderson and Guzowski. There are some moments here where the reader wish more would happen with the secrets of Buckaroo, but overall, this was a fantastic book and a series you need to read and catch up on, if you're missing out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nameless #1

Feb 4, 2015

The debut to NAMELESS is a bit out there and some of its concepts are a tough swallow at times, but it's a solid start to a series. There's a lot to love about this book and the first issue is intriguing. However, it almost feels like the reader is jumping into the middle of an arc of another book and things could be explained a bit better. This is obviously something that will read a lot better in trade. However, it's a solid issue to read and reread again and the visuals in this issue are stunning and memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
National Comics: Eternity #1

Jul 25, 2012

This is a great start to National Comics, and although we'll move on to a new character and creative team with the next issue, I hope it stays on this level for the rest of them. I love that this Kid Eternity book exists and I love that DC is bringing back some older characters and making them acceptable to newer readers. The creative team of Lemire, Hammer, Donovan, and Staples is fantastic here, and again, I hope they can do another Eternity book together.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers (2010) #6

Nov 10, 2010

Jump in on the next issue because a new storyline will be starting, and it's most likely going to be all mystical related stories. It should be pretty good, but as for this issue, you're really not missing too much other than the death of a character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2010) #25

Apr 25, 2012

I loved this issue, tie-in or not. There's some great new history to the world of Iron Fist added in here, and I love where the story is going. The art is stellar throughout the issue, and you'll want to read it over and over just for that. This is also a great tie-in to the overall arc of AvX. It's not essential info, but it gives a nice background to where we think AvX may lead us.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Mutants (2009) #36

Jan 18, 2012

I'm very pleased with this issue, especially as a new reader. This is an extremely fun book made up of a great team of characters I thought I never see again. This book, even though it was at the end of a story arc, did a great job of catching up new readers and making them feel comfortable. It also takes place in Chicago, a city that doesn't get too much limelight in comic books. The only real problems I had with this issue were that Warlock got annoying and this was the last issue featuring Blink, one of my favorite characters from my teenage years. Overall, I recommend this issue and this book. It's tons of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
New Mutants (2009) #37

Feb 8, 2012

New Mutants 37 is a prime example of what every comic needs now and then, a nice, fun fill-in issue that's just as good as the major story lines. This issue, even though it is an in-betweener, blew me away. I loved this simple and hilarious story line of Magma and Mephisto going on a date. We get to see a new side of Mephisto, which is incredibly likable and relate-able. The creative team on this issue is dynamite and the writing and art compliment each other perfectly. I know I said in the last issue that Warlock annoyed me, but I loved the few moments we got with him in here. I don't know if I'm weirdly in the Valentine's Day spirit or something, but this book tickled my heart strings and really brought me back to the days of awkward dates. I love this issue and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #7

Mar 21, 2012

Man, this book was epic. Is this the single best issue of Nightwing I've ever read? Yes. The minor things I didn't like about this book, like the small fact that it really helps to read Batman to get the full impact, are something I can easily overlook because of the pure awesomeness of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #8

Apr 18, 2012

Court of the Owls is starting off with a bang and is a story that every comic book fan should read. It redefines Nightwing as a character and what makes him the man he is today. This is a fantastic issue. I loved how this issue ties into the Batman issue and the story is so cool.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #12

Aug 15, 2012

I can't wait to see how this book continues on. Nightwing has been a very solid book thus far, and this issue sets up a lot of interesting future story lines. I enjoyed the Paragon tie back to earlier issues, and I really liked all one page of the Penguin here. The art team is fantastic, and I enjoyed their work throughout the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #16

Jan 23, 2013

- Pick of the Week!This issue blew me away. Not only was this story incredibly brilliant and a great read, it was disturbing in some new and fantastic ways. NIGHTWING 16 is incredibly shocking, but doesn't just rely on "oh look, your friends are dead" to get that effect.The art here is wonderful, and the violence is brutal. Once again, this is my favorite issue in the Death of the Family story line thus far. I demand you read this issue. It was brilliant in every way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #19

Apr 17, 2013

NIGHTWING #19 is a great place to start, new readers! If you've ever been interested in this book, find this one at your LCS. This is a brilliantly written and beautifully drawn book. It's a solid start to a detective story that has a fantastic balance of action and intrigue. Plus, it takes place in Chicago. Have I mentioned how happy I am about that yet? This is an awesome issue and the start to a fantastic new story line. Overall,

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #20

May 15, 2013

- Pick of the WeekI haven't given the "pick of the week" title to a book in quite a while, that I can remember, but I can't remember a time where something was so good that I read it two times, in one sitting, then wanted to read it again. The creative team on this book of Higgins, Booth, Rapmund, and Dalhouse is at the top of their game.Finally, this character and book feels separate from the shadow of the Bat, which is what it needs. Sure, this character was at one time the sidekick of Batman, but he's come so far, on his own, that he needs to be thought of as his own character, in his own world, not just Robin I. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series. If you plan on reading it, please go pick up issue 19 so you have a better understand of what is going on.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #21

Jun 12, 2013

Another awesome issue of NIGHTWING. This series, especially since Nightwing went on his own to Chicago, is one of my favorite super-hero books. The writing and art are top notch and this story is incredibly appealing to NIGHTWING readers new and old. While this issue didn't grab me as much as the last issue, I'm still loving the direction. I loved the fact that this decades old character continues to develop and become deeper, as he hunts down his parent's killer. This is a must have series and issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #22

Jul 10, 2013

It's another issue of NIGHTWING that delivers a fun and suspenseful story. I'm very excited to read this arc all in one sitting, even though it's great issue to issue. Will Conrad takes over and art and really delivers a great piece, except for some of the establishing shots of the city. Higgins is setting up an epic face-off between Nightwing and Prankster, who is becoming a fantastic villain. This current story is one of the best NIGHTWING runs in years. This is a book you should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #25

Nov 13, 2013

For the most part, these Zero Year tie-ins have been great. This particular issue of NIGHTWING is a great insight into the early makings of one of DC's coolest characters. Higgins does a phenomenal job at showing the reader that Dick had what it takes, early on, to become the hero he is today. The story of Dick helping out this group of kids, while running from one of his future villains is a really cool one and a great place for new readers to jump in. If anything, that should be the main focus for Zero Year, as a whole. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #26

Dec 11, 2013

I'm a big supporter of what Higgins has been doing on this book, since he moved out of Gotham. He's really developing this new world well, and it's a great read. Conrad does some great things with the art and page layouts here, and Mali is a super-cool character that I can't wait to see how this all plays out. There's a few not so great things like the art switch-up in the issue, but overall, this is a really fun read and I recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #28

Feb 12, 2014

While it's a huge bummer that this book is coming to a close very soon, Kyle Higgins is taking it out in style. We have a very solid issue here that is a ton of fun to read, which starts to wrap up all the loose ends. It's a very satisfying read. Dauterman's work is someone of the best we've seen in this series, which is saying a lot since this book has, for the most part, had top notch artists involved. While it sucks to see NIGHTWING go, I can't wait to see how Higgins and Dauterman close this one out. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2011) #29

Mar 12, 2014

Jokingly, I said that writing this review felt like an obituary rather than an actual review, and that's completely true. Higgins' run on this book, especially his stint in Chicago is some of the best storytelling to come out of this character in a very long time. There's a lot of love put into this issue as Higgins very obviously says farewell to those who have supported the book. While we shouldn't take away anything from Dauterman's stunning art throughout the past two issues, it's sad to see Higgins leave the book, but he does so with style, class, and with a gigantic bang. Overall, I highly recommend this brilliant issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #18

Jun 18, 2014

NOVA #18, on its own, is a solid issue that gives more insight into how Sam felt about the death of his friend, Uatu. However, it's not a must have tie-in to ORIGINAL SIN, unless you're already a NOVA reader. If you are interested in this character, this is a fine place to jump on though. Duggan really makes this an issue that is not only new reader friendly, but completely captivating. While it does just revisit events that have already happened, it's still a great read with some incredibly beautiful art work. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #19

Jul 16, 2014

NOVA is a series I'd never thought I'd be a monthly reader of. The concept never really appealed to me and even moreso, tie-in issues to big events tend to also fall flat. However, NOVA #19 does a really solid job of giving readers a fun story that ties into the main event, but it doesn't take away from the main storyline. Duggan is consistently putting out a fantastic book that is a ton of fun and I highly recommend this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nova (2013) #20

Aug 20, 2014

Sam has everything he needs to know, but he still needs to find his father. This Original Sin tie in story ended up being a ton of fun. Sam and Rocket work extremely well as a team and I'm hoping we get to see more of them in the future. The issue sets up a really cool future story and overall, this is a very satisfying issue. Duggan, Baldeon, and company are killing it on this book. Even if you're not a cosmic fan, this book is worth it. Put it on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Old Man Logan #1

May 27, 2015

Every ounce of the Old Man Logan fanboy in me wants to love this book. I was incredibly excited to jump right into this book and while the art was nothing short of brilliant here and the world that Millar originally created is just as brilliant, the character of Logan is completely different from the original and the story here feels forced and not worth the effort of the main character. If you're looking for a book with great art, check this out. Otherwise, you may be a bit disappointed once the fanboy excitement fades away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Old Man Logan (2016) #1

Jan 27, 2016

OLD MAN LOGAN was a solid start to the series. I'm glad we get to see Logan in the MU during that 8 month "blank" period. It will be nice to see how his story plays out. Lemire, Sorrentino, and Maiolo really do a fine job in this opening issue and if you enjoyed the original Millar and McNiven story, you'll really like this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Omega Men #3

Aug 5, 2015

OMEGA MEN is wonderful. It's a breath of fresh air and tells a story in a comic book in a completely different way. The creative team is doing something very special on this book with the look and the feel of each issue and while the series can be a little tough to get into, because there's so much unfamiliarity to it, this is a series everyone needs to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Origin II #1

Dec 24, 2013

This particular issue hit me in a much different spot than it will hit other readers. I love Native American folklore. I love when well established characters can be placed in another genre and it really works. While there will be a lot of people that have a bit of a problem with this first issue because it's unknown, at this time, whether or not this will have the same impact as ORIGIN, take this first issue for what it is and enjoy it. It's a ton of fun and Gillen, Kubert, and Martin hit a home run here. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Origin II #2

Jan 22, 2014

ORIGIN II #2 moves the story along, and while it really doesn't have the same impact as the first issue did, it's still an enjoyable issue. Essex and Creed are a large part of this issue and story, and while the final reveal was a bit much for me, the overall story still has me on board. Kubert and Martin really drive this book home with some fantastic art and great page set-ups. Hopefully, this story continues to be a bit of fun. Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Origin II #4

Mar 26, 2014

If you love Adam Kubert's art and Frank Martin's colors, pick this book up because they take some chances here in page layout and set-up. It's a workshop for artists to take a look at how differently you can set up a page and invoke emotion from the reader. The problem with the issue is that it doesn't do much. It's hard to figure out what direction this is taking and unlike the original ORIGIN, this book is not much more than a moderately fun and violent Wolverine book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Origin II #5

Apr 30, 2014

What really kills this issue and mini-series as a whole is that the first issue not only had a completely different tone and feel from the rest of the book, but it was exhilarating and a breath of fresh air. It continues to be one of my favorite single issues within a mini-series. However, this issue is incredibly disappointing and does not do the mini-series justice. As a Wolverine and ORIGIN fan, it's a punch in the gut, especially when the creative team are all fantastic at their craft. This was not a good follow-up and not a good final issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Original Sin #0

Apr 23, 2014

There were a lot of doubts about this book, as Marvel seems to be jumping from event to event; however, this #0 issue is extremely interesting and a ton of fun. Waid gives this book a ton of heart, with an underlying depressing story about a boy trying to find his father. As far as the creative team goes, there's a lot of big talent on this book, coming together to make a fantastic introductory issue. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Original Sin #6

Jul 16, 2014

ORIGINAL SIN #6 isn't a bad read at all, and overall, the event has been pretty good. However, this past issue felt like 16 pages of recap and 4 pages of progression. So much of this issue relies heavily on characters telling each other what they already know, the story thus far of ORIGINAL SIN, and while it's all done very well, it's incredibly frustrating to not have this book more forward, especially after last issue's story which revealed a ton of stuff about Nick Fury. Keep reading this event though. It really is a ton of fun and this "ok" issue is not a reflection of the entire event.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Phantom Stranger (2012) #0

Sep 5, 2012

While I really enjoyed this book, it's not really a standout book. Sure, it's fun and a tad campy, in a good way, but it's not what I was hoping for, especially because the main character seems like a pivotal character in this new universe. I really enjoyed seeing the origin in this issue, and I love how much fun I had reading it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Stranger (2012) #1

Oct 10, 2012

PHANTOM STRANGER 1 was a ton of fun. I like the mixture of classic and modern comic book style here. This was one of the new wave books I was unsure about, especially since the zero issue was a bit down the middle for me, but I really think this series has legs. Dan Didio does a great job at keeping this issue new reader friendly because although this is Phantom Stranger's first appearance in the new 52 (I'm not counting zero issue for some reason), he's been around for decades. This book does what New 52 books should do, bring in new readers and introduce them to some great comics and characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Phantom Stranger (2012) #2

Nov 14, 2012

THE PHANTOM STRANGER is a book I really like. It's a book I now look forward to every month. However, PHANTOM STRANGER is not everyone's cup of tea. The art, can be rough, at times, even thought I find it a unique mixture of the old and new. It's the weakest aspect of this book.This can be a tough character for readers to latch onto; however, it's a character and book people should give a shot. It features some incredibly cool and interesting characters from the DCU that you may or may not know, and the events that happen here may eventually lead to some answers of what happened after Flashpoint.This issue isn't as strong as the first one, but it's still pretty good. I give this issue a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Stranger (2012) #4

Jan 9, 2013

THE PHANTOM STRANGER is one of those books I'm drawn to. I find it so interesting on so many levels, and I feel like, for once, I am right in the trenches with other Phantom Stranger fans, since this is a character I've always wanted to know more about. I love the dynamic between Stranger and Constantine here. I can't wait to see where it fully goes.On the down side, I didn't like how Constantine knew everything about Stranger, and some of the dialogue, later in the issue, didn't work and was awkward to read.Overall, I really enjoyed issue four of THE PHANTOM STRANGER, and I'd recommend it, but I highly suggest picking up issues 0-3.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Stranger (2012) #5

Feb 6, 2013

I love this book. Sadly, I keep forgetting to put it on my Top of the Pile list every month, but it's one of my favorite reads. It's a book I get excited about because I know it's an aspect of the DCU I've never known too much about and I feel like I'm on the same page with the rest of the DC fanbase.This was probably one of my favorite issues from this series, thus far. I love the Spectre, and even though he's not the Spectre I am used to, I still really like the character. I love the story and art, and I always like talking dogs... Well, almost always. Overall, I'm a big fan of this book, and I recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Stranger (2012) #7

Apr 3, 2013

I've said before that this book is a guilty pleasure of mine, and I said on a recent Super Massive Podcast that it's moved away from that status because I just really enjoy everything about this book. That being said, this is a slow issue, and it may be a bit tough for new readers to get through. Yes, Jack Ryder's dialogue is weird and he's a hard character to digest, but to me, that's part of the charm of THE PHANTOM STRANGER. It's a book that's out of place because the character is out of place. Overall, I recommend this issue. THE PHANTOM STRANGER continues to be one of my favorite DC reads.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Stranger (2012) #9

Jun 5, 2013

While I didn't know how to feel about Dematties completely taking over the writing duties on this book, simply because I'm not too familiar with his more recent work, I was extremely happy with how this issue turned out. It actually got a bit better. This is still one of my favorite DC series, and this is a book you want to jump on, especially because the Trinity War is coming up. PHANTOM STRANGER may be a bit different from the rest of the DC books, but that doesn't mean it's not as good, if not better (which it is) than most of its "capes" books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Stranger (2012) #10

Jul 3, 2013

While it's really not a new reader friendly book, regular readers of THE PHANTOM STRANGER should love this issue. It's an emotionally heavy issue for the Stranger. He has to make a tough decision by the end of the issue which may or may not change the character in the future drastically. Artist Fernando Blanco and writer J.M. Dematteis are doing a phenomenal job on this series. I, for one, can't wait for the Trinity War and to see where Phantom Stranger goes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Phantom Stranger (2012) #11

Aug 7, 2013

PHANTOM STRANGER #11 is a fantastic tie-in to the Trinity War as well as a great issue on its own. This isn't a must read for Trinity War fans, but this is something you should really pick up. Batman, Phantom Stranger, and some others find themselves in the afterlife, which is a big problem for Phantom Stranger (see previous issues). The story is a ton of fun and Dematteis has made this one of my favorite reads. Do yourself a favor and treat yourself to a large PHANTOM STRANGER #11 covered in hot fudge*.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Planet Hulk #2

Jun 24, 2015

There's a great sense of adventure in PLANET HULK that we don't get to see in a lot of comics, which hearken back to adventure films of the past. There's a lot to love about this issue, including the gorgeous art and the fact this story really stands on its own merits and doesn't rely heavily on what's going on in the main SECRET WARS book. The only downside is that there isn't too much going on in the issue. I have a feeling it's something that will read much better in trade rather than as a stand alone. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Planet Hulk #4

Aug 12, 2015

PLANET HULK continues to be incredibly fun, which is exactly what readers want to see in a big summer event which can get a bit too serious for some people. Humphries delivers a cool adventure story accompanied by some awesome art from Laming and Boyd. It's a great re-imagining of these characters and the ending will leaving you wanting more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Poison Ivy: Cycle of Life and Death #1

Jan 20, 2016

Poison Ivy isn't one of those characters I'm "gaga" over nor am I a fanboy in any way, but this opening offering of POISON IVY: CIRCLE OF LIFE AND DEATH was a tremendously wonderful start. Chu, Mann, Mann, and Arreola are redefining Ivy, which seems to be a bit more caught up in the wacky adventures of Harley Quinn, even though Ivy is a great character on her own. We get to see a lot of depth here as well as an intriguing story. I was truly surprised with how much I enjoyed this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Powers Episode #103

Mar 23, 2015

Once again, here's the first episode of the show to wet your whistle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Prophecy #1

Jun 6, 2012

This was a fantastic issue and a great start to this event. What I liked most about this issue is that it's easily accessible to new readers and writer Ron Marz does a great job explaining the world and characters to new readers. The art team on this book is wonderful. There's a lot of great detail and the colors really pop off the page. This is one solid cross over so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Prophecy #2

Jul 18, 2012

This book has been awesome so far, and it's cool to see these characters, from different books, interacting each other in a singular story. This book is the perfect example of how a crossover book doesn't have to be just for dedicated fans. Anyone can pick up, read, and enjoy Prophecy. Walter Geovani keeps each page fresh with his art by mixing up the composition and layouts, and on top of that, the art looks pretty and sets a great tone. The only problem I had with the issue is that the faces could get a little blurry in medium shots, but it was a big deal.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Prophet (2012) #21

Jan 18, 2012

I loved this book. I may have never read a Prophet book before, but I feel like I didn't need to. This is the coolest science-fiction comic I've read in a long time, and I loved the story and the design of the book. I was confused about why this series starts on issue 21 and not #1, and the colors of the book sometimes became muddled and it was hard to know what I was looking at. I highly recommend this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2014) #2

Feb 19, 2014

It's always a bit scary when a new team comes in to work on The Punisher because he can be an insanely tough character to build a good story around. He's a guy with a bunch of guns, killing criminals, at his core. Either his stories are utterly amazing or his stories are absolutely awful. Luckily, Edmondson and Gerads are crafting something that is already off to a fantastic start. I highly recommend this issue and jumping onto this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2016) #1

May 4, 2016

The Punisher has had some amazing runs in the history of the character and some stinkers. This first issue is intriguing, fun, and brutal. It has an immense amount of potential just by how Cloonan writes Punisher and everything being introduced here. The book is straightforward, and there's no funny-business, and that's what you want from a series like this. The opening of the book was a bit slow, but it's a double-edged sword as it's important information and character introduction. This was a very solid opening issue and I'm pumped to see what Cloonan, Dillon, and Martin have in store next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punk Rock Jesus #2

Aug 8, 2012

PUNK ROCK JESUS is a fantastic book in a big, new world all created by Sean Murphy. I find myself really enjoying a lot of these characters and the world they live in. Murphy's storytelling is great here, and so is his art style. On the down side, I wish there was color in this book because at times, the art can become muddled and it's a bit confusing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punks: The Comic #1

Oct 8, 2014

PUNKS is something hard to wrap your head around because it's so different from everything else on the shelves. The book is a bit silly but a lot of fun. The biggest thing holding the issue back is that it's not an atypical comic and that may turn people off to it. However, the sense of humor, the weirdness, and the overall concept are pretty fantastic, and if you're looking for something different, you should check this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punks: The Comic #2

Nov 5, 2014

PUNKS is really awesome but not for everyone. It's pretty out-there, but the thing that's great about the book is that there's not a lot to it. It's just a lot of fun, crotch punches, and Native American statues about to go into a monologue. Fialkov and Chamberlain put some love back into comics. If you're looking for a book that's really out there, where each issue is a self-contained, and quite wacky, story, then PUNKS is for you. Overall, I highly recommend this issue, unless you take everything too seriously.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Punks: The Comic #3

Dec 10, 2014

PUNKS is an insane breath of fresh air. It's unlike everything else on the shelves and any book that makes fun of the McCarthy era communist hunt, more than half a century after it happened, is totally ok in my book. The interview with Rick Remender is hilarious. And I'm totally digging on the cut and paste art. The book is just a solid good time and if you understand the formula of the book, you're going to love it. (The secret formula is fun)

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Punks: The Comic #4

Jan 28, 2015

PUNKS is everything you've been told a comic shouldn't be, but rules were meant to be triumphantly broken. That's what this series does and it does it well. This particular issue, like the others is outright insanity, but that's what I love about it. If you like to laugh and really want to read something that's fun, but fun in more of an adult way, this is the route to go. Also, any book that puts their creators in the issue is alright by me.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punks: The Comic #5

Mar 18, 2015

PUNKS is pretty rad. It makes me laugh and giggle and the controlled chaos feeling the book gives off is unlike anything else in comics right now. This issue is pretty ridiculous and spoofs on the world of manga, and does so extremely well. The only real problem I had with it was reading in the manga style, something I'm personally not well-versed in, but nonetheless, still a series I look forward to every single month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Quantum and Woody #4

Oct 2, 2013

QUANTUM & WOODY is pure fun. If it were a candy bar, it would be too good to exist and immediately shut down by the candy consortium. We get to see some team work between our two heroes in this issue, and while the book focuses heavily on the comedic follies of these two characters, the reader is still treated to some fantastic action. The creative team for this book is a perfect fit as well. The only concern, which is a minor one, is that the book may be a bit too "out-there" when compared to the rest of the Valiant universe. Aside from that, though, I highly recommend this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Quantum and Woody: Goat #0

Mar 5, 2014

There are a few small problems with this book, but overall, this #0 issue is a huge success. Fans finally get to learn the origin of The Goat, which is a bit of a shocker, and we get to know what he was up to prior to meeting Quantum & Woody. The book continues to be incredibly funny and will probably get a loud chuckle or two out of the reader. The only real problem is that new fans can't really jump on here because you need to be invested in the rest of the series to know who these characters are. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ragemoor #1

Mar 21, 2012

Right down the middle on this one. While I enjoyed the idea of the house being it's own character that can hear and see and kill if need be, the overall story was a bit boring and a bust for me overall. It is something we've seen before, and this version is a tad boring compared to the others.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rai #1

Apr 30, 2014

RAI is off to a killer start. It's wildly different than expected, in the best way possible. RAI reads more as a science fiction mystery than anything else, and while it's a giant leap away from the rest of Valiant's books, it still feels like it fits in the Valiant universe, but far, far in the future. Matt Kindt is crafting a very cool book, and while, at times, all these new concepts can get a bit confusing, since not all of them are explained enough to the reader, the overall book has this fantastic, cinematic feel. The highlight of the issue truly is Clayton Crain's artwork and colors. This is a book you really need to check out. Never read a Valiant book before? Don't worry, any new reader can jump on and feel right at home. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Rai #2

Jun 4, 2014

All-in-all, this issue was a bit of a disappointment, coming off that amazing first issue. However, it's not all bad. RAI presents itself as a solid detective book here, but the problem was that the issue wasn't that exciting and came off a bit dull. Crain's art looks amazing in some places and lacks polish in others. It feels rushed. RAI shows a lot of promise but it needs to pick up a bit more to stand toe-to-toe with the rest of Valiants books. Overall, I'd give this issue a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Rasputin #1

Oct 29, 2014

The first issue of RASPUTIN doesn't offer the reader a lot in the way of where the overall story is headed, but it is a tremendous way to introduce the main character of this series. It's a slow step into the pool but an extremely satisfying one at that. If you're in the market for historical fiction or loved PROOF or just want something really cool to read then RASPUTIN is right up your alley.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Rasputin #3

Dec 24, 2014

RASPUTIN #3 is a bit different than the first two issues but in the best way possible. It delves a bit more into the world of fantasy and integrates Russian mythology to explain a bit more about who Rapsutin is and why he can do what he does. This creative team is killing in on this book, and RASPUTIN is quickly jumping up to be one of my favorite on-going series. You need to read this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Rasputin #5

Feb 25, 2015

It's a complete bummer than the next chapter/volume of RASPUTIN is months away, since this ends at a pretty weird place where you'd want to keep on reading, but overall, this was one of the best issues of this volume. Grecian and Rossmo deliver yet another fantastic issue. I highly suggest picking this up in trade or buying the single issues. It really is a hidden gem at Image Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Lanterns #1

Sep 14, 2011

No, this book isn't as good as Green Lantern, but it does stand out on its own as a good book. Will it be able to continue as an on-going? I'm not too sure yet, but if the art and writing stay as solid as they were for this issue, then yes, it should work out. This is the perfect place to jump on for any new reader, but beware hardcore fans because you'll be hit over the head with stuff you already know. I don't think I like the new goal of the Red Lantern corps, but frankly, it's better than having no purpose at all. I recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Lanterns #2

Oct 5, 2011

The Red Lanterns finally seem to be coming a bit more into their own. There's a definite separation from the other Corps, and they have a sense of purpose. It's a great one-shot story that ultimately will set the tone for the rest of the series. The "reveal" at the end will completely change the dynamic of the Corps and give it a bit more personality. Ed Benes art on this issue is fantastic, especially when he does splash pages. My only complaint was that there was no Dex-Starr in this issue. I'm still a little leery with how this book will do in the long run, but for now, I've really enjoyed both issues. I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Lanterns #3

Nov 2, 2011

This issue is straddling between a 3 and 4 for me. Ed Benes' art has been the driving force of this book, especially with the great splash pages he has. We get to know Bleez a little better in an interesting little flashback, and I like the dynamic between these two characters. However, this issue felt like it could have been half the length, and I'm getting impatient with where the book is supposedly going. Lastly, just make the human a Red Lantern already. All things said, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Red Lanterns #6

Feb 1, 2012

Man oh man... This book is taking a turn for the worse. This is a great creative team and some great new DC characters, but something is not working, and I'm not sure how much longer this can last. I really like the Jack Moore character and seeing the team slowly start to come together, but I couldn't stand the fact there was a fill-in artist whose art did not mesh well with Benes. This book really isn't going anywhere and I'm getting a bit bored. I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Lanterns #35

Oct 22, 2014

This is a decent issue of RED LANTERNS, but not the greatest of tie-in issues. It doesn't add much to the main story and to fully appreciate what it going on, you have to read the last part of the story line, which took place in GREEN LANTERN: NEW GUARDIANS, but you should be reading that if you're invested in Godhead already. There are some great fight scenes in here and Simon Baz teaming up with Guy Gardner is promising, but overall it was a bit of a let down. It's still good, but not on par with the rest of the issues of Godhead thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Red Skull #2

Aug 3, 2011

Red Skull: Incarnate is nothing short of brilliant. Greg Pak is doing an amazing job of taking a Marvel villain and putting him into real life events from the world's history. I positively love everything about this issue: the story, the writing, the artwork, and the composition. This is one of those rare times where I will say this is a must read comic mini-series for any Marvel or WWII fan. It doesn't matter if you don't like Marvel or the Red Skull. You will love this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Red Skull #5

Nov 30, 2011

The only tough decision I'm having is deciding if this or MAGNETO: TESTAMENT is my favorite mini-series from Marvel. RED SKULL is an amazing backstory to an amazing, classic Marvel villain. It's a fantastic story and you'll find yourself glued to the pages of the book. The art is fantastic and so is the perspective within the panels. The book feels very cinematic, and it has a great flow to it. Many cover artists don't get the credit they deserve and David Aja is a man who deserves some sort of award for his cover creations on this series. The only thing I didn't like about this issue was the fact the ads really broke the story up. I highly recommend this issue and more so, this series. It's one of the best books to come out of Marvel in years.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Thorn #1

Nov 18, 2015

This was a pretty great start for RED THORN. The issue delivers a lot of this world and story all within this opening. We get a good idea of who Isla is and this book actually mixes a bit of romance with a bit of horror pretty well. There may not be any big horror scenes, but the tone for horror is there. The art is pretty fantastic and once again, Vertigo has another hit on their hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Resident Alien #1

May 23, 2012

In my years of reading, this is the most frustrating single issue I've read because it says it's the first issue of a series, and it's not. It' took me a couple read-thrus to understand fully what was going on, but you have to read issue zero to get a full scope what is going on here. This was my biggest complaint about the book and it really hurt my enjoyment in reading this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Resurrection Man (2011) #1

Sep 14, 2011

I really wanted to like this book. I will continue to read the next couple issues to see how this all turns out, but I'm pretty bummed that this brand new series is ok at best. Another quick note: I read the Grifter, right before this issue, which features a "jump out of a plane moment." This issue features that same moment. Two books in the same week featuring the main character jumping out of a plane, except Grifter did it much better. It's not a good jumping on point, and frankly, there are much better books than this one out this week. Resurrection Man wasn't horrible, but it just wasn't good. I do not recommend this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin: Son of Batman (2015) #7

Dec 23, 2015

Overall, this was one of the more interesting issues of Robin War, which has been a bit underwhelming. There's a lot happening here with the new Gray Son and new Talons that really grabs the reader in to get ready for the finale. Aside from a few small problems, the art looks good, but the dialogue is where this issue shined for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Robotech/Voltron #1

Dec 24, 2013

This is a mini-series that is truly for its fans and its fans only. It's a book that gets its characters and art style directly from the source material, and it doesn't really do much for new readers who may be interested this mini-series. That's not necessarily a bad thing though. There's a couple really cool moment in this issue, but overall, it was a bit of a letdown. I am a Voltron fan but don't know much about Robotech, so I really felt out in the cold here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #2

Apr 11, 2012

This is the first book I've read this week, and I already want to give it my pick of the week because there's no way anything is better than this. Screw it... Saga is my pick of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #3

May 16, 2012

What a wonderful series. Saga is a beautiful mixture of fantasy, science fiction, and adventure. I have nothing bad to say about this series. It has a great cast of characters, and a world and story I have fallen in love with. Brian K Vaughan's writing is stellar and Fiona Staples art style is beautiful. I like the addition of Izabel to this team, and as always, I think having Hazel as the narrator is a great idea.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #4

Jun 20, 2012

Saga continues to be the best new title not only out of Image Comics, but out of all companies. On the positive side of things, The Will is a fantastic character who we get a bit more of each month. There's some great backstory about how Marko met his first "wife," and this issue leaves off with our characters possibly going into battle.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #5

Jul 18, 2012

Saga 5 is the best single issue of a book I've read in quite some time. Obviously, for that reason, it's my pick of the week. However, every time a new issue comes out, it's usually my pick of the week. There's a lot of great development in this issue and a few of these side stories come together. Vaughan's writing and Staples' art make one hell of a creative team here. I can not say enough good things about this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #6

Aug 15, 2012

How many months do I have to praise this book before everyone goes out and picks it up? Saga is a brilliant, epic comic filled with amazing, dynamic characters, and art that is breathtaking. This issue is fantastic and introduces a couple new characters who are very cool. I love this book and you will too.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #7

Nov 14, 2012

SAGA is the best on-going series currently on the shelves. To me, it's one of those books that has yet to do anything wrong. Sure, I have these annoying minor complaints here and there, from issue to issue, but these problems don't affect or sway my final opinion of the overall book, even if it is a giant beast with giant, disgusting genitals that will always be in the back of my mind.This isn't just a must read issue. It's a must read book. Fiona Staples and Brian K Vaughan are my personal favorite creative team, and with good reason, they are consistently amazing every issue.Issue 7 of SAGA may not be a good place for new readers to jump in on, but I'd still say pick it up and find the back issues. Overall, I highly recommend this issue. Seriously.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #8

Dec 19, 2012

SAGA #8 is pure, 100% awesomeness. It will be no surprise if you see this on the Top of the Pile list for me in December. The story really evolves here as we catch glimpses into Alana and Marko's past, and we get to know Marko's parents a bit more. The writing and art here are top notch, and this is a book you have to start reading, but I recommend you pick up the first trade before diving right in.Overall, this is a must buy.SAGA 8 gets 5 Fards out of 5

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saga #9

Jan 16, 2013

SAGA 9 does not disappoint. The Will is the main focus in this issue, and while I felt it lacked a bit because he couldn't carry the issue as well and Marko and Alana could, it was still a great read. We get deeper into Marko's past, by meeting Gwedolyn, and we find out there's a lot more to the Slave Girl than originally thought. The writing and art are fantastic as always, and it leaves you wanting more.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #11

Mar 20, 2013

SAGA is fantastic month after month. Brian K Vaughan hits it out of the park with this issue and pulls on the reader's heart strings with a few scenes here. We get a bit more back story of Alana and Marko, and of Marko and Barr, his father. The art is top notch and insanely consistent. This book contains a great ensemble cast you will quickly grow attached to.Overall, this is one of the best books on the shelf. You should buy it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #12

Apr 10, 2013

Like I said, ignore the controversy with this issue because the last thing you should focus on is two small pictures on two different panels. It's not the focus of the issue and ultimately, it doesn't matter. This series stands out, on its own, every month as one of the best books in the business. BKV and Fiona Staples continue to build on the SAGA world here and we get to see a little more into Prince Robot's history as well as meet the writer of the book Alana was reading in earlier issues. While this issue lacks Marko, Alana, and company, and it may be a tad slow for some readers, it delivers. Every issue of this series is awesome. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saga #13

Aug 14, 2013

Here's the thing about this issue, overall. I wasn't as happy with it as I was with the other issues. Sure, it's good, but this delay really created a big disconnect for me from the characters and story. There's a pretty, what should be, emotional scene towards the end of the issue that fell a bit flat for me. The art and writing are perfectly fine. The problem is just that it's been a while since the reader has been with these character and in their world. Regardless, the art and writing are still great, and it's a very good issue. The biggest problem a lot of fans will have is frankly, we're all just a bit sad the book has been gone for so long, but we're extremely happy to have it back.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #14

Sep 25, 2013

SAGA is back on track! The story has a nice progression, and the reader is introduced to more characters that really add a lot to this world. BKV and Staples, month after month, add to this brilliant and expansive world with a compelling story and characters that are extremely cool and just as detailed as the incredibly detailed world around them. While some of the concepts here may be a bit out there and crazy, it still all weirdly fits into this world and this book. SAGA continues to be the best science-fiction/fantasy book on the shelves. While this may not be a great jumping on point (go buy the first two trades!), I still highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saga #15

Oct 30, 2013

SAGA continues to be one of the best on-going series in comic books. This issue really focuses more on everyone coming together as a family and trying to live their lives as normal as possible. It's a relatively large change in the dynamic of the series, since they've been mainly on the run, but it's still an incredibly good read. The side stories are really the best part of this particular issue though. The secondary characters are just as important and interesting as the primary, and that's what really sets this book apart from the others. If you're still not reading SAGA, then you need to start now. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saga #16

Nov 27, 2013

SAGA is incredibly fantastic. This issue ties everything together that readers have been experiencing since issue #12. BKV really grabs the reader from the first page, and we'll all be wondering what's going to happen in the next issue since Prince Robot is on his way to Heist's house. If you're a fan of science-fiction and fantasy, then SAGA is a book that needs to be on your pull list. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #17

Dec 18, 2013

At no point in time has this book ever been bad. In fact, it's never even been just "ok." Sure, recently there's been a few lulls in the book, but the overall arcs are utterly brilliant. Issue #17 kicks it up a notch and turns everything you love about this book. and it's characters, on its head. This is one jaw dropping issue that will have you on the edge of your seat the entire time. BKV and Fiona Staples somehow keep making this series one of my favorite month-to-month reads with in-depth and fascinating characters that you will fall in love with. Overall, I highly recommend this issue. Seriously. Go out and get it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saga #18

Jan 29, 2014

SAGA closes this chapter in a very satisfying way. Vaughan and Staples deliver another great issue. I loved seeing everything come to a head here and Gwendolyn coming face to face with her ex, Marko. This is one of those moments where I really wish half stars existed here. Its more than a four to me, but less than a five. However, Im excited to see where this book goes next, and I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saga #19

May 21, 2014

SAGA returns, but it isn't with a bang because the direction of the book is a complete 180. The book has slowed down and very clearly focused on family and the family dynamic; however, when you look back at previous arcs, that's what this book has always been about. This is a great place for new readers to jump on, but the problem lies within the new concepts and elements being dumped on the reader. It's a lot to take in and BKV expects readers to understand everything. However, SAGA is still a brilliant book and a series more people should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saga #22

Aug 27, 2014

SAGA is still amazing, who would have thought? BKV and Staples are really moving forward with a great story that really grabs the heart-strings of the reader. Frankly, I can't think of another comic I'm this emotionally invested in. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and picking up the rest of the series as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Saucer Country #5

Jul 11, 2012

I don't know if you can tell, but I'm a huge fan of this series. This is a highly under-rated book, and it's a great concept. I love watching the abduction scenes play out here, and I love that the idea of good and evil here is played out between the Governor and her team against conspiracy theorists. The art here is great and the colors set up an eerie tone during the spaceship scenes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Skullkickers #1

Mar 27, 2013

Admittedly, I haven't been reading this book as much as I should. I fell off the wagon around issue #12. Luckily/Sadly, the scent of #1 issues got me interested (I was obviously a 90s comic book reader), and I jumped back on board to find that nothing has changed, in a good way. SKULLKICKERS is still a fantastic book that's incredibly funny. I had no real problem jumping back on (at issue #19), and I felt right back at home.While the creative team here is amazing, and the story is a ton of fun, this book really isn't new reader friendly, especially with the confusing change in names for the volumes. While this is issue #20 of SKULLKICKERS, it's actually labeled as SAVAGE SKULLKICKERS #1, so new readers may get a tad confused.Overall, I love this book and you will too. I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Scarlet Witch #1

Dec 9, 2015

SCARLET WITCH #1 is a decent start that shows a lot of potential. The story seems like it could be great and while this book will have rotating artists, Del Rey does some great work here. The problem with this first issue is that it's dry and a tad dull. It will play fine to readers who are new to the character, but overall, I'm more excited about where this book is headed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Avengers #15

Jul 27, 2011

What's the best tie-in for Fear Itself? Easy: Secret Avengers #15. There is no action in the book, and it all takes place in a single room, but Nick Spencer did an amazing job on this issue, so much so that it is my favorite one of the series so far. There's a lot of discussion about death in comics that we've all had at one point or another, but Spencer really hits it on the head in this issue and how characters feel about it, hero or not. I highly HIGHLY recommend this issue for any comic fan because we've all talked about death in comics one time or another.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Avengers #16

Aug 31, 2011

Hooray! The covert-ops Avengers book finally feels like a covert-ops Avengers book. I love the fact that, for right now, it's a four member team, and the fact that most of them don't even have any super-powers. This book has a cool Planetary feel to it, and finally, Beast comes off as Beast on the page. I am a big Ellis fan, so it will be interesting to see where he takes this team. There's no real downside to this issue other than Steve Rogers being Steve Rogers here and Cap everywhere else. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Avengers #20

Dec 28, 2011

I finally feel like this book is getting the team and stories it deserves. Ellis and Maleev are wonderful together on this book, and although I dislike the fact this book was a bit over my head and I had to give it a few read-throughs to fully understand it, it's an element I love about the book at the same time. I also have been enjoying the fact that this was a one-shot story. Anyone can jump on at any point and read, during Ellis' run. I recommend this issue and all of Ellis' run on Secret Avengers. Take your time with this issue though.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Avengers (2014) #2

Apr 9, 2014

SECRET AVENGERS is a combination of one part ridiculous, one part touching, and one part awesome. Kot, Walsh, and Wilson are putting together one heck of an entertaining story with some very dynamic characters. Sure, the book is very S.H.I.E.L.D. heavy, but that's what makes it really cool. While this issue closes out the first story, it spends a lot of time establishing its characters and their relationships to each other, even if the reader is already familiar with them, which is fantastic. This is quickly becoming one of my favorite Marvel books. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Secret Six (2014) #1

Dec 3, 2014

SECRET SIX's story and scripting are some of the best we've seen from Gail Simone. She nails this first issue. Everything from the set-up to the final page moves so smoothly and it really will keep you wanting more. However, it's really hard to overlook all the problems within in the art. The inconsistencies, rushed feeling of those final pages, and trading off of two very different inking styles is a big speed-bump on this issue. This issue is so close to a 4/5, but it's really hard to overlook some of the problematic art. The story and characters have a tremendous amount of potential though and hopefully, the art problems will be ironed out. Even though this book is a 3/5, I highly recommend picking this one up for the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Secret Six (2014) #2

Feb 11, 2015

The book was delayed and the art is sub-par, but there's something about SECRET SIX that is extremely appealing. That something is the writing of Gail Simone. There's a lot of love for these characters (mainly Catman, obviously) and this book takes a slower approach to the story in order to really work on developing the characters and how they interact with each other. Slow stars aside, these characters are great and the story is pretty interesting, especially all the Catman captivity stuff. We have one issue left with the current artist until Convergence, then Dale Eaglesham takes over. Understandably, art is not an easy thing to accomplish, but Lashley's just isn't right for this book. Keep reading SECRET SIX or Catman will apparently pee on your ashes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Wars (2015) #0

May 2, 2015

If you're a Marvel fan, this book is a must have, for the SECRET WARS part. Sure, the ending doesn't feel like it works as smoothly as everything else, but this is a great catch-up to the upcoming event and it's great to see it all through the eyes of the Future Foundation. The Attack on Titan back-up looked cool and if you're a fan of the manga, you'll probably love it, but it was just ok overall.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Wars (2015) #3

Jun 3, 2015

You don't need to have large-scale action sequences in order to have an exciting issue. Hickman, Ribic, and Svorcina open up the doors to Battleworld and let the readers know this more to all of this than previously thought. Again, we get pieces of how this all came together but not the whole picture all at once. It will make you want to continue forward with the book. SECRET WARS #3 is a solid event issue that's going to lead to bigger things.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Wars: Armor Wars (FCBD 2015) #0.5

May 2, 2015

Without a doubt, the way you have to get this comic book kinda sucks. Sure, it's "free," but you have to spend $25 on Marvel stuff to get it. If you're already planning on buying a LEGO set or action figure that Toys R Us sells, then this is an added bonus and actually a really fun read, but I can't say this is worth an out-of-your-way trip just to get the book. What this issue does do really well is get people pumped for ARMOR WARS and if this is the direction James Robinson is taking it, then I'm all in. Storywise, this is a blast. Artwise, it's a bit rough because of inks and colors, but artist Marcio Takara will be drawing ARMOR WARS when it comes out. For what it is, it's a good and fun book that really gets you excited for the next step in SECRET WARS.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Shame Itself #1

Nov 2, 2011

I skipped three other stories, one being a Wy-If one, but it's more of the same. This is really a mixed bag of writers and artists on this book. By far, the best stuff in this issue is what Elliot Kalan was writing, which was the Ben/Reed school reunion and the Wy-If bits. Art-wise, you're going to get more cartoony bits than anything, which really fit the writing and tone of the book, and the only time I really didn't like the art was during a story called "I Hate Peter Parker." Everything else was pretty good.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sinestro #15

Sep 23, 2015

SINESTRO #15 is a nice "worlds collide" issue following Lobo, Saint Walker, and the titular star Sinestro. What keeps this book engaging is the twists and betrayal and the reader never being able to fully trust any of these characters. There were some very minor problems in the opening with Lobo explaining everything about his current mission, but overall, Bunn, Van Sciver, and Wright craft an issue that offers a compelling story that is a ton of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Sinestro Annual #1

Apr 1, 2015

Annuals are a mixed bag, as always, and SINESTRO CORPS ANNUAL plays well to the hardcore fans while trying to push the mythos of these characters and a new story forward. There are some great moments here that will have fans excited, but the overall book is a bit rough since the story really picks up right when it ends. On top of that, there's a few times where the artists of the assigned origin stories just don't fit the book or the character. If you've been a fan of this series, you're going to want to read this but overall, this gets a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Southern Cross #1

Mar 11, 2015

SOUTHERN CROSS shows a lot of promise and this issue gives the reader just enough to keep them roped in for future issues. However, this issue drops a lot of information on the reader to set this world up. It's a necessary evil for the book, and in the long run, it will do the series justice, but some may find it a bit much. Regardless, this is a series I'd highly recommend checking out if you like your science fiction a bit more grounded with a dash of mystery.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Island (2015) #4

Sep 16, 2015

Overall, the issue provides an entertaining story and giant spiders getting punched in the face. Sometimes, that's all you need in life. This amusing tale is paced out very well and for the most part, the art is pretty great. There are a few times, early on, where there are problems, but overall, this was a solid issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man (2016) #1

Feb 3, 2016

Spider-Man #1 is a really solid start to a new series, which plays a bit better to brand new readers rather than Miles Morales fans who have been around since the start. This feels a lot more like an introductory issue to the character since this issue does retread a lot of what the previous two Miles Morales volumes set up. However, the art on this issue is wonderful and worth the price of admission alone. Hopefully, the future issues will give fans, both new and old, a little something more to chew on because there's a lot of potential for a great series here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Man (2016) #2

Mar 2, 2016

While the first issue of this series was pretty decent, Spider-Man #2 gives this character more direction and offers a lot more depth. The art on this book is worth the price of admission alone, but what makes this issue great is that it's building Miles Morales as a stronger character in the new Marvel Universe. This book really feels like it's on the right track.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man (2016) #7

Aug 31, 2016

Overall, this issue of Spider-Man was enjoyable and continues to build on Miles' world and not just his life as a superhero. The whole reason he's involved with Tony Stark leaves too many questions, one of which being "Why does he matter to Stark?" The art team is doing a great job on this issue, and while some of us may have event fatigue, this is still a good read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man / Deadpool #1

Jan 6, 2016

Frankly, I was a bit surprised with how much I enjoyed this first issue, considering Deadpool and Spider-Man aren't my two favorite characters. The writing is entertaining and the back and forth between Spider-Man and Deadpool is delightful. The creative team of this new series is putting together something that is a bit of fun, and I recommend you check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man 2099 (2014) #2

Aug 13, 2014

SPIDER-MAN 2099 #2 is a solid read. I'm not incredibly sure where the story is going, but David is still setting things up for a character that really hasn't appeared in 20 years. It hasn't completely won me over, but there's a lot of potential for this series as a whole. The dialogue heavy issue was an easy read and flowed incredibly well. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Men #2

Jun 27, 2012

As crossovers go, this was stellar. As regular issues go, this was still an awesome read. This is a crossover I've wanted to see for a long time, and I love how this is playing out thus far. Bendis is doing a great job at capturing these characters' voices and I love how the story is progressing. The art, by Pichelli, is fantastic, and I actually like her better than Ramos as a Spider-Man artist. I'm also a big Mysterio fan, so seeing him in these past two issues was great.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Men #3

Jul 11, 2012

This has been one of my favorite cross-over books in years, and it keeps me on the edge of my seat the entire time. I love the fact this book raises a lot of questions with what's really going on in this event. It feels like there's a lot of possibilities here, and it creates conversation between fans. Bendis and Pichelli are great on this book, and I couldn't think of a better creative team for this story. The only downside is that I feel is may be a bit rushed since there are only two issues left and we have no leads on what's going on, but at the same time, I wouldn't want something like this to drag on like every other Marvel event.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Men #4

Aug 8, 2012

If you're only going to pick up one book this week, even if you haven't read Spider-Men at all, this should still be the issue you should get. It's an incredibly powerful issue. This is an amazing story from start to finish in the middle of a dynamite story line. Bendis' writing is fantastic here, as well as the pacing from beat to emotional beat. Sara Pichelli's art, as always, is top notch and she proves you don't just have to have to guys punching each other in the face to tell a great story artistically.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Men #5

Sep 19, 2012

This mini-series a strong contender for pick of the year, and it will probably win it for me, unless something amazing comes out between now and December. This is the best Marvel crossover to date, and on top of being an excellent read, it has an amazing cliffhanger ending. Bendis has done a phenomenal job with the writing here and as always, Sara Pichelli's art is awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Squadron Sinister #1

Jun 16, 2015

SQUADRON SINISTER was a delightful surprise. It's quite a bit different from the other SECRET WARS books we've seen so far, but it plays in pretty well into the Battleground world that has been set up. It's a nice companion piece that really helps develop one areas of this new world, while focusing on one of the villainous groups of the world. It's a great stand-alone book and if you're looking for something SECRET WARS to get this week, this may be a pleasant surprise for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Trek #6

Feb 29, 2012

Not a bad book by any means, and it seemed like, even though I missed the first part of this arc, it was a solid conclusion to the story. I liked how well this book meshes with the movie from a couple years ago, which is the most familiar version of the Trek-Universe to me. This story had a great classic feel to it, and I could see it working in a half an hour episode on television. Writer Mike Johnson does a great job at capturing these characters voices as well. I didn't like the fact that I jumped into the middle of a story arc and felt a tad lost towards the beginning, and frankly, the book was a bit of a bore for me. Lastly, Spock's face was inconsistent when it came to medium and wide shots. Overall, I liked it and I'd recommend it to any Trek fan. For everyone else, it's going to be hit and miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars (2014) #15

Jan 20, 2016

This was a fantastic issue of STAR WARS. We get to visit an era that we haven't seen much of and get to follow to adventures of Obi-Wan during that time. It's a lot for a fan to handle and Aaron and Mayhew do a stellar job delivering this story. There is a tiny bit more to the story than just Obi-Wan, but we're not spoiling anything here because this is an issue to pick up this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars (2014) #16

Feb 17, 2016

If you're already reading DARTH VADER, then this is a must buy, as it's a great companion piece to that series, since Vader is looking for Aphra. Even if you're not reading DARTH VADER, this book stands strong on its own. Aside from the Rebel Jail story, we're getting a fun adventure with Luke and Han. If you love the films, there's no reason you should be missing out on this comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Blood Ties: Boba Fett is Dead #1

Apr 25, 2012

Wow, this was a really cool book and a great concept! While Boba Fett's death hurts any Star Wars fan, the revenge aspect that we see in this issue makes up for it. I really like where this book is going, story wise, and I loved Chris Scalf's artwork here. It's refreshing. Plus, there's some cool Dewback scenes!

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars: Blood Ties: Boba Fett is Dead #2

May 30, 2012

I'm loving this mini-series. It's been my first dive into Star Wars comics, and I couldn't think of a better way to dive right in. I loved finding out who the Stormtrooper is and his connection with Connor. There were a couple of really cool scenes here, including the history behind the Stormtrooper and the flight into Blackfel. Also, the art by Chris Scalf is amazing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader #13

Nov 25, 2015

Vader Down is two issues in but is an incredibly promising story that is the perfect fit for the timeline this all takes place in. Gillen, Larroca, and Delgado are doing a great job with the story, and while the story does drag a tiny bit, the overall issue is a must-read for Star Wars fans. If you've been enjoying what Marvel has been doing with this franchise, then you need to pick up this crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin #2

Feb 3, 2016

Both the first and second issue of this series are alright. More than anything else, it's a bit of a bummer to see something with so much potential be just an "ok" story. Regardless, I'm intrigued with where this is going and say keep reading it. The art here is fantastic, but the majority of the story wasn't as good as I hoped for.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #1

Sep 9, 2015

While there's a bit of a problem with SHATTERED EMPIRE retelling some of the events of Return of the Jedi, it also does a great job of expanding on the story and introducing the reader to a couple great characters as well as leading the reader to the future of the Star Wars cinematic universe this December. In addition, Rucka, Checchetto, and Mossa do a wonderful job setting this series up and I'm very curious to see how it all plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star-Spangled War Stories: G.I. Zombie #1

Jul 23, 2014

This is a very impressive debut for G.I. ZOMBIE. Readers who may not be a fan of the espionage genre may not be too excited to jump onto this series, but this is something DC needs and who better to do it than Gray and Palmiotti. The debut issue focuses more on the story rather than the lead character, but the allure of mystery about G.I. Zombie, also known as Jared, is just one aspect of this book that will keep readers coming back. Overall, this is an impressive debut and it's fantastic to see a book of this caliber and genre within DC's fold. I highly recommend G.I. ZOMBIE.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Starlight #1

Mar 5, 2014

Overall, this is a great start to a new series that will have you clamoring for more. The concept here is really cool and Millar has a hit on his hands. While the issue spends a bit too much time beating down Duke, Millar does a phenomenal job at setting all of this up and giving the reader a dynamite first issue which will undoubtedly become an amazing series. If you're a fan of sci-fi serials, this is a must have book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Suicide Squad (2011) #1

Sep 14, 2011

Overall, it was a decent book. I think more than anything I'm excited to continue reading this. I'm loving the character redesigns and Harley Quinn stepping away from Joker. On the downside, the multiple artists bugged me out and I really just didn't enjoy this issue overall. I also don't feel this is a solid book for new readers. I mildly MILDLY recommend this book only because I think it's the foundation for a good upcoming storyline and nothing else.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Suicide Squad (2016) #1

Aug 17, 2016

Suicide Squad not bad by any means, but for people that were excited for this book, it's disappointing this didn't reach the bar. Hopefully, as this book continues, it can get a bit more out of the shadow of the film and become its own series. There's a lot of potential here, but the first issue just doesn't grab the reader the way it should, considering the talent that is on this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superboy (2010) #9

Jul 6, 2011

Superboy is one of the most fun reads on the shelf. The book doesn't blow me away, but it keeps me smiling front to back. The art and writing are great, and as I said before, if you love Silver Age stories, then you'll love this issue, as long as you don't mind a super-annoying advert from Subway (eat fresh!). Superboy is a highly under-rated book and character. It has a light hearted attitude, and hey, with all the super-serious comics out there, we could all use a little fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2011) #4

Dec 21, 2011

I love this series. In fact, I love all the Super-Family books, except for SUPERMAN, obviously. This book stands out on his own, and for those looking for a strong female character that isn't all about T&A and flaunting sexuality, you should check out this book. I love the lack of trust Supergirl has in everything around her and she isn't just friendly with everyone, which I felt like she was in the last volume. I hope this lack of trust continues to play out in this series. I loved Michael Green's writing and his writing style. He brings new ideas to classic elements in comics, and this is a great example of that. On the other side of things, I really did not like the new villain introduced into this series. I feel that type of villain is a bit tired. Obviously, I highly recommend this issue and this series. You won't regret it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #1

Jul 3, 2013

My expectations for this book were non-existent. It's one of those things where I saw it was a whole month of SSM books, and a slew of tie-ins I thought were going to suck. Well, I'm a big dumb dumb for thinking that. First, I should have noticed that FOES OF SPIDER-MAN had a stellar creative team attached to it. Frankly, this book is awesome. The art and writing compliment each other incredibly well. Spencer made Boomerang into a character I actually like, instead of a lifeless villain with a bad gimmick. Lieber's art is fantastic, and each page is unique and fun to look at. THE SUPERIOR FOES OF SPIDER-MAN is a great start to a new book. It's funny, fresh, and it will get you excited about B-List villains. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #4

Oct 2, 2013

This was my favorite issue of the week. SUPERIOR FOES OF SPIDER-MAN continues to deliver a witty and fun story with characters that usually sit around in villain purgatory. It's a great use of these characters, and this issue in particular gives the reader more insight into how Boomerang works. The writing and art are both fantastic, and overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series. Have some fun with your comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #7

Dec 31, 2013

SUPERIOR FOES OF SPIDER-MAN is a series that continues to impress me. Each issue is hilarious and zany and at no time does it feel over-the-top. Spencer and Ellis put together an extremely fun issue with a really cool story. If you wondered how Janice became the Beetle than this is the issue to read. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #12

Jun 4, 2014

SUPERIOR FOES OF SPIDER-MAN does an incredible job of doing everything right, month after month. It entertains the reader with a fun story, stays comedic without being zany, and artistically wows the reader. This was one of the funnier issues fans have seen in quite some time and it's nice to see this team actually accomplishing something instead of bumbling through it. This is a series you should be reading. Go out and pick up the trades and catch up, unless you hate fun. If you hate fun, then don't read this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #13

Jul 9, 2014

SUPERIOR FOES takes the idea of a team book and flips it on its head. It's filled with villains, for all intents and purposes, are utter failures at almost everything they do, without coming off like an episode of the Three Stooges. It's funny and while some folks may have a problem with the fact this book seems like it's becoming a bit more serious, the book is still incredibly strong and easily worth a place on your pull list, as long as you have a sense of humor and don't take your superheroes and villains too seriously.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #14

Aug 6, 2014

SUPERIOR FOES OF SPIDER-MAN is the cat's pajamas. The story inches forward, but we're getting to know a little bit more about Overdrive and his relationship with the rest of the team. I laughed a lot during this issue. It's easily one of the funnest reads each month. Pick this up in trade and catch up. It's easily the best on-going series about Spider-Man B-list villains ever made. However, I can't think of too many others. Anyway, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #2

Jan 30, 2013

Well, SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN is on issue two, and it's still awesome. Regardless of what you think about the whole mind-swap episode, you can't deny this isn't a great book that is a lot of fun to read. If you can deny it, take a vacation from being mad at everything for one day. We all know that, at some point, everything will return to normal, so let's just enjoy this insane ride while it lasts.The overall story here was a ton of fun, and I loved the majority of the issue revolving around Ock taking MJ out on dates. It's comedic, and well done. The art here is wonderful, even though I had some small problems with layout towards the end of the issue.Overall, you should go pick up this book, it's ridiculous, and I mean that in the best way possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #5

Mar 6, 2013

I was very pleased, disturbed, and fanboy angry with how this issue turned out. There's a lot to think about with where this book is going, just by the actions Spider-Man takes here. Sure, it goes against everything SM stands for, but it strangely works for me, even though the 14 year old fanboy inside of me wants to write Dan Slott an angry letter about how he's "ruining" the character, which he's not. Slott's run is controversial, but brilliant. He's created some extreme waves and memorable moments whether fans like it or not, and this issue is going to be a big point to remember.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #6AU

Mar 27, 2013

SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN #6AU wasn't what I was expecting. It was a lot better. While I still feel like the Peter in this issue and the Peter in AGE OF ULTRON #3 (which also came out today) are completely different people, this issue, on its own, was fantastic. The writing and art were great, and it's a wonderful journey from start to finish. Christos Gage puts together a compelling tie-in story with the help from Dexter Soy's brilliant artwork. Normally, I hate tie-ins to event books, mainly because the majority of the time, they miss their mark.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #8

Apr 17, 2013

SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN #8 is a fantastic issue that is actually quite touching. Dan Slott really makes a possible game changing move at the end of this issue that for sure will have readers guessing what is going to happen in the next couple of issues. Ramos does a stellar job in the art department as well. It's one of my favorite issues from the series thus far.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #9

May 1, 2013

This was an awesome issue. It was better than I expected, after reading issue #8. I had a bit of a problem with the first half of the book coming off as a tad cheesy, but overall, this was such a great issue, and an amazing way to wrap up this first arc of this book. Slott does wonders with these characters and the dialogue here, especially during the final scenes, and Ryan Stegman's art is so pretty, and that cover is so awesome. This is an issue I could easily read multiple times because it's the perfect mixture of crazy and amazing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #11

Jun 5, 2013

SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN is still awesome. I'm loving this book a lot more now that Peter is out of the picture. Sure, that's blasphemous to some people, but why not sit back and enjoy the ride? Otto continues to show that he truly is superior in this series, and while the comedic elements have been dampened here, the book is still an incredibly fun read. On the down side, I miss the back and forth between Spidey and the rogues. Since SSM is a better Spider-Man, he's always a few steps ahead, so we don't get the old "cat and mouse" game. Also, where's Cardiac? I miss him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #15

Aug 7, 2013

Another fun issue of SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN. Slott and Ramos continue to deliver something different and something incredibly fun. I've been digging the new take on this character since the series started. I am not the biggest fan that everyone is just letting SSM get away with this mass destruction and taking over the airwaves. However, there's a lot to love about the book overall. This is a book you should really pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #23

Dec 4, 2013

Part 2 of Darkest Hours delivers and is an extremely exciting start to a story line. Fans of Venom and Flash Thompson will really be on board here as this version of Spidey continues to battle it out with him. The writing and art are on a whole other level. This is a series, whether you agree with how this volume all starter, you should be reading. It keeps getting better and better. If that doesn't win you over, then how about the fact Miguel O'Hara is still in it?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #24

Dec 18, 2013

Darkest Hours is turning out to be one awesome thrill-ride. I really love what Slott, Gage, and Ramos are doing here. Superior Venom has a great design, and you'll be on the edge of your seat finding out what he's going to do next. The Goblin story finally weaves its way into the main story, and you'll get pretty pumped for the next issue, especially after a big reveal page where we find out who's jumping into this series next. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #27.NOW

Feb 12, 2014

Goblin Nation Part 1 isn't as good as I expected it to be, but it was still a very solid issue. This has been building up for months, and while a good chunk of the issue revolved around Spidey figuring out how the goblins beat his spiderbots, the issue was bookended with awesomeness. The artwork was incredibly solid, especially in the color department, and overall, it was an incredibly fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #29

Mar 12, 2014

While the third part of Goblin Nation didn't blow me away, it was still a very fun read. The art is dynamite throughout and the back and forth between Spidey and Goblin kept this particular issue in the fun zone. On the down side of things, the book gets a tad chaotic with everything going on and the individual issue isn't living up to the whole story. However, I still really recommend SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2011) #20

May 22, 2013

My first venture into SUPERMAN was a satisfying one. This was a great "smash it up" issue, and since I'm a big Forth World fan, I was pretty excited to jump right in. While this may be a tough issue for new readers because we're in the middle of a story, you can get the gist of what's going on in a second read through, but it's best to pick up issue #19 as well. My only other problem was some of Orion's dialogue which was a bit too comical for the book. However, this was a ton of fun. Lobdell and Kuder do an amazing job here, and for the first time in years, I can say I'm on board with a Superman book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superman (2011) #38

Feb 4, 2015

Superman and I have never really been the best of friends, but I found the Men of Tomorrow story to be a wonderful arc that has roped me back into reading the book full time. The issues comes to a natural conclusion and while this issue really feels like it's pushing a new Superman power on the reader, at least it's surrounded by a pretty awesome story that is well-executed. I highly suggest checking this issue and arc out.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman (2011) #40

Apr 29, 2015

As a whole, the idea for the issue, along the lines of Superman trying to understand his new powers and getting help from the Justice League, shows a great amount of promise. The problem is that the execution isn't there. These characters don't have their essence here and having the Justice League trying to bond over beers feels really forced. The art team does some great work, but the dialogue and second half of the book simply do not work.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #11

Aug 13, 2014

I was very split on this book. It's almost a 4 but because this book seems to do so much backtracking, it just didn't make sense. It still is a solid read and what's being done with Superman and Wonder Woman here is interesting and could lead one awesome conclusion. Overall, this was an ok read and I mildly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: American Alien #4

Feb 17, 2016

American Alien tells the story of the "missing years" of Clark Kent/Superman and does so pretty well. This issue primarily focuses on characters that will play a bigger role in Clark's life later on, but what this issue does exceptionally well is show that while Clark has powers, he can become something greater. The only downside is that there are a few scenes that drag on a tad, but overall, this is a fantastic issue. I highly recommend checking this out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman: Rebirth #1

Jun 1, 2016

Superman: Rebirth wasn't as good as we hoped, considering where we were left off during "The Last Days of Superman," but there's a ton of potential here for the future series. The art is fantastic and while there's not a whole lot happening here, aside from what feels like catch up meets a eulogy, it's a pretty good issue that leaves readers wanting more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Survive #1

Mar 26, 2014

SURVIVE does a great job at setting up one aspect of the new Ultimate universe, but falters with almost everything else. Cataclysm went out with a whimper and while this is a step in the right direction, it's only a small step. Monica Chang's story is the standout in the issue, but the problem is that there's a bit too much going on here for a one-shot, and while this book is supposed to set-up the new Ultimate series, it feels like SURVIVE would do better as a fully realized bridge between CATACLYSM and the new series rather than a doorway.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teen Dog #1

Sep 10, 2014

TEEN DOG is a ton of fun. Sure, I only latched onto this issue because I thought the name was genius. However, the pages inside provided a ton of fun and a group of very charming characters you will quickly fall in love with, even Thug Pug. Sure, as a new reader, to this new series, you still feel a little left out with this character's intro, but overall, TEEN DOG #1 is a great read and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #8

Mar 28, 2012

TMNT is what you should be reading if you're outraged by the Michael Bay news. This book is awesome on so many levels. If you read the original book or just watched the cartoon, you'll connect with this book and enjoy the heck out of it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #9

Apr 25, 2012

Is this IDW's best book? Yes. Is it one of the most enjoyable on-going series in comics? Top 10 for me without a doubt. This series is awesome. The redesign of one of the TMNT characters was fantastic, and it made me extremely happy. This issue is also a great place for new readers to jump on since the first page really catches everyone up. There's tons of great action in this awesome story, and once again, the art is fantastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #10

May 30, 2012

This book continues to be a 5 out of 5 for me, and if you're not reading it, you get a 0 out of 5 for missing out on an amazing comic series. This book is not the TMNT you remember. It's better. This issue contains some amazing art and some great fight scenes between Splinter and one of Shredder's men. The Shredder redesign is great and he finally feels like a leader of a clan, and a man not to be messed with.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Color Classics #1

May 9, 2012

Pure awesomeness. Yes, you can buy the B&W issues in trade, but this first issue is meant to be read on its own. I'm so happy IDW is reprinting these, along side of making new issues of TMNT. This issue will give you that warm fuzzy feeling as you flip through the pages. Since this issue is 40 pages long, it is paced very well aa the story develops. It's a great self contained story as well that holds up almost 30 years later.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ten Grand #2

Jun 5, 2013

TEN GRAND 2 is a great read and this is a series you need to jump onto. JMS and Templesmith are onto something amazing here, and you need to get on this book, before it's too late. By the way, there's a second printing of issue 1 this week, so there's no excuse to pick both up. JMS has developed a really cool story here with some amazing art from Templesmith. While it may be a tad tough to get used to the contrasting styles of pulp writing and more horror-stylized art, you'll be a fan, no doubt.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Activity #1

Oct 27, 2011

Overall, this is a great start for this new Image book. If you like books about special forces, then this is for you. Mitch Gerads' art was my favorite thing about this issue. I really like his style and the way he draws fire... Yes, I like how he draws fire. The pacing, towards the end of the book was great, and it was slowed down, in a good way, by dialogue, giving a realistic feel to the action on the pages. However, I'm not a fan of this genre, so the book was a bit tough to read, for me, and I felt the book started off a bit slow. In the end, even though I may not like the genre, I really enjoyed the book, and I'm excited to keep reading The Activity. I recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Avenging Spider-Man #5

Mar 28, 2012

Pick of the week! That's right! This beats out Aquaman for me. This is a fantastic issue, and it kept a giant, dumb smile on my face from page one. What this book lacks in action it makes up for in a great story about two classic Marvel characters. Wells and Yu work so well together and Yu's artwork is beautiful from start to finish.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Avenging Spider-Man #6

Apr 11, 2012

Avenging Spider-Man really doesn't Avenge anything, but who cares? This book is awesome. It has a great creative team behind the issue, and the story is a ton of fun. Checchetto does a great job with giving tweaks to a few characters, and his overall artwork is wonderful.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Avenging Spider-Man #14

Nov 7, 2012

AVENGING SPIDER-MAN is a fun, fast-paced, insane adventure that will keep you chuckling from start to finish. The art here is fantastic and intense, and I love that the artists pays homage to the classic Spider-Man look. The dialogue is hilarious, and this is a great Marvel Team-Up like book. My only problem is that the actual story was just ok for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Avenging Spider-Man #15.1

Dec 26, 2012

If you can't tell by now, I loved this issue. It was great to see Ock become Spider-Man and Peter Parker, but what I enjoyed most was seeing this costume come together. It all makes sense. While I'm sure there's tons of people not to happy with the outcome of 700, I think it's going to work fine. This is a new era of Spider-Man, and it's a very interesting change. I can't wait to see the new SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN series.The writing and art here are top notch, and you'll be engulfed from start to finish with this issue. I didn't have any real problems with this book except I thought Spider-Man's pose on the final page was a tad awkward.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Avenging Spider-Man #16

Jan 16, 2013

AVENGING SPIDER-MAN 16 is a fantastic and super-fun issue. Writer Chris Yost does a great job at diving into the head of Spidey-Ock and how he sees the world. Paco Medina not only does a great job with the art, but he also has some fantastic page layouts. Lastly, the fight between Wolverine and Spidey-Ock is my favorite part of the issue. It was the coolest fight of this week for me.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Avenging Spider-Man #17

Feb 27, 2013

While I'm a big Dan Slott fan, and I love what he's doing with SUPERIOR SPIDER-MAN, I enjoy AVENGING SPIDER-MAN a whole lot more. It's a pretty silly book, but I mean that in the best way possible. It's just a fun read, and it looks like we're being set up for some awesome future stories.Everything about this issue is brilliant and awesome. It's like wearing a Snuggie in public without the embarrassment of letting people know you own a Snuggie. If you're not digging on SSM, pick this one up instead since the focus is more on Superior Spider-Man adapting to the Marvel universe and less on just SSM adapting to the job of Spider-Man.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Avenging Spider-Man #19

Apr 10, 2013

SLEEEPWALKER! I grew up in the early to mid 90's, and Sleepwalker is a very 90's character, so it was pretty obvious I was going to pick this one up on a whim. Luckily, I was really happy with how much fun this issue was!Quick note: My coworker, who does not read comics, picked up this issue, and said, "Who's this Sleepwalker guy? He's dreamy." Thought you will all enjoy that.The writing and art are fantastic here, and while this is a great overall issue, I had a problem with a few pages and how the panels were laid out. It was a tad confusing.Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Black Hood #2

Mar 25, 2015

This book is something different in all the best ways. It's following its own path and telling the story of a man who essentially fell from grace. It's dark and gritty, and gorgeous. Swierczynski and Gaydos deliver an engaging story from start to finish and leave readers off at a very interesting place that completely changes where we thought the book was going. It's only the second issue as well, so I highly recommend checking this series out from Dark Circle Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Black Hood #3

Apr 22, 2015

THE BLACK HOOD has become one of my favorite reads, and we're only a few issues in. Hettinger is this incredibly intriguing character and his journey is incredibly fascinating. Swierczynski and Gaydos play exceptionally well off each other to create this dim but intriguing book that is really hard to put down. Check out the first two issues of this book if you're in the mood for something that's really character driven and quite gritty.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Bunker #1

Aug 5, 2013

Today, you're probably pretty bored and just staring at your computer, like you do on a Monday. You probably should head over to Comixology and pick this issue up for $1.99. This is a really fun start to a very intriguing series. I like that there's a lot laid out for the reader, but there's a ton of unanswered questions to keep you on board. Plus, it's an apocalyptic story. Who doesn't want to see the world end in some horrible way, in comic book format? The art has its own great style, and I loved the different types of shading during the future and contemporary scenes. Fialkov and Infurnari have something awesome going here, so jump on now. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Bunker #3

Apr 23, 2014

THE BUNKER is one of my top on-going series right now. It's different in the best ways possible. Infurnari's art is more than just pictures. It's a depiction of the characters within that moment and sometimes much more. Fialkov does great with building these characters and developing them fully. While, at its core, this is a book about the world ending, this book is just layers upon layers of dramatic storytelling and subplots that are insanely engaging. I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Devilers #1

May 23, 2014

DEVILERS surprised me. Normally, religious-based books don't interest me, but DEVILERS has a way of grabbing you and keeping you reading until the final page. This is a great start not only for this book but for Dynamite's creator driven series. Fialkov and Triano provide an entertaining and thrilling first issue which promises to be one Hell of a series, pun intended. This isn't just a book you'll want to pick up, it's one you'll want on your pull list. While there were some small problems with the issue, here and there, you'll want to make sure to pick this one up when it comes out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The First X-Men #1

Aug 1, 2012

I'm pretty split on this issue. I think the idea and the story are fantastic and a good start to the book. Matthew Wilson's colors are great, and at times, Adams' art is wonderful. The problem is that his art is a bit inconsistent in this book. One panel will look great and another can look like it came from a bronze age book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #1

Sep 28, 2011

I'm down the middle on this one. Overall, I liked it, but I expected so much more. There's lots of set-up and establishing of characters, which is done very well, and the character has been a bit more simplified. Cinar's splash pages are fantastic and so are Buccellato's color work. Simone's writing is spot-on, but I wish she also did all the plotting. The end of the issue feels a bit rushed, and I felt like they waited to introduce Firestorm way too late. I recommend this book, but only because I feel it's only going to get better.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Goon #34

Jun 29, 2011

My first venture into the world of The Goon was awesome. The art is amazing, the writing is hilarious, and the only real problem I have with the book is that it doesn't come out on a regular basis. Maybe it's just too awesome to be released on a monthly basis. Yeah, that makes sense. Obviously, I highly recommend this book to anyone. It's a ton of fun and you really don't need to know anything about the series before reading. Sure, you may not know some of the characters, but you'll forget about that by the end of page one.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Kitchen #1

Nov 12, 2014

THE KITCHEN was a surprising hit from Vertigo, a company that hasn't offered anything this intriguing in quite a while. This book has a great story and this is one great opening issue. Masters, Doyle, and Bellaire present not only an interesting story but a period piece that feels like a period piece. THE KITCHEN flew under my radar, but I'm incredibly happy I picked this one up. If you're looking for something a bit different this week, you need to check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Kitchen #3

Jan 21, 2015

Vertigo's offering of THE KITCHEN is one of the better pieces of storytelling we've seen in quite some time. It's straightforward and there's nothing super-natural or out of this world about it. It's simply just about a group of women trying to survive in world that is vaguely familiar to them. Masters, Doyle and Bellaire keep raising the bar issue to issue with this mini-series and this issue really leaves the reader wanting more. While there were some problems with the inking in a few scenes, overall, this was a great issue. I highly recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Life After #3

Sep 17, 2014

I've said it a ton of times on the Comic Vine podcast, but I love this book. I have this strange place for it in my heart. It's not a happy-go-lucky book nor is it one of those books we'd call "fun." It's essentially purgatory. There are delightful moments here and there, but the overall start of this series was pretty depressing. All-in-all, I'm really loving THE LIFE AFTER and if you're looking for something a bit out there that provides an interesting story and one hell of a journey, then this book is for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor #3

Jun 22, 2011

My biggest problem with the Mighty Thor is that I don't like any of the characters, but that doesn't mean it isn't a great book. This was my first issue of the new series, and even though we're three issues in, I had no problem picking this issue up and understanding what was going on. Even though it's in the middle of a story, it's still a great jumping on point, and that's due in part to the writing of Matt Fraction who keeps it simple and straight-to-the-point. Even a non-Thor fan could enjoy this issue. I recommend The Mighty Thor #3... verily and whatnot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor (2015) #6

Apr 20, 2016

MIGHTY THOR #6 takes some time to tell a story from the past, and it's a solid issue. In fact, the fact this is going to be at least a two-part story is pretty exciting. We get more insight into how the gods were involved during Viking times, and as expected, Loki was still a snake in the grass. The art style is different, but it really works well. This issue was a surprising amount of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The New 52: Futures End #2

May 14, 2014

This is a bit of a surprise since issues #0 and #1 just didn't grab me. The second week of this book gives the reader an emotional connection to these characters and the world they live in, while setting up the main players in this very large game of chess. While there's not a lot of Batman Beyond in this issue, which many folks reading this are looking for, there's a lot of good stuff in here to keep them happy. Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The New 52: Futures End #6

Jun 18, 2014

Having multiple stories, within a single issue, that don't have much to do with each other is a dangerous road to travel since it can lose reader's interest very quickly. However, this issue of FUTURES END does it extremely well, and more than anything it's entertaining story telling. Zircher's art is the star of the show here and it's great to see a high caliber artist on this book. Things are looking up for this series as things heat up and I would highly recommend folks go and pick this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The New Ghostbusters #1

Feb 13, 2013

Well, this new GHOSTBUSTERS series is awesome. It may be a new team shooting down the ghosts, but it still has the same heart and appeal as the last series. Burnham and Schoening do a great job and keeping old readers entertained, while making sure issue one is easily accessible to anyone who has never read a GB comic in their life. I really enjoyed this first issue, with the only downside being that I didn't like the back up.Overall, this issue was a ton of fun and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Pound #1

Mar 14, 2011

It's a fresh take on an old favorite, werewolves. And while the idea of a digital comic may turn a few readers off, I can say without a doubt, it's a hard medium to adjust to, but digital comics are well worth it. It's a fun read, and frankly, it's a nice change from the hundreds of super-hero books swarming the shelves and your pull list. Again, the book will be released on iPhone, iPad, and the Sony PSP store around March 30th.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Pound #2

May 9, 2011

This book entertains: it's funny, well-written, well-drawn, and has great pace to it. Yes, werewolves are in the book, but, at this point, the book really isn't about werewolves. I'd highly recommend picking this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Pound: Ghouls Night Out #1

Sep 19, 2012

It's no secret that I loved the first volume of this series, and this issue has a lot of potential to reach that. I loved the opening pages of this issue and Nilson does a great job keeping the writing fresh and funny. I love all the set-up here, but I think there's a bit too much being thrown at the reader for a four issue mini-series. The art team here does a fantastic job, especially on the colors.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The Rocketeer: Hollywood Horror #1

Feb 27, 2013

There's a question going through my mind, over and over again: "Will Rocketeer fans like this?" My opinion is one thing, but will the fanbase this is geared toward enjoy this? I read a lot of Doctor Who comics and a few of them are pretty bad. However, Whovians will like them. It's just the general public that won't. With ROCKETEER: HOLLYWOOD HORROR, I really don't think Rocketeer fans will like this.This book is too weird and out there. Sure, J Bone does some nice work on the book, but that's going to save this book.Overall, I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Savage Hawkman #1

Sep 28, 2011

Wow. This book was a surprise. A solid start to a new story featuring a character I'm usually not to fond of. I love the set-up of Carter trying to put his past behind him only to be dragged right back into battle, and the book had solid writing from Tony Daniel. Phillip Tan and Sunny Gho's art was fantastic throughout the book, and Hawkman's new outfit is pretty awesome. I still don't understand the NTH metal business nor Hawkman's power-set or who he is. Lastly, the black alien liquid that becomes a monster just reminds me of Marvel's symbiotes, and there's no way around that. This was a solid start to a new series, and I recommend the book!

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Savage Hawkman #2

Oct 26, 2011

It's a down the middle book. Not bad by any means, but not my favorite. I love the new villains in this issue, and their motives are pretty cool and not the same old "I have to beat the good guy" slant we've dealt with forever. I really liked Philip Tan's art on this book, especially the fire. However, I'm not too interested in Carter's home life, but that's mainly because I am so much more interested in Hawkman and his mythos.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Spider #1

May 2, 2012

I was blown away. I had no expectations for this book, and I wasn't sure I was going to like it, but all-in-all, I loved The Spider. This book has a great story and a great character, and I loved the gritty noir tone this book has. I cannot wait to read future issues. David Liss does a great job at keeping this book new reader friendly, and Colton Worley's art was fantastic for this book. Liss and Worley are a great team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Spider #2

Jun 6, 2012

I'm loving this series. Everything about it is just so awesome. Writer David Liss and artist Colton Worley are fantastic on this book. It's darks, gritty, and amazing. I loved how Wolrey sets up each page. His composition is great. Liss does a great job at keeping the reader up-to-date on the world the Spider lives in through some internal monologue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Spider #4

Aug 1, 2012

As I've said before, this is a book you should pick up. It's a new take on an old favorite. This is a great issue, and as always, the writing and art are top notch. This book has a great cliffhanger, and I can't wait to continue reading The Spider next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Strain: The Night Eternal #1

Aug 20, 2014

THE STRAIN: THE NIGHT ETERNAL is off to a great start. While not a good place at all for a new reader to jump on, especially if they've been enjoying the series on FX, it's still a series folks should check out. It's written incredibly well and the dialogue is real and natural. Huddleston's art gets even better here as well. The world sucks here, figuratively and literally, but it's easily one of the better books I've read this month.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The Terminator Enemy Of My Enemy #1

Feb 19, 2014

Hopefully, this first issue is just opening to something larger and something a lot cooler because what readers are left with is the same Terminator story we've seen numerous times with a bit of a twist. The actual dialogue writing and art aren't bad at all, but the story feels so redundant that it's really hard to get excited the reader feels like is very similar to its predecessors. Keep your eye out for the continuation of this book but bare in mind this first one is a rough start.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #1

Jan 6, 2015

Expectations were pretty high for this first issue but THE UNBEATABLE SQUIRREL GIRL exceeds them. North, Henderson, and Renzi have put together something that appeals to both young and old that is an incredible amount of fun, featuring a great, stand-out star, who at times isn't all there. The first issue delivers the direction for the series, gives readers some action, and develops the character all in a one-two punch that doesn't feel like an information dump. This is a book you're going to want to check out especially if you like to read something that borders on the silly. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #2

Feb 4, 2015

All-in-all, SQUIRREL-GIRL is a fun and enjoyable book that's not really up my alley, but one that has the potential to bring in a lot of new readers to comics. The book is fun and has a great sense of humor and deals with a lot of things young people struggle with, but in a humorous light. However, the book is still new and the second half of it feels a little rushed to get to the next point and the moments of Doreen as Squirrel-Girl fall a tad flat compared to the first half of the book. Overall, I'd recommend giving this book a try though. It is a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #3

Mar 18, 2015

THE UNBEATABLE SQUIRREL GIRL is a pretty exciting and entertaining book. It's nice to see another character grab a hold of a zany personality and run full-force with it. The creative team has something special here and this book is a nice gateway comic for people to become comic book readers. If they're into having a laugh and enjoying the Marvel movies, give them this. Don't just toss Civil War at them right away. The thing is that this book isn't for everyone. Sometimes, it's a bit much for me, but that's totally ok. It's still well put together and it does a great job telling a story with words and art.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Wake #3

Jul 31, 2013

This week was a great week for Vertigo. First, we got COLLIDER, which I really loved (Jen is reviewing it later), then we get another amazing issue of THE WAKE. It's Vertigo Christmas today and you're a fool not to take part. This particular issue of THE WAKE was great. Murphy's art is amazing, and Snyder's story is fantastic. If you aren't buying one of these books, then you're crazy. There's no reason not to be reading the WAKE, unless you're a big scaredy-cat (reverse psychology).

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thief of Thieves #2

Mar 14, 2012

I'm back and forth between a 3 and a 4 on this book. I think this book has massive potential, but it really hasn't grabbed me yet. I enjoyed the flash back sequences in the issue, mainly because I love the idea of a comic about a thief, and they were very exciting, and I really enjoyed the dialogue through the issue. The art was very solid in issue 2 and I loved the heavy shadowing on the faces of the characters, except for the woman, who were always lit perfectly, which seemed very weird to me. I'm also not too sure what's going on with this book, and as the reader, I feel a lot more in the dark than I should. I recommend this issue, but out of curiosity more than anything.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thors #3

Sep 2, 2015

Overall, THORS #3 continues to deliver a great issue in a surprisingly awesome series. The creative team mixes Thor and police procedurals in a way that really works and this book just looks beautiful as well. Easily, this is one of the best books of the week and something you need to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Threshold #1

Jan 16, 2013

While THRESHOLD 1 may have been a bit confusing and overwhelming to me, it was still a very good issue. Both the main story and the back-up are great here, even though I think the back-up may be a bit better, and it's something I'm for sure putting on my pull list.Overall, I recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Threshold #2

Feb 13, 2013

THRESHOLD is the science fiction comic DC readers deserve. Sure, there's a ton of stuff being thrown at you, which at times, can get confusing, but everything your reading is awesome. The creative team on this book compliments each other extremely well, and I was quite happy to see how well the Blue Beetle fit into the issue. I'm a big fan of the Captain K'Rot reboot, and that Larfleeze back up is oh so awesome. This is a book you really should jump on to. It's a bit out there, but it's all good.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Threshold #3

Mar 13, 2013

This issue was a borderline 4, but it's Dalhouse's colors that pushed it up. This is one of my Top of the Pile books for last month, and while I really enjoy this issue in particular, it was a tad slow and I really didn't like the artist switch halfway through the issue. I love how Blue Beetle is being incorporated here, and I feel like finally someone is utilizing this character in a new and exciting way. Giffen is doing an awesome job with this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Threshold #5

May 8, 2013

I'm loving this series. It's a great sci-fi adventure and a wonderful addition to the DC line. Both the main story and the back-up are fantastic, and in this issue, in particular, we get to see a lot of awesome things, like the return of Brainiac. The all three artists on this book are awesome, although I did have a problem with the art change halfway though the issue. Overall, I love this series, and I highly suggest you pick it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans Hunt #1

Oct 21, 2015

TITANS HUNT is a decent book. The first issue sets up the characters and teases the mystery but just doesn't do enough to really grab the reader in. It's confusing and doesn't feel like it has a broad enough appeal for the opening of a mini-series. The art team does a pretty solid job to boot. If you're a Titans fan, this will be right up your alley.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Trinity Of Sin #1

Oct 15, 2014

Fans of these characters will be a bit let down because this issue feels like it reads solely for readers who have no clue who any of these characters are. That's the big disappointment since DeMatteis did such a good job with THE PHANTOM STRANGER. It almost feels like a lighter, carefree book presenting a very light plot to the reader. The art is middle-of-the-road and doesn't help nor hurt the book. While this issue really didn't like up to its potential, there's still a bit of hope on the horizon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Trinity of Sin: Pandora #1

Jul 3, 2013

Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Trinity of Sin: Pandora #2

Jul 31, 2013

For some reason, a 3 star review, on this site, is scene as "the reviewer hated it!" I'll be very clear. I like this series, and I liked this particular issue. It has its ups and downs, sure, but it's not bad. I still recommend picking this up. I had high expectations for the book because Trinity War has been a blast, I've really been enjoying Ray Fawkes writing, and the tie in issues to Trinity War have been great as well, especially CONSTANTINE, but this one fell a tad flat. If you've been enjoying Trinity War or you enjoyed the first issue of this series, give this book a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Twilight Zone #1

Dec 31, 2013

THE TWILIGHT ZONE #1 really captures the story and the feel of the original television series. It's a great start to this new on-going book. JMS has started something extremely cool here and will have the reader hooked in from page one. You don't need to be a fan of the original show to like this issue though. It's great for anyone interested in a bit of the bizarre or stories that are just a bit off in the world of science fiction. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Twilight Zone #2

Feb 5, 2014

TWILIGHT ZONE #2 is an incredibly fun issue that takes the mystery and intrigue of the classic television series and throws a dash of action into the mix. JMS does a great job at keeping this second issue friendly to brand new readers. The art is ok, but the layouts are where Vilanova shines in this issue. Overall, this is a really fun read and Dynamite has something very special here that is a blast to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Twilight Zone #4

Apr 9, 2014

This is a story that should be bought in trade. Issues #1 and #2 of this book were fantastic, but the last couple just don't hit the mark as well because it's a story that's meant to be read in one sitting. There's a few art problems here and there, but overall, the issue looks pretty nice and it's well written, even though there is a lot of expository dialogue here. This issue gets a mild recommendation, but the first story arc gets a big recommendation. Get this one in trade, for sure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Hawkeye #1

Aug 29, 2011

Perfect companion piece to Hickman's Ultimates. Finally, we can take The Ultimates serious again. Hawkeye can carry his own story for sure, especially with a great cast around him. It has one of the best opening stories currently at Marvel, and that's all thanks to the fabulous writing of Jonathan Hickman. The art is solid and just as good as the writing, but the one problem I had with the issue was a small problem with the story. But overall, I loved this book, and I highly recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics Hawkeye #3

Oct 19, 2011

This new season of Ultimate books is top notch, and collectively, the best it has ever been, and I feel like Ultimate Hawkeye is really leading the way. If you love what's going on in Ultimate Comics X-Men, then you'll enjoy this issue since it has a few of those characters popping up in here. The creative team of this book is dynamite, and I'm loving the direction this book is going. I highly recommend this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics Iron Man #1

Oct 17, 2012

I'm a bit down the middle on this issue. It's a tough call. I can tell it's a good issue, but I just couldn't find myself enjoying it or connecting to it, until the end. The scenes with Tony and his father were the stand out scenes of this issue, as well as Buffagni's art. Edmondson's slower start to this issue was solid, but it could have had a little something more to draw the reader in.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics New Ultimates #4

Oct 20, 2010

It's a pretty mediocre issue, but has some good reveals in it to keep you interested. I'm hoping the conclusion picks up a bit because this started off with a bang, but for now I'd give it a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #12

Jul 4, 2012

This was one fantastic issue. It was non-stop fun from front to back. I loved David Marquez's art, with Justin Ponsor's colors here, they're a great team, and this is exactly the art this book deserves. I am really enjoying Miles Morales, especially the fact Spider-Man is a teenager again. I love his ties to Prowler and watching their dynamic play out on the page. This book has fantastic writing, and it's new reader accessible. Lastly, this issue has a great action sequence towards the end that has a mild reveal about where this character could be heading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #14

Sep 5, 2012

This was so close to perfect for me; however, this whole volume has been amazing. I love the callback to the famous Kitty Pryde quote in the opening, and how this is more than just a super-hero book. It's about a person who just happens to be a super-hero. There's lots of really cool things that happened in this issue that move Miles closer and closer to becoming Spider-Man here, which I left out or blacked out for obvious reasons. The writing and art are wonderful as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #16

Oct 17, 2012

ULTIMATE COMICS: SPIDER-MAN continues to impress! This was a super fun issue filled to the brim with top-notch action as Miles tries to prove himself to Captain America. It's a solid issue from start to finish as we get to see Spider-Man take on Hydra! The only downside to this issue I saw was the lack of David Marquez. Pepe Larraz does a decent job, except I really didn't like how he drew Captain America.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #18

Dec 19, 2012

ULTIMATE COMICS SPIDER-MAN #18 does a great job at developing all of its characters a little bit further and makes them feel real. This is one of my favorite Marvel books currently, and while I had some problems with the side of the issue featuring Miles because it left me a tad disappointing, everything else about this issue was an A .ULTIMATE COMICS SPIDER-MAN 18 gets 4 lost Miles out of 5

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #20

Feb 6, 2013

I love this series, and I've been a huge support of it, but this issue was a tad of a let down. It's still a good and fun read, but the writing and story are not on par with the rest of the series here. I believe this is building to something bigger and better. Bendis has always done extremely well with this book, and I'm still very excited to continue onward with this series.The best part of this book is flat-out the art. Pichelli and Ponsor nail it. Venom looks extremely cool, and the fight scenes are awesome. However, great art isn't going to make a comic awesome.Overall, I liked this book, and I give this a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #22

Apr 24, 2013

While ULTIMATE COMICS SPIDER-MAN #22 is a very fun and action packed issue, it's a pretty big downer. This is is going to change the direction of this book in a big way, and while I'm not the keenest on the idea of death being used as a plot device again, it's still, overall, a great issue. Pichelli's art is a brilliant masterpiece of visual story telling, and Bendis paces this issue incredibly well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #23

May 15, 2013

ULTIMATE COMICS SPIDER-MAN #23 is a fantastic issue. Bendis and Marquez are a fantastic scene, and while the last issue was a bit of a let down for me, this issue was fantastic all over. I really like the jump forward a year, and Bendis does a fantastic job with changing around Miles' personality subtly to go along with everything that has happened to him. On the downside, I really didn't like the dialogue on the last page of the issue, and I keep wondering if the rest of the Ultimate books are jumping forward as well, if that even matters.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #24

Jun 19, 2013

This issue made two characters I've never really cared for likable... incredibly likable. I actually want to see what happens to Cloak and Dagger. I thought that would never happen. Now, we just have to wait for Miles to put the mask back on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #27

Sep 25, 2013

The closer and closer we get to Cataclysm, the more and more I start to believe the entire Ultimate Universe is ending, which makes me a very sad comic book fan, since I love this universe so much more than the 616 Universe. While the story isn't really winning me over, this issue was a ton of fun. It was a great back and forth battle between these characters and the art was just beautiful. Taskmaster is the main selling point here, though. He's just a really awesome character with some very cool powers. This series may be coming to a close (hasn't been announced yet, but it really feels like the Ultimate Universe is completely ending), but it's still a solid book, and I highly recommend picking it up!

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #28

Oct 23, 2013

ULTIMATE COMICS SPIDER-MAN #28 isn't a bad issue. It also isn't one of my favorites. The issue ties up a bit too quickly and really feels rushed. The final fight is over way too quickly as well. However, the art on this issue is not only my favorite art to come out of Marquez and Ponsor, but it's some of my favorite art this month. Overall, it's an alright read, and if you've been reading this series, you may as well finish it up here. I give this issue a mild recommendation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #200

Apr 2, 2014

Everything about ULTIMATE SPIDER-MAN #200 is set to invoke an emotional response from the reader, and it really works, as long as that reader has been following this book for at least a few years. This issue is really for the fans, which can leave casual readers blowing out in the wind. It's a great issue, but not one that is groundbreaking because the focus is so heavily on this one small moment. It's a well done issue that fans will no doubt enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Wolverine #1

Mar 13, 2013

Overall, I wasn't expecting much from this book and wasn't excited for it, but after reading it, I was pleasantly surprised. ULTIMATE COMICS WOLVERINE #1 is a great start to a new mini-series featuring what seems to be a great, stand-alone story. If you've been reading ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN, then you really should pick this book up. If you haven't been reading that book, then ULT WOLVERINE may be a tougher sell, since so much has happened in X-MEN in the past year.Overall, I recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #1

Aug 24, 2011

Do you love great starting points? Then this is the book for you! This book seems to be back on track. It's no longer "way out there" or "over-the-top." This issue is grounded and pretty serious. I'm impressed. I have a feeling Hickman is going to take this team to new levels, and while I'd love to give this a perfect score, I still feel a bit skeptical about the team, and while the issue was awesome, it just wasn't amazing. I highly recommend this book, especially for new readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #2

Sep 27, 2011

This is the best of the current Ultimate line-up of books at Marvel. Sure, it has high concept elements in the book that can be confusing, but for me, that's really part of the appeal of the issue and the story. This is one of the few times where I've actually enjoyed Thor and what he was up to, and the new villains in this story are also a lot of fun. Ribic's art fits this book insanely well and really adds to the realism of the book. Lastly, there are no punches held on the violence, but it doesn't go over-the-top. I highly recommend this issue and series. Currently, it's one of the best books at Marvel.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #3

Oct 26, 2011

Another amazing issue. I'm loving all the Ultimate books, minus Ultimate Spidey which I'm not reading. Hickman and Ribic are killing it on this book, and especially loving Ribic's artwork on this one. The high concept writing is toned down a bit for this issue, and the action scenes are great. Hawkeye, for me, is a stand-out character in this new universe, even though he's not the star of this book. I didn't like the fact this wasn't a good place for new readers to start and I feel like this issue could have gone a little more forward with the story. I highly recommend this book and issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #7

Feb 29, 2012

No matter how lost I may get with the book, I still love it because everything about it feels so fresh and new. What won me over the most was Ribic's designs of the characters and world these characters are in. There's great contrast, visually, between many elements in the books, and it's just really cool to see on the page. I loved the final page of this issue, and I love all these cool futuristic elements Hickman throws into his work. Sadly, I got lost while reading this, and sometimes, all the ideas presented to the reader can be overwhelming, but overall, this is amazing story and I highly recommend you pick it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #14

Aug 22, 2012

The Ultimates 14 and the Divided We Fall story line are fantastic. This issue retains the awesomeness that was the Hickman run, but with a story and writing that are a lot easier to swallow. This issue has some fantastic set up for the rest of the story line, and I can't wait to see how this will affect the future of the Ultimate universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #15

Sep 19, 2012

Ultimates is a solid book going in an amazing direction. The world is upside-down, and I love it. I like the fact nothing ever returns to normalcy, and in this issue, things just get crazier, but I refuse to spoil them for you guys. We get to see a couple of new groups that are 616 favorites and Captain America is slowly becomign a brand new character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #16

Sep 26, 2012

This book rules. I know that's such a lame statement, but it really fits. I really enjoyed everything about this issue. Sure, I had some problems with the artwork here, but overall, that really didn't matter since I was so hooked in and along for the ride. A lot of craziness happens here, and you'd be best to check this book out. As I've stated numerous times, The Ultimate line of Marvel books is the best Marvel has going for it, so there is no reason not to read this.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #17

Oct 24, 2012

This was a stellar issue of ULTIMATES. There's lots of great twists and turns here as Hydra and Modi take on the United States as it slowly repairs itself. We get a full introduction to Modi, who he is, and what makes him a powerful force to battle, and the finale of this issue is a jaw dropping moment.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #22

Mar 6, 2013

This book has been very close to getting dropped the past few months, but this issue has me back on board. I like the California vs America tension that is building here, especially because Captain American is completely cold to them. While I still think this book is a bit scattered, and I'm not really into young Tony Stark: The Tumornator, I feel like this book is finally getting back on track to awesome.Overall, I recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #24

May 8, 2013

This issue was a bit of a bummer. I'm normally a fan of Sam Humphries work, but I felt this last issue was a bit rushed and not that exciting. On the awesome side of things, Matt Milla's color work is great, and I'm loving the Wonder Man design here. I really wish this team had a little bit more time to roll with this incredibly large and epic story.Overall, I do not recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #25

Jun 5, 2013

THE ULTIMATES has become a fun book to read again. The past few arcs have been good, but they've been a bit too large scale. I love the fact this book has a smaller focus and that Hulk gets to smash it up here. I've never been the biggest Infinity Gems fan, but I love the explanation Fialkov givers here for their existence and it's something I'm looking forward to in future issues. The new creative team is very solid, even though I had a few small problems with details being lost on characters. While this may not be the best place for new readers to jump on, this is still a fantastic issue and I highly recommend picking this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #26

Jun 19, 2013

The art and writing are a perfect fit for each other and for this book. The story, which I didn't know if certain aspects would work, so far is a blast. I love this Dark Ultimates team, and I'm really loving Kang. This book is a hit and an exciting ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #1

Sep 19, 2011

It's a good issue, but I'm right down the middle with it. I think the writing and art are awesome, but it doesn't have that feel like a new reader could jump right in. This issue is a ton of expository dialogue, and it's incredibly jumpy, but the art, writing, and Kitty's new "super-sweet" costume will have you on board. I was expecting a little more out of this book, and I really thought it was going to be more "new reader friendly." However, I still recommend it, and I think this will be a book to watch in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #2

Oct 12, 2011

Another issue of Ultimate Comics X-Men has made me a believer in the Ultimate series. I'm really excited for the future of this series, but I keep wondering if it's going to tie into the other Ultimate books. The action and the rest of the pacing in this issue is great. Paco Medina's art is awesome, and I love these new character designs. I highly recommend this issue. It's an awesome series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #5

Dec 28, 2011

Really great issue! This book has two surprisingly awesome villains in it, Stryker and Pietro. I really got sucked in with their stories. It's a fun book that drags you right in and won't let you go. All-in-all, it's my favorite of the current Ultimate line of books. I highly recommend this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #15

Aug 29, 2012

Divided We Fall has been a great event thus far, and this ULTIMATE X-MEN issue is a great addition to it. I love seeing how the bigger events are affecting these characters, and I can't wait to see them come into their own. I thought this book was going to be good, but I had no clue it was going to be this good. Solid creative team here, and I love everything that's going on in this book, and I loved that final reveal page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #16

Sep 12, 2012

Have I ever mentioned how much I love the Ultimate Universe? I think I have. This book is great. I love the new story line so far, and love seeing Kitty in a leadership position. Rogue finds someone to love in this issue, and it looks like Kid Omega; however, it's the Ultimate Universe, for all I know, this could actually be Ultimate Doug Ramsey. The writing and art are fantastic here, and I was really surprised there were two different pencilers on this book because I couldn't tell the difference. This is so close to a 5/5 for me... so close.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #17

Oct 10, 2012

ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN is epic. This was a fantastic issue and a delightful read. I love how this story line is developing. In issue 17, we get to meet some great 616 characters in this Ultimate universe, and things start to look up for the team, at least for a few moments. Brian Woods writing is fantastic, and he has the perfect creative team backing him.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #18

Oct 31, 2012

I've been praising Marvel's Ultimate line all throughout Divided We Stand/United We Fall because it's not only fantastic storytelling, but it's revived my faith in cross-over events and what they should be. The creative team for this book is phenomenal and some of the best at Marvel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #20

Dec 12, 2012

I've been a firm believer that ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN was a book people need to read, but I had no clue it would become my favorite series in the Ultimate line of comics. While there may be a lot going on here, which makes these smaller pieces of the larger story feel a tad rushed, it's still brilliant nonetheless. The aftermath of the major Ultimate crossover book is just as good, if not better, as the event itself. This is a great new take on this team and world.Overall, I highly recommend this book, unless you hate awesomeness.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #21

Jan 9, 2013

ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN has gone through some ridiculous changes, since the start of the series. This book takes big risks with every story line, and they've all worked thus far. I love seeing a comic take these kind of risks to change everything about the book, something you won't see in a 616 book, without it going back to "normal" eventually. The idea of Utopia is very cool, and I like seeing Kitty in a leadership role as she tries to unite her people with the rest of the country.While this is not a good place for new readers to jump on, I highly recommend checking out this series and getting caught up. It's the most interesting of all the Ultimate Comics books on the shelves, which says a lot because ULTIMATES and ULTIMATE SPIDER-MAN are fantastic books on their own.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #22

Feb 13, 2013

Month to month, ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN proves it's nothing short of brilliant. It's more than just an X-Men book. We're getting real, engaging stories with fabulous art. This is a book you should be reading, whether you like X-titles or not because it's that damn good. I have only good things to say about this series.Overall, this series is a must buy. Go get some.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #23

Feb 27, 2013

Even though this issue doesn't move along the overall story, it's still brilliant. I love what Brian Wood is doing with this book and these characters. This is a great jumping on point for new readers, and Storm fans will have a great time reading this, since it's all about her journey. The art is great as always, and I loved the cover of the issue. I wasn't too keen on the new inker, and fans of this book may find some of the story here repetitious.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #25

Apr 3, 2013

There's a reason I keep calling ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN my favorite book in the Ultimate line: It's awesome. Brian Wood came off the heels of some great storytelling from Jonathon Hickman (in ULTIMATES) and created his own story, which I somehow found to be more interesting. I love the build-up and the in-fighting here. It's brewing up to something that I'm sure will be spectacular.Overall, I highly recommend this isue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #26

May 1, 2013

Once again, ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN has another fantastic issue. Wood is such a strong writer and he truly does an incredible job with these characters. He can take a bunch of mutants, in the desert, hanging out, one of the most interesting books at Marvel. The creative team here is also fantastic, and the final reveal page is incredibly cool. I wasn't too keen on Kitty's shirt being a flat-white though, but that's my only real complaint with the issue.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #27

Jun 12, 2013

Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #28

Jun 26, 2013

ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN is a top tier Marvel book. It's easily one of the most interesting books on the shelf, and writer Brian Wood knows what he's doing when it comes to writing team books, and more importantly, Kitty Pryde. She's really grown into this fantastic leader, and I'm very excited for the next story arc. The art here is great and dynamic. I have nothing but great things to say about this series. You really need to be reading this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #30

Aug 14, 2013

ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN delivers another great read. It's fantastic to watch these stories build on top of each other and play off each other, rather than one story just ending and another starting. Writer Brian Wood does a great job with this series and this issue, and he delivers an engrossing read which is hard to put down. While we've seen Jean Grey be a bit villainous in previous issues, the reader is treated to the lengths she's willing to go to get her way. All of this, plus a big reveal at the end, which may change this book completely, make this one great read.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ultimate Comics: X-Men #33

Oct 30, 2013

ULTIMATE COMICS X-MEN has been an amazing series since Brian Wood took over. The build up to this battle was phenomenal; however, this issue was quite the let down. This doesn't feel like ULTIMATE X-MEN. It doesn't feel like Brian Wood. It feels like it was rushed out just so Marvel could march forward to CATACLYSM. This issue ends in the middle of something and tries ever so quickly to wrap it up. As I stated before, maybe this will read much better in trade, but as it stands, as a single issue, this issue #33 was a let down.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate End #1

May 20, 2015

ULTIMATE END wasn't what I was expecting, but nevertheless, it was a really fun issue that does tie into what's going on in SECRET WARS. If you're a fan of the Ultimate Universe, this is really something you need to check out. Even if you've never read an Ultimate book before, this book is very new reader friendly. Check this issue out for sure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate FF #1

Apr 16, 2014

The art may be a bit rough, but the story for ULTIMATE FF #1 is one tremendous start. As far as the Ultimate universe goes, it's a bold, new direction, featuring a team of characters which a few have never really been in the spotlight. It's off to a great start and shows a lot of promise. It's a new team, a new start, and so far, is the best out of the Ultimates books. Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate FF #4

Jul 16, 2014

It's weird and at times silly, but this issue of ULTIMATE FF is fun, if nothing else. There's a new artist on board and while the art did get better, it's still the weakest part of the book. What readers do have to look forward to is Josh Fialkov having a field day with the Ultimate universe and as many puns as possible in the next couple of issues before the series ends. The last page is what really sells the finale of this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate FF #5

Jul 30, 2014

While the story is out there and it took 5 issues to really find a footing, ULTIMATE FF #5 is a hit. Sadly, it's coming to an end soon. Fialkov has a field day and throws as many animal puns into the issue as possible, and the issue ends in a very creepy/scary way, especially if the reader is a man. Flat-out, I like what's going on here, as an Ultimate fan. While it's no MILES MORALES, ULTIMATE FF, right now, is a ton of fun and a worth picking up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimates (2015) #1

Nov 11, 2015

THE ULTIMATES may not be the book fans of the 1610 Universe expected, but it is easily worth the read. This is a pretty cool concept which places heroes on the offensive, so they can save the Earth in the future. It's a very different but very cool book. However, the opening is a bit of an info dump that can be a bit overwhelming. Regardless, this was a great first issue and I highly recommend checking it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimates (2015) #2

Dec 9, 2015

ULTIMATES #2 gets around some of the confusing elements the first issue had to give readers a really fantastic story which sets the tone for the whole series. At times, some of the characters feel a bit out of focus, but overall, this is a surprisingly fantastic book. It's not the Ultimates we're used to, but Ewing, Rocafort, and Brown are elevating the name "Ultimates" for a whole new generation of readers. I highly recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimates (2015) #3

Jan 6, 2016

THE ULTIMATES continues to be one of the best books in the post-SECRET WARS world, right next to VISION. Conceptually, this is a brilliant book and makes the team name "The Ultimates" mean something again. I cannot recommend this book enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimates (2015) #5

Mar 23, 2016

Once again, ULTIMATES continues to be one of the best series Marvel is currently putting out. The series sits in its own little pocket and Ewing, Rocafort, and Brown seem to have free reign with what they're doing. This is a must read series, even if you're unfamiliar with the characters involved. ULTIMATES is treading new ground, and it's incredibly engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimates (2015) #6

Apr 27, 2016

This is a very different issue of the series, but it still works. It's an enjoyable read and guest artist Christian Ward fits right into the tone of the story. We get to go into the mind of Galactus, which we've seen before, but it's been quite a while since that's happened. This is still one of my favorite on-going series right now, and what I'm most interested in seeing is what happens with this team during the upcoming CIVIL WAR II, since this whole team is all about stopping threats before they start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny Avengers #2

Nov 26, 2012

Overall, I'm down the middle on this one. I think there's a lot of potential here for greatness, and this issue features a lot of great stories within a larger one, but it really doesn't flow together. Everything feels a tad disjointed. I really hope and believe this will all come together nicely because it's a dynamite set-up for Red Skull.I gave X-Men: Legacy 1 the same score, but if you have to choose between those two, you should definitely go with this one. Uncanny Avengers has much more potential for greatness here. There's a lot of good here, but there's just as much bad. I give this a mild recommendation, but I wouldn't say the average person should pick this up on a whim. I'm a bit disappointed, since I am a fan of Cassaday's and Remender's work in the past. We'll just have to see how this plays out in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #1

Oct 14, 2015

Overall, this is a very solid start to a new series. It may not be the best for someone who is brand new to Marvel books, since characters like Doctor Voodoo and Synapse are a bit of a mystery, but what makes this book a step above the rest is how the team works and doesn't work together. This is really an amalgamation of everything at Marvel, representing almost everything the company has put together over the years, from Fantastic Four to mutants and everything in between. I recommend picking this issue up and checking it out for yourself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #7

Mar 9, 2016

Uncanny Avengers #7 is a blast. I'm really starting to love this team. It's a weird mix of characters that feel like they shouldn't work well together, but they do. It's a gorgeous looking issue and features the Wrecker, which is always a plus for me. The connection between the current Marvel event works, and the issue leaves off at a pretty interesting place. The only real problem with the issue is that it moves too quickly. I recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #5

Jan 18, 2012

Super-cool issue and a super-cool concept for a story. I love where this story started and I can't wait to continue following it. I loved how the team split up into smaller groups and the Magik/Colossus team and the Psylocke/Magneto teams were the most memorable of the issue. The best part of this issue was that it was easy for a new reader to jump in and have a good time with the rest of the X-Fans. It's a perfect place to jump on and I highly recommend this issue to everyone!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #6

Feb 1, 2012

I really did enjoy the issue, but I'm more interested than anything else in where this story is going and how it will end. The first issue of the arc has an incredible start, and this issue is a bit more back story than anything else, but it's done very well. There was a printing error in my copy which really confused me, and I'm not a fan of the Colossus/Juggernaut smash-up, but other than that, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #11

Aug 28, 2013

UNCANNY X-MEN #11 is a visually stunning book with an ok story. The biggest problem here just lies within the fact the art and the writing mesh poorly and there's an art switch-up for a few pages within the middle of the book. The reveal page here is the big kicker, which will really get you excited for future story lines, including the upcoming "Battle of the Atom" story line. This is not a bad book by any means. It's just another down the middle of the road issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Unfollow #1

Nov 4, 2015

UNFOLLOW has a lot of potential, even if it doesn't have the strongest opening, for a book I had high expectations for. Williams, Dowling, and Winter debut in a solid showing and this first issue does a great job at setting up the world and the characters we'll be following early on. This is another hit from Vertigo, which has been "killing it" in the relaunch. This was the series I was most excited for in the relaunch and it does not disappoint.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Unfollow #4

Feb 3, 2016

Unfollow continues to be one of my favorite month-to-month readers from Vertigo. It's very grounded in reality, as bizarre as that may sound, and an easy story to connect with. Williams, Dowling, and Winter have created something very accessible that's intriguing and hooks the reader in. If you're thinking about trying out a new Vertigo series, go to this one first.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Valiant Universe Handbook #1

May 3, 2014

The VALIANT UNIVERSE HANDBOOK gives readers all the info about the Valiant universe they could ever need. However, is it too much information? Will they be turned off to the rest of the series because they already know what happens? Otherwise, this is a good way to catch up and see if there's stories that interest you. This is a very conclusive and thorough look into all of Valiant's characters and teams. It's a pretty solid read for fans and new readers alike, but it's not really a comic book, as the title suggests.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2011) #6

Aug 17, 2011

This is an extremely solid issue, and it's a great tie-in to Spider-Island. Is it information you need to know for the main storyline? No. Is it tons of fun and filled with some awesome action? Yes! While I still not be a huge fan of the character Venom, if any book could make me one, it would be this one. I highly recommend this issue, especially if you're enjoying Spider-Island... even though it's just a bunch of people getting Spider-powers.... I still don't see the huge appeal of that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2011) #15

Apr 4, 2012

I'm very glad that the Circle of Four story line is finished because this book is back on track for me, and I am loving it once again. Remender has taken a character who embodied what people wanted in 90s comic books and completely reinvented him and made him incredibly awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Venom: Space Knight #1

Nov 25, 2015

Overall, this was a decent book, but it did not meet expectations. It's easy to see there's a tremendous amount of potential in this new series, but this opening offering simply didn't balance well and there's too many questions on the reader's mind by the time it's all end. We get to see Flash Thompson as a more defined hero in space and the art is great, but all-in-all, this is a middle of the road issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vertigo Quarterly: Cyan #1

Apr 30, 2014

All-in-all, VERTIGO QUARTERLY: CYAN is a success. This book feels like more of a book for Vertigo fans, rather than an anthology anyone can pick up, but it was still an excellent read. The biggest problem folks may have is the $8 cover price; however, there's a whole lot of story within this book, but those who are pinching their pennies may be turned off by the price. Only one of the stories within was a task to read, everything else, including Tynion's "Once Upon the End of Time," was fantastic. Give this issue a shot. You may end up loving it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vision (2015) #1

Nov 4, 2015

THE VISION is very different and that may be off-putting for many readers since it doesn't feel like a traditional super-hero or Marvel book, but that's what makes this such a great read. There is the question of "where is this all going" which doesn't get too much of an answer here, as the issue is more about establishing the world than anything else. It's different, but it's something you are probably going to want to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Vision (2015) #2

Dec 2, 2015

VISION #2 is an incredibly haunting book that takes one of Marvel's iconic characters and puts them in a setting that borders on horror. King, Walta, and Bellaire have come together to create easily the most memorable first couple of issues, thus far, in the post-SECRET WARS universe. I highly recommend picking this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Vision (2015) #5

Mar 9, 2016

Vision continues to be a hauntingly brilliant book, giving the audience a different look at this classic, Marvel character. King, Walta, and Bellaire deliver another fantastic issue, and while some may find this issue a tad slow. It really helps develop Vision, who in a sense seems a bit pompous and above it all. That's what makes this book so interesting. Vision is a hero, but there's something eerily sinister about him. I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Warlord of Mars #16

Mar 14, 2012

This was my first adventure into Warlord of Mars, and while I can't say it will be my last, I can say that I just didn't enjoy it. Now, I don't have a love for John Carter like so many other people do and have had for years, so take that into account, but this book simply did not impress me. I loved the fact this book was action-packed, but that's about it. I don't understand why the women in this book are pretty much naked, I thought the story was incredibly boring, and the art was sub-par, minus a couple of panels which really stood out. Overall, I cannot recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Weirdworld #1

Jun 9, 2015

For a book that seemed a little out there compared to everything else in SECRET WARS, WEIRDWORLD ends up being one of the more entertaining pieces that the event has to offer. It stands far apart from everything else and gives readers a fun and exciting adventure that is reminiscent of Conan and many other fantasy properties. Del Mundo does some stellar work on the art in this issue, and by far, it's some of the best art we've seen come out of the event. This wasn't a book I could say I was looking forward to, prior to this review, but this easily became something I cannot wait to continue reading. I highly recommend picking this issue up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Weirdworld #4

Sep 23, 2015

What really works about this issue is the ending. Arkon has been searching for Polemachus since the beginning of this mini-series and he's never given up. Without spoiling too much about the issue, it's a pretty depressing ending and a moment where the reader wishes they could interact with the character inside the book. Aaron and Del Mundo have crafted something really enjoyable and a book that hearkens back to classic adventure/fantasy tales.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Weirdworld (2015) #1

Dec 15, 2015

WEIRDWORLD is different from what most people consider a Marvel book. This first issue gives the reader a good idea of what this book is about and where it is going. There were some high expectations going into this series and it meets all said expectations. It's not the same as the Jason Aaron run, but that's a good thing, since Sam Humphires is really putting his stamp on this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Winter Soldier (2012) #3

Mar 7, 2012

Winter Soldier has taken over as my favorite on-going at Marvel. Even though it's a book featuring super-heroes, it takes a step away from the "guy in tights" formula that most comic book readers are accustomed to. I really enjoyed Dr. Doom in this issue as he comes off as more of a leader and less of the character I always thought was cheesy. All of Bucky's tech is explained within the issue giving it a more realistic feel to the book, even though there's a gorilla firing a machine gun and flying away on a jet pack. Butch Guice and Ed Brubaker make a dynamite team, and the only problem I have with this book isn't even a problem. I just think this would make a stellar television series. If you aren't reading Winter Soldier, then you're certifiably insane.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Witchblade (1995) #140

Dec 7, 2010

Great Jumping on Point If you like a good cop/detective story, you'll love this issue. This week is a very small week for books, especially good, quality series, so your best bet, if you want to read something that is awesome, is to pick up Witchblade. Sadly, I can't believe I've been putting off Top Cow books for so long. Everything I've read by them in this past year (Darkness, Artifacts, and Magdalena) has been some of my favorite stuff of the year. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wolverine (2010) #11

Jun 22, 2011

This is my pick of the week, obviously. It may not be the best jumping on point for new readers though. We're 11 issues in, but so far, this volume is really one story line. However, it's a book you have to read, Wolverine fan or not. This issue in particular really floored me. It's lets you know a little bit more about the Red Right Hand, which is turning out to be a solid group of villains. There's little-to-nothing I dislike about this issue, and I believe it is highly under-rated. If you're not reading Wolverine, then you may be crazy. Yes, I said it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wolverine (2010) #12

Jul 13, 2011

I'll say it again, "Wolverine is my favorite on-going series at Marvel comics right now. I never thought I'd be writing that, mainly the Wolverine part." I mean every word of that. It's a story that sounds pretty cheesy, but when you take the time to sit and read it, you'll love it. The writing and art are the tops, and this issue is one of my favorites from this series. I've been reviewing this book on and off since issue one, and you haven't bought it and read it yet, then you're really missing out on something special. Yes, it's a Wolverine book, but it's a darn good Wolverine book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine (2010) #13

Aug 3, 2011

Regardless of what I thought about this particular issue, Jason Aaron's run on this book has been fantastic so far. In this particular issue his writing was spot on and the art team of Guedes, Magalhaes, and Wilson was outstanding. For me, the actual story in this issue was a bit of a let down, but believe it or not, I still recommend you pick it up. It's been a great story so far, and while it may not have been my favorite, it's still worth the money.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wolverine (2010) #14

Aug 24, 2011

I cannot wait to see what happens in the next story arc now that this one is over. This is the best Wolverine has been in years. Overall, it's an amazing wrap-up to a story I was very skeptical about, at first, but all the pieces fell into place and it was awesome. The art and writing are spectacular on this issue, and that includes the cover. I highly recommend this issue and this story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wolverine (2010) #305

Apr 25, 2012

The first issue of this new story line is a pretty big miss, unless you're a fan of Dr Rot during Jason Aaron's Weapon X run. On the up side of things, we got to see Doop hanging out for a panel, and this issue is filled with some great action and violence.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wolverine (2010) #311

Aug 8, 2012

Wolverine 311 is a pretty disappointing issue with a creative I really like behind it. On the plus side, I really enjoy all the colorists separately, and Simone Bianchi's art is great. I like the idea of Sabretooth being back in comic books, and the lettering on this issue is great.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men: Alpha and Omega #2

Feb 8, 2012

I'm really enjoying this mini-series thus far. It's exciting to see Quentin be the star of this book because he's an incredibly cool character, although at times he's annoying and whiny, like most teenagers. Although the Construct World art lacked consistency, I still loved it, but I wasn't too into the real world art and I felt like the two should have been switched around. I recommend this series and this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2011) #30

Apr 16, 2014

WONDER WOMAN continues to be one of the best, if not the best, on-going series at DC Comics. While this character has never been one I've gravitated towards, Azzarello and Cliff Chiang (with Goran Sudzuka and Matthew Wilson) have put together not only one of the most interesting takes on Wonder Woman, but one that will stand the test of time. There's a lot happening in this particular issue which really changes where Diana stands with the Amazons. Instead of spoiling the whole thing, though, you should just go out at pick it up. This issue is setting up something awesome, so jump on board.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2011) #31

May 21, 2014

WONDER WOMAN continues to be one of the best, if not the best, books at DC. In fact, it's one of the best on-going series, period. Never has a run of WONDER WOMAN captivated me this much. It's a grand mixture of mythology and modern day storytelling which will truly stand the test of time. Azzarello, Sudzuka, Wilson, and Chiang created a series you need to read. This issue continues to build up toward the finale and it is highly recommended.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2011) #32

Jun 18, 2014

WONDER WOMAN continues to be the stand-out of the New 52 that does not get the credit it is due. This is a phenomenal series that only gets better with each passing issue. The battle between Wonder Woman and First Born is coming to a head, and she's going to need all the help she can get. The creative team really makes a huge impact here and the ending isn't shocking but it will lead to some seriously cool moments in the next issue. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2011) #35

Oct 29, 2014

It's sad that Azzarello's and Chiang's time on WONDER WOMAN has come to an end. However, the conclusion is incredibly satisfying and a worthy wrap-up to this book. Without a doubt, this will go down as one of the best Wonder Woman stories of all time as well as one of the best stories to come out of the New 52. Everything just works well here, and it feels like it will work even better in a collected edition of this book. Hopefully, DC will put this story into an over-sized hardcover omnibus, most likely in two volumes. Anyway, this is an iconic run and it's a must read in the New 52. Make sure to check this out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #3

Jul 27, 2016

It's nice to have a Wonder Woman story that you're really excited to read, every two weeks. While part of the problem with the overall volume is that each issue switches between stories, that's the biggest and only real worry thus far. The issue did move a tad slow, but in the grand scheme of things, the slower pacing lends itself to enhance the world and the story. It read great as a single issue and will read even better in trade. This is one of the Rebirth series you need to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wraith: Welcome To Christmasland #1

Nov 13, 2013

There's no time in the past four years I've been reviewing books where I've come across a case of reading an issue that had me feeling so unsure about it. WRAITH made me feel a bit lost. It's like I was invited to a party, but knew no one there. Everyone else seemed to be getting along, but I stood in the corner. When it really boils down to it though, this is a really interesting issue, enough so where even though I feel lost, I'd say it's pretty darn good. Most importantly, I WANT to continue reading it. I'm usually not at a loss for words when I review a comic, but I am with WRAITH, but I consider it a good thing. WRAITH is a weird book and it left a weird impression on me. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Force (2014) #1

Feb 11, 2014

X-FORCE is off to a bit of a slow start. The story is a good deal of fun and shows an immense amount of promise, but the art is incredibly rough in numerous aspects. He-Kim's colors are fantastic within the issue, but the layouts, set-ups, and figures are muddled and tough to read. Cable looks a bit silly, and everyone's eyes are gigantic. It's hard to take anyone really seriously. Spurrier does give the reader something to really look forward to, though. He gives us a book that is very new reader friendly and a story that shows potential to be something epic. While I wasn't the biggest fan of the narration coming from Marrow, the rest of the dialogue was great, and I'm looking forward to what they have in store for us next.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-Men (2010) #14

Jul 6, 2011

I'm always weary about X-Men books because half of the time I feel like the stories just don't appeal to me, and the opening story to this series was just a bit shaky (Vampires!); however, this issue hit everything I love about X-Men right on the head. The art, by Talajic and Medina, is fantastic. It's a wonderful mixture of the old and the new. This story, by Chris Yost, is flat-out really cool, and I love the villains, the Evolutionaries. I highly recommend this issue, and I highly recommend I get off my butt and grab the first three parts of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Men (2010) #15

Aug 10, 2011

Overall,new X-Men fans will love this. This issue fits the .1 initiative perfectly.It does a great job of setting up the X-Men world for new readers in a fun,action-packed story. The big problem is that old fans will be bored andconfused. It's a story that seems it won't have any bearing on the rest of theX-Universe, and including Ghost Rider in the story was a bit confusing,considering where and what Ghost Rider is doing in his/her/it own bookcurrently. It was enjoyable, to a point, but this issue is more for the newreader than anything else.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-Men (2013) #1

May 28, 2013

It's Marvel's all-female X-team that never mentions the fact it's an all female X-team, and that's something I love about it. The focus is on the story and its characters and not the sex of the characters that make up this book. What Wood and Coipel have given readers is a wonderful introduction to a team book. There's a few interesting twists, right from the start, and it is one of my favorite reads from this past month. This is the start to something awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2013) #5

Sep 11, 2013

X-MEN #5 is a great Chapter 3 for Battle of the Atom, but a not-so-great issue of X-Men. Jean and Scott are on the run, and their closeness is leading to a slowly growing relationship. While the issue was a lot of fun, it really doesn't feel like an X-Men book. This really interrupts the main X-MEN story. There's a lot of good here, including the art from David Lopez (with Cam Smith on inks and Laura Martin on colors). This all being said, a good issue is still a good issue. So overall, you should pick this one up. Battle of the Atom is turning out to be a pretty fun ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2013) #10.NOW

Feb 4, 2014

X-MEN #10 is not a good jumping on point for new readers. Those who have been reading the series since the start will continue to love what is happening here, but new readers will be extremely lost and this issue doesn't do the best job at grabbing new ones in. That being said, Wood continues to build this story and does so in a way that really keeps the reader engaged with the characters and worlds he's utilizing. There are two different artists on this book, but it works extremely well, since the artists are covering two different sections of this story. The biggest problem has to come from the pacing though since the later half of the book is nothing but action and the first half is story building, but neither of these stories cross-over into each other. Aside from that, this is still a really fun book and something I look forward to reading every single month.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Men: Legacy (2012) #1

Nov 13, 2012

X-MEN: LEGACY 1 is an interesting opener to a series. I think there's a lot of potential here for future stories and issues. As a stand-alone opener, it was good, but nothing amazing for me. It may be a bit tough book for new readers to enjoy, and at times, the art worked against itself. I do this there is a lot of promise here, as an on-going book, and more than anything, I'm extremely excited to see where this book goes next.Overall, I give this a mild recommendation. However, this is a book that I've appreciated more and more on a second and third read-through.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #4

Aug 29, 2012

X-O MANOWAR 4 delivers. It's great to see this character back in action, and this issue really establishes where this book is going to lead us. I loved the action sequences in this issue and the art team did a solid job and kept the panels fresh for the reader's eyes. I enjoyed learning more and more about the armor just from how it reacts to the world around it, and I loved the ending to this issue which brings back a classic Valiant character.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #5

Sep 12, 2012

X-O Manowar is awesome. I'm not going to spend hours here coming up with wacky adjectives or ridiculous analogies to describe this issue. It's just awesome. I love this book, and this story was great from front to back.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #6

Oct 17, 2012

While all of Valiant's revamped books are great, X-O MANOWAR stands out above the rest, barely beating out ARCHER & ARMSTRONG. While this issue may not be the best jumping on point, it's still pretty new reader friendly. This issue was a ton of fun and filled with great sequences of action as well as fantastic story development.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #7

Nov 21, 2012

X-O MANOWAR 7, front to back, is a fantastic issue. I've flipped through this and read it so many times that it's already pretty beaten up. This is Valiant's best book. Sorry, ARCHER AND ARMSTRONG, but this one just squeaks by. If you start reading this, it will become one of your top five books on your pull list. There's no doubt about it. I love how this book is turning out and the incorporation of other Valiant characters here.Overall, I highly recommend this book. Go get it now, and if you can't afford it, drop something.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #8

Dec 19, 2012

X-O MANOWAR continues to be one of my favorite books. It's everything you want in a comic book: great story, full of action, and characters that are incredibly intriguing. This issue wraps up very nicely, and sets-up what looks like is going to be an amazing story starting next issue.The only problem I had here was that a couple pages had coloring and shading that was a bit inconsistent with the rest of the issue.Overall, this was really close to a perfect score, and I loved the issue, so I highly recommend it.X-O MANAWAR 8 gets 4 Aric's coming out of the water after a soothing bath out of 5.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #9

Jan 23, 2013

X-O MANOWAR punches you in the face with awesomeness then suplexes you into oblivion with amazement. I love the kick off to this new story, and while there is a ton of stuff going on in this issue, it's never overwhelming, and the flow and pacing are great here.Sure, I had a small problem with the art, in certain sections, but I'm so engaged with this story that it doesn't matter. I love the fight scenes here and the dialogue is great. The new power the armor displays in this issue is a big turning point in this upcoming war, and I'm very excited to see where this story line goes.As always, I highly recommend (demand) you read this comic and issue.X-O MANOWAR 9 gets 5 Paff Paffs out of 5.Make sure to check out Comic Vine's interview with Robert Venditti about X-O MANOWAR and Planet Death here!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #10

Feb 20, 2013

X-O Manowar delivers 500CCs of awesomeness to your brain, which you will overdose on an die, but it was a good death. It was an honorable death. You will be remembered.The build up to the upcoming Planet Death story has been downright amazing. It's set the bar pretty darn high. Venditti is doing wonders on this series, and this issue is proof of that. You will have a ton of fun reading it, and once again, it's my favorite series currently at Valiant. On the downside, I had a few problems with Hairsine's art here, but nothing too major.Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #11

Mar 20, 2013

X-O MANOWAR #11 is awesome. I'm not going to spice it up with an over-the-top analogy this week. This is a book you should be reading because it's consistently great. While Aric finally has a chance to extract his revenge on the Vine, he finds out it's not that easy. Venditti keeps this book fresh, month after month, and the opening sequence is written and drawn beautifully. My only problem was that outside of that opening sequence borders, the colors felt very flat.Overall, I highly recommend this issue and series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #12

Apr 17, 2013

My biggest complaints, in earlier issues were the art of Cary Nord and the colors of Mouse Baumann. I've come to terms with them here. I like it, but I feel like it doesn't compliment the storytelling as well as it should. It's very solid work, and while at times, I've been a little harsh on it, I really do like what they're doing.Part two of Planet Death does no disappoint. Venditti is doing a smashing job with this overall series and with this story arc. While this may not be a great time to jump onto the book, readers will be very happy with the twists and turns as Aric tries to avenge his people on Loam. The only real complaint I have with this issue is that the page and panel layouts were pretty average. Nothing really stood out to me.Overall, this is still an amazing book, and consistently one of my favorite monthly reads. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #13

May 15, 2013

I feel like the broken record of truth, right now. "Buy X-O MANOWAR! You'll love it!" There's a reason I say this book is amazing, every single month because it's one of my favorite reads, right along side ARCHER & ARMSTRONG. This is a fantastic issue that mixes story and brutality extremely well, with some solid art from Cary Nord. There's no excuse to not be reading this series. This should be on your pull list.Overall, I highly, as always, recommend this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #14

Jun 25, 2013

The end of Planet Death put a big, dumb smile on my face. This is X-O MANOWAR's first major story, and it was a memorable and extremely fun read. Venditti and Nord are doing a phenomenal job here, and what's best about this issue is while it wraps up the story, it also leaves a few things open in the future. X-O MANOWAR is a book you'd be crazy to not have on your pull list. You should literally be locked up in the nut house if you're not reading this. X-O MANOWAR is one of the few books most critics agree on. So, I'm not some crazy, bearded hermit shouting alone from the mountain tops for you to buy this book. There's lots of us up here yelling at you. You should start listening better.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #15

Jul 10, 2013

Sometimes, with a series already one year in, it's hard to tell folks where a good jump-on point is. And while I'll tell you that if you've been itching to read this series to jump on right here, you really should pick up the first couple of trades. It's worth your money. I'm extremely pleased with how this issue turned out and I can't wait for the next few issues. I love the perspective change in this issue, which makes Aric seem like the "bad guy." He wants what is best for his people, the Visigoths, but he isn't the best at putting his brains into his plan. Here's where I make a ridiculous metaphor in order to get you to pick up this book. X-O MANOWAR keeps getting better and better, like fine wine or cheese, but not in a way where it becomes a wine or cheese snob. It's like your buddy with good taste always willing to share a nice Malbec with you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #16

Aug 21, 2013

X-O MANOWAR continues to deliver some of the most entertaining story telling in comic books. It's a fun mixture of the more traditional comics that so many people are used to and a little something different: month to month awesomeness. This is all building up to UNITY and it's just getting more an more exciting. The creative team here is dynamite, and if you're not reading X-O MANOWAR, you're insane... point blank. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #17

Sep 18, 2013

X-O MANOWAR is the perfect example of rebooting a franchise and making it worthwhile for new readers and old fanboys. Venditti is doing fantastic things with this story. Each story keeps getting better and better. Bringing back Alexander Dorian to this issue to "reason" with Aric is fantastic, since he was such a great part of this series in prior issues. Moose's colors, especially on the opening scene, are wonderful. Venditti, Garbett, and Baumann are one heck of a creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #18

Oct 16, 2013

X-O MANOWAR #18 is an impressive lead in to UNITY. The build up, over the past few issues has been marvelous and the fact there's downtime between the two more major events just makes the anticipation for UNITY all that much greater. Aside from the fact that this is a book you really should read if you plan on reading UNITY and a couple minor art critiques, this was an exceptionally fun issue featuring one hell of a battle featuring the Visigoth people standing up for themselves, while Aric was off destroying a submarine. This issue has a lot for comic fans to love, and while it's not the best jumping on place (#15 is a bit better), picking this book up is worth your while.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #19

Nov 20, 2013

X-O MANOWAR #19 is a fine tie-in to UNITY, but not really a necessary one. Long time fans will really enjoy seeing Volo and Aric beating the heck out of each other, which Venditti has been setting up since the Visigoths got back to Earth. Nord does all the artwork, including color, himself, and while overall, it's a very exciting experience, there's a few small misses here and there. Overall, X-O MANOWAR is tiramisu, delicious, filling, and something to look forward to, unless you hate delicious desserts. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #20

Dec 18, 2013

X-O MANOWAR #20 (as well as UNITY #2, which you need to check out) is a great tie in and addition to the Unity story. Venditti not only delivers a fantastic issue, but he keeps it closely tied to UNITY and makes it feel like the perfect extension to that series. If you're reading UNITY, you should really be reading X-O MANOWAR. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #21

Jan 22, 2014

X-O MANOWAR is still has awesome as ever. Although an issue dealing with the main character stuck in a detention center, all issue, may not seem like your cup of tea, Venditti provides a fantastic narrative and actually does a nice job at catching up new readers without the book coming off like 20 pages of exposition. I'm excited for the future of this book, even though Aric is not in control of the armor. This is a Valiant "must read."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #22

Feb 26, 2014

Overall, X-O MANOWAR #22 offers a straight forward issue that concludes one fantastic story line and shoots the reader into another great story with a fantastic and beautiful transition. Nothing feels forced and Venditti keeps this series incredibly interesting by exploring new avenues for this character and his people. Once again, X-O MANOWAR proves to be one of Valiants top books and one everyone should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #23

Mar 19, 2014

X-O MANOWAR always pushes forward towards something greater and that's what makes this just not a top book at Valiant, but also a top book in comics in general. This next arc kicks off with a bang, and while there were some small problems with things going on in space, most folks won't even notice it. This is a book you need on your pull list because it's not only a ton of fun, it's also a very satisfying read. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #24

Apr 16, 2014

It's been two years now since the debut of X-O MANOWAR, and it's been two years on consistently brilliant storytelling on the part of Venditti. I honestly would have never thought this would become one of my favorite titles, but it never fails to please. This issue really pushes the story forward and onto the upcoming Armor Hunters story, while closing out the last two-part story. The writing is top notch and the art is beautiful. This is a book everyone should be reading as it is the top book Valiant is putting out. Overall, I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #26

Jun 25, 2014

The Armor Hunters storyline continues to live up to the hype and is easily one of the more interesting summer events currently happening in comics. Venditti, Bernard, Rodrigues, and Reber provide some incredibly fun storytelling that expands quite a bit on one of the members of the Armor Hunters, Primary. There's even a deeper connection to Primary and the armor which will change a lot of fans views on this character who actually comes off here as pretty compelling. However, this issue feels more like it should be a mini-series tie-in than interrupting the main X-O MANOWAR book, but all-in-all, X-O fans will love this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #27

Jul 30, 2014

The Armor Hunters aren't the real enemy, the armor is, at least that's what issue #27 of X-O MANOWAR tries to tell the reader. Regardless, this issue provides an action-packed adventure that really fleshes out the enemy of this event. Not only is everything about this story enjoyable, it's impressive. As it has been since the start, X-O MANOWAR is the top dog at Valiant when it comes to long-form story-telling in a shared universe. It's a top ten book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #28

Aug 27, 2014

The final issue of this arc wraps-up perfectly. Readers catch the Armor Hunters story and how it connects back to Aric. It's a cut and dry, simple story that adds an immense amount of depth to the book. Sure, Aric hasn't been in this book for a few months, but it doesn't matter because these past few issues were done so dang well. Now, fans can only wait and see how the rest of this event plays out and what the future holds for Aric and Earth.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #30

Nov 19, 2014

It's the start to something pretty awesome. It's tough to go from Armor Hunters to Armorines, since Armor Hunters was so epic, but this first issue of the new arc is great. On top of that, it's a great place for new readers to jump on. There is a lot going on in this first issue but it's all paced extremely well and it is never convoluted or overwhelming. This is still Valiant's flagship book and easily one of the best month-to-month reads in super-hero comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #31

Dec 31, 2014

How do you follow something as large and epic as Armor Hunters? It almost seems like you have to give the readers something that's a bit of a throw-away because it's a real hard follow-up. What Armorines does extremely well in this second part is show the reader that there's threats here on Earth that can take down Aric. It's not just space to be worried about. X-O MANOWAR continues to be Valiant's strongest title offering some of the most interesting characters and best storytelling. This issue and storyline is highly recommended.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #34

Mar 4, 2015

Looks like Robert Venditti has another hit on his hands. The opening of Dead Hand is pretty fantastic and a great start to a story for people who have been reading X-O MANOWAR since the start. Sadly, this book won't play too well to new readers because they're going to miss out on a bit of the emotional connection with some of these characters. However, X-O continues to be Valiant's top book, month after month, and that's saying quite a bit especially with DIVINITY, THE VALIANT, and IMPERIUM being fantastic series as well. This may not be the best place for folks to jump in, but I say if you're interested in this series, give it a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-O Manowar (2012) #35

Apr 1, 2015

Dead Hand is shaping up to be one of Aric's toughest battles yet. It's amazing how this book's stories keep raising the bar. They're epic and a great ride. What made this issue so good was the emotional aspects between Aric and the Vine. Venditti, Bernard, Winn, and Reber are really pushing the limit with this series and while it is not new reader friendly, it's worth catching up. I highly recommend this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #36

May 13, 2015

Dead Hand moves forward and is still a great arc for X-O MANOWAR. It may not have the same have the same impact as previous issues, but it's a solid read. One of the problems for this book is that it's coming out of the ARMOR HUNTERS event, so it can be hard to follow something so large and epic. Regardless, Venditti, Bernard, Winn, and Reber do some fine storytelling here, even if this issue was more about build up over anything else. X-O MANOWAR continues to be Valiant's stand-out book for me. You seriously should be reading this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #37

Jun 17, 2015

X-O MANOWAR's latest storyline, "Dead Hand" was solid and the final issue of the storyline was great at setting up possible future stories, but it felt like it went by a little too fast. Venditti still tells a great story here and Bernard, Reber, and Winn do some solid work, for the most part, minus a couple of hiccups along the way. It may not be the best issue of the series, but this was still a lot of fun and I recommend checking this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Xenoholics #1

Oct 19, 2011

If it were up to me, I'd give it a 3.5. It's better than a 3-star book, but for me, not a 4-star. Since we don't give half-stars anymore, the Whaler's shirt that Kyle wears in the issue is enough to bump it up. Good start to a very interesting series. It's a lot of fun, and I'm really enjoying the concept, characters, and art. However, some of the jokes in the book were just way too over-the-top and frankly, not funny at all.

View Issue       View Full Review

Reviews for the Week of...

December

November

More